Home

VIC Hi-Res Graphics APPLE Pascal Math Editor 68000

1. IEIET PEEPS NI938 xx xx x AVHHYdSQ 9A9S ASTI xx KetdsTp paaus uorum eanpaooud Sp SFUL xx Na 4 8 11 1 H80HH3OI qvor NIO3H c1 x NAHL 0 lt gt ANa 51 5 1 1 8104 TIINA S a1IddSd 31 THANH dSd 5 SHLYW LVONOO S f HAYS LIXG 0 S HLONAT JI 3nHl T4XId S 9NIUISI3D T dSCWNN f eusN 199Uq 30VSSSASIIUM faSTV4 30VSS3KHYT IO x 3 3AVS LIXS N3HL O dSGWAN 41 1999 fT ASOWNN dSGWNN fH3O3INI I X3ONIdSd 1938 ONINIS 5 NAHL fQuOO3HdSQ JO TILA XIL4dSQ 8 1 NI HO 41 XXXOOBOHOIRHROHOOOOOIOOHOHOOOOHOHOOOOOOGOUOOOHOHHOOOUOHOHOO OH OOHOHOOHOOOOOeC H0 avau xx 11 1 NAHL O dSQWfN dI xx ayy YOTYA UT BW BST SEFUL xx 4 xx f LIX3 lt uinger gt 39VSSHWASLIUM 11 aOVSSAWALIUM GOOOOOROOHOHBOHOOOHOHEOOHOOOHOOOHOHROOOHOHOUOOHOOOHOH HOO BHO HOO ert ttt TT TS 19881 3 JIVSSIWILI UM 34VS
2. uea1os uo sadeys Jo p1ooed NY3 TOOH 40 0 0 4 0 08 0 AVUuY GANOVd AVEUVUVHO amp II9 x AMAL x 05 UABID sadeys Jo ou unum Xxwuu x 000T dSQXVN LSNOO SOLHdVUDTTIUNL SASN S x 68 666 xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx eTddy s3pVnpNVI xx xx XBIZJBIN 08 uosdg II erddv gSuvAQuVH x 9 19 08 eus us13 TJA ATTBOTJToOeds sem ayy eq ABU 1T ay eouQ 88 u3 Su eu3 sesn wedZoud SFUL AHVAWDS xx FIl9XT9M Q321eq0g x x HOLICHA WWHoOUd xx xx ISUI4
3. e D gt JOHN BEL INEERING INC ALL PRODUCTS ARE AVAILABLE FROM JOHN INC 1014 CENTER ST SAN CARLOS CA 94070 ADD SALES TAX IN CALIFORNIA ADD 5 NG amp HANDLING 3 FOR ORDERS OVER 100 f 10 OUTSIDE U S A MasterCard SEND 1 00 FOR CATALOG 415 592 8411 VISA WILL CALL HOURS 9am 4pm 150 FOR 4300 4 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal No 56 January 19 MERERI AE E ME STAFF President Editor in Chief ROBERT M TRIPP Publisher MARY GRACE SMITH Editorial Staff PHIL DALEY Technical editor JOHN HEDDERMAN Jr programmer MARJORIE MORSE Editor JOAN WITHAM Editorial assistant LOREN WRIGHT Technical editor Graphics Department HELEN BETZ Director PAULA M KRAMER Production mgr EMMALYN H BENTLEY Typesetter Sales and Marketing CATHI BLAND Advertising manager CAROL A STARK Circulation mgr LINDA HENSDILL Dealer sales MAUREEN DUBE Promotion Accounting Department DONNA M TRIPP Comptroller KAY COLLINS Bookkeeper EILEEN ENOS Bookkeeper Contributing Editors CORNELIS BONGERS DAVE MALMBERG JOHN STEINER JIM STRASMA PAUL SWANSON RICHARD VILE Subscription Dealer inquiries 617 256 5515 DEPARTMENTS 3 January Highlights 7 Editorial 9 Updates Microbes 19 From Here to ATARI 64 APPLE Slices 69 PET Vet 89 Short Subjects 92 CoCo Bits
4. PROGRAM CREATEMATHSETDATAFILE TYPE CHARARRAY PACKED ARRAY 0 80 0 7 0 7 OF BOOLEAN VAR CHTEXT TEXT CHARRAY CHARARRAY CHDATA FILE OF CHARARRAY S STRING I ROW COLUMN INTEGER BEGIN RESET CHTEXT MATH MATHSET TEXT REWRITE CHDATA MATH MATHSET FOR 1 0 TO 80 DO x read 81 image x BEGIN WRITE CHR 12 x clear screen x FOR ROW 7 DOWNTO DO x invert image x BEGIN READLN CHTEXT S WRITELN S echo image x x put image into character array x true all other characters are false x FOR COLUMN 0 TO 7 DO CHARRAY I COLUMN S COLUMN 1 X END END CHDATA CHARRAY PUT CHDATA CLOSE CHDATA LOCK Ae Listing 3 begins on page 81 Use Color Power ColorZAP uses the power of the Color Computer to pro vide both rapid scanning and full screen modification capabilities Recover killed and clobbered files e Find unreadabie disk sectors Modify nibbles in hexadecimal Copy sectors to same or different drive Use color power to scan disk data Here s what the reviewers said About the program ColorZAP is a powerful program APPLE il PERIPHERAL DEVELOPERS Your complex tunction prototype requires the best wirewrap hoard available SPECTRUM SYSTEMS MAKES IT Fully Extended Wirewrap Protoboard Size 2 8 by 10 7 inch 2 fayer PC Capacity up te 58 16 pin or 12 40 pin or any combination sock
5. guo goav guoa als daaav 8085 gans anis 0018 gaay auo guoa qais 9995 aans 4g8uo go0v 8 9403 glia aaay 18085 QdWO agns 6089 19949 dd 992 Ej 34 952 as 52 m 24 252 fag 152 v4 052 64 174 E 9 e az gt ir 4 192 Ful m 94 992 54 Sp 4 erz 424 T 04 ove E eez 33 geez I Lez m gez sez vee lt A eez 5 zez o U a Lez E 93 oez s3 2 4 va 922 122 gzz Sec ezz 222 22 od 022 612 81 4 8 912 P gt Za 9 E 2 sq 1 uz E za 602 802 20 102 50 902 902 m oo toz 89 eoz v9 202 60 Loz 80 002 u d 40 661 D E 92 861 ag so 461 961 61 6l 12 o 261 uegJ2g J08 SUL Pia 5 T 3 XLS 5 3 3 vady 3 3 voav 3 3 VLS avid 3 VONV a vans 3 voas 3 V
6. TELEVIDED TERMINALS 699 00 749 00 749 00 en 1500 5209 Word Pro 4 plus D Y Word Pro 3 plus m COMPUTER The Administrator a InfoPro CE 150 Printer Plotter and Cassette Interface Unit 172 00 CBM 8032 Dust Cover NDA CE152 Cassette Recorder 69 00 CBM 8050 4040 Dust Cover 155 8K Ram Expansion Module 594 00 Timex Sinclair 1000 MEAS 89 1530 Commodore Datassette 69 00 e T 1540 Disk Drive 339 00 VIC 1541 64 Disk Drive wate machete ets CALL 1525 Graphic Printer 339 00 VIC 1210 3K Memory Expander 32 00 VIC 1110 8K Memory Expander 53 00 7710 7730 T CIE 2399 00 3510 3530 1599 00 1111 16K 94 00 16K Memory Module 22 4495 MONITORS 1011 RS232C Terminal Interface 43 00 Vu Cale 17 95 The Organizer 51495 FR 1260 222 VIC 1112 VIC IEEE 488 Interface Super Math 12 95 The Budgeter 395 B 1201 cesare VIC 1211 VIC 20 S
7. 15 81 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal No 56 January 1983 3NON UOTOON3d x etav3 x 96 LT OISAOM SLIHA NOTIOON3d lt 8 3NON UOTOON3d NBIP x Ir TT A 872 OLSAON SLIHA HOTOONSd f Ur TT A 92 OLSAOK f 3NON UOIOON3d NIOSS Od 5 OL 07 4 x S UTT TBZUOZTIOY MBIP x 48 82 TTxX OL3AON XLIHA HOTOON3d OLSAON f SNON HO IOONSd NIO3G 0 OZ OL 07 X S9UTT I99 3 9A NBIP x NIOXH LASHLVWAVIdSIG 2 4 6 Jo ayy exnpeooid SFUL x SUVHO fW4DHINI GOOH OH OO OO BHO OO GOGH OOO E xx x YBU UoTUA SF SFUL xx xx I3SHLVRAVHG 1504 fy Lx T I 504 1 1175 1I0SV 3dALHO NIO3G od asaunu Avinivdsa HLIM T dSCWNN dSGWNN NIOS3G Od S HIONTI OL 1 x uy
8. 80VSSSRHYTIO NIOXG eo UVHO HO UVA pe1o4s 3881 eu 3 Aq xx qvo1 lIX3 ax ayy 3 BST SFUL xx NIO38 JXOOOOOOOOOOOOOODOOOOOOOOOODOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOHOHOOOOHHOHOOO OOOOR NHL 0 lt gt 15110 1 1 TII44S0 139 TIINA f v 4450 45 T dSCHNN 45 NIO3G A S0d 4114454 404 LON ITIHM 904 02 45 100 4 1 2 NIO3H NIO3G AvHuVdSd ISTA 8 ana T dSGNNN dSQWON f Qr A X 1 1 0 0 1 T3XId 00 18MVUG I HOHHU3OI NIO38 NIO38 NAHL NAHI Di Me S V Pa Ai fs aM NI BO 41 04 IAJI ANE 1511159 0 Li 8114454 LASTU 3nul 13XId No 56 January 198 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal idS0 a S i HLYWi 2 5 qVOT LIXS O S HLONAT 41 S DNINISI3D penunuo ups SodA LasaunN X 4
9. x O6T COT 84Z T LHOdMNIA NIO3H WSO3INI 0 1450 YYA x sedeus 1 3unasooud aua OT SOdK SOdX T T O O T T3XId XOOTHMVUG 10 3 x g sodA sodx 8 8 o o z 2 LSSHLVM x u39u x SOdK SOdX OLAAOW NIOdd IIOSY x JT9SV x penunuoo e 40 3d4ALH2 ASVO od 11 N1948 x edeus 1 4 3UfQ3290Hd ANa O7 dSIWNN 3DHL SISXId 9g RdHALHVHO OVId NAAMOSTTIA 061 B42 T LHOdMXIA 3LIHA N33H2STTI4 6 642 0 LHOdMALA VIVOHO 1 L3SHLVR HLYW VLYTHO L383H HLVH ONIHISM 67T 90T 0L3AOK T 3u9 uvHoM OGT 96 OLSAON WIDSOLLINLI NIDA 40 VIVOHO YYA 2 puer LINI NYATOOd THXId H9 fWSDHINI dSOW N W NSNIT 40 dSqxvw T AVuuv AVMWUVHO UYA NHOSINI S0dA SOdX 3000HO LOG L3SHLVM IIOSV 3dALHO
10. Basic Enhancer Renumber Auto Sequencer Screen Control func tions and tape 1 0 system that is faster and has file names publish a strictly OSI volume It will cover a variety of topics BASIC Enhancements Machine Language Aids Hardware 1 0 Enhancements and a What s Where in the OSI reference guide comes with required modified monitor Rom chip NEW NEW NEW ANCHOR SIGNALMAN MODEMS Please write for more info on new disk programs or send 2 00 for catalog Please include 2 00 shipping 4 00 for modems Computer Science Box 50 291 Huntington Ave Boston 02115 Look for more details in upcoming issues of MICRO 90 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal No 56 January 19 HEROES WANTED It takes the stuff of heroes to challenge Tharolia For this gigantic planet is guarded by robotic spacefighters and automatic defenses programmed for one purpose kill Our interstellar expansion will come to a halt unless you can blast through the swarms of auto mated ships enter the devilish Tharolian Tunnels elude the traps and fight your way through tunnel after tunnel It will take uncommon dexterity speed and courage to master the tunnels and destroy the robotic defense system Heroes only are wanted the faint hearted need not apply 29 95 for Apple joystick paddles At your computer store or DATAMOST P z 9748 Cozycroft Ave
11. 3 SdWO ndWo SdWO ndWo SdWO ndWO 1 3815 516 9515 asal 507 3 ALS 3 407 AdWO 4 ALS Ad WO ddWo QALs QAdWO AdIND ZIMS 3197 4 1981 u 39d Y Iwaq 7997 5 91 YOAST 0391 JINGI 5191 Y IH81 6089 uo Ig sog 008 5 1 Q3X3QNI 3AUL V T3H 19438481Q 31VIQ3AMI 1N3H3HNI 5 QUVOSA3 u 3 6089 evil e611 2301 3404 330 3004 3001 1801 3804 801 2 01 voL 1601 3601 9601 5601 3801 0801 EBOL 3201 3201 20201 9201 201 6201 8201 1001 8201 5201 coL 01 1201 Orst vest 515 gost 66 c6rt tart 519 55754 oser Seer veer eier zoer 180 9827 vgcv Slev V2 042v 892 652 5527 Ser 2507 ever 1542 Leer 651 erly cele 66 1384 9617 sei vele cele 17 017 6217 anis angl 3415 3 800v 3 8 3 3915 3 8QNV aaay 828S agns nis nat ais
12. eiue pad 9 95 Cash Flow 14 95 Net Worth 14 95 Lease Buy 14 95 Mortgage Calculator 10 95 Mortgage Comp 10 95 Loan Amortiser 24 95 Loan Repayer 10 95 Phone Directory 9 95 Client Tickler 19 95 Estimates amp Bids 14 95 Bar Charts 9 95 Stock Ticker Tape 16 95 Regress on VIC 20 64 16 95 P E R T MY VIC 15 95 Business Appointments 13 95 The Predictor Linear 16 95 Billing Solver VIC 20 64 19 95 Utility Bill Solver VIC 20 64 12 95 Nuismatic Panatic VIC 20 64 15 95 The Pill Box VIC 20 64 14 95 Club Lister VIC 20 64 14 95 Mother s Recipes VIC 20 64 12 95 Terminal 40 29 95 Minimon 11 79 Typewriter 27 95 Data Files restre RR 14 95 Mailing List Tape 19 95 Disk 24 95 SSSSSSS SSS SSS SSS SSO iw SENSE CARDBOARD 6 79 95 Special Christmas Price after Dec 15 back to 99 95 An expansion interface for the VIC 20 allows expansion to 40K or accepts up to six games may be daisy chained for more versatility CARDBOARD 3 29 95 Economy expansion interface for the VIC 20 CARD CARD PRINT 79 95 Universal Centronics Parallel Printer Interface for the
13. 339 00 52 Dual Drive 879 00 Single Side Dual 679 00 Orive Dual Head 1046 00 OISK ORIVES FOR U SCI MICRO SCI DISK DRIVES FO FRANKLIN amp APPL C2 Controller C47 Controller FLOPPY DISKS MAXELL VERBATUM MU Box of 10 532 54 5 00 2 MD Box of 10 44 5 0500 53 MFO 1 8 540 ELEPHANT MFO Ii 8 DO 50 5 SS DD 5199 MONITORS AMOEK 300 acte cnet Vine tas gis Color Color il Color 111 12 Green ooi gu SECRET 85 0 13 Color 1400 ees 279 0 13 Color 1401 Mid Res 369 0 ZENITH ZNM121 Reg 99 0 SHARP Sharp 13 Color 275 0 PANASONIC TR 120 MIP High Res Green CT 160 Dual Mode MODEMS HAYES Smart o cote RETE ERR 239 0 Smart 1200 1200 549 0 Chronograph Micromodem II with Term 309 0 Microdem 100 309 0 Auto Cat 212 Auto Cat Apple Cat Il 212 Apple Cat 1 Mark 98 232 Mark II Mark Ili 99 Mark IV CBM PET Mark V OSBORNE Mark VI 179 0 Mark VII Auto Answer 119 0 TRS 80 C
14. 11 16 FEIT III ITI II III ITI IA APPLE SLICES BY TIM OSBORN ALTERNATE INDEX x EI III IIIA I IA j ARRY1PTR PAIR1AD ARRY2PTR ARRY3PTR LOWTR PAIR2AD CHRGET AMPERV CHKOPN GETARYPT CHKCOM SYNERR DATA FRMNUM CONINT GET j SETVEC ENTRY ENTRYERR ENTRY1 SRTENTRY No 56 January 1983 lt EPZ EPZ EPZ EPZ EPZ EPZ EPZ EQU EQU EQU EQU EQU EQU EQU EQU EQU ORG OBJ LDA STA LDA STA LDA STA RTS CMP BEQ CMP BNE LDA LDX CMP JSR JSR JSR LDA STA LDA STA JSR 758 JSR STX JSR JSR JSR CPX BCC EQUATES gt 5 ARRY1PTR 52 54 98 LOWTR B1 3F5 DEBB F7D9 DEBE DEC9 91995 DD67 9410 800 AMPERV ENTRY AMPERV 1 ENTRY AMPERV 2 353 SRTENTRY ENTRYERR 20 00 GET X ENTRY1 SYNERR 1 GET X ENTRYERR GET ARRY1PTR ZEROSV ARRYLPTR 1 ZEROSV 1 ARRY2PTR ZEROSV 2 ARRY2PTR 1 ZEROSV 3 ARRY3PTR ZEROSV 4 ARRY3PTR 1 ZEROSV 5 CHRGET CHKOPN GETARYPT CHKONE LOWTR SAVARRY1L LOWTR 1 SAVARRY1 1 CHKCOM GETARYPT CHKONE LOWTR SAVARRY2 LOWTR 1 SAVARRY2 1 CHKCOM FRMNUM CONINT STARTPOS CHKCOM FRMNUM CONINT ENDPOS STARTPOS ENTRYERR WORK POINTER FOR SRC ARRAY REUSE ARRY1PTR WORK POINTER FOR DEST ARRAY WORK POINTER FOR INT ARRAY APPLESOFT WORK PTR REUSE LOWTR FOR INTERNAL PURP A SOFT S ROUTINE TO GET A BYTE AMPERSAND VECTOR LOCATED HERE CHEC
15. LOW RESOLUTION SHAPEWRITER High Speed Actio SPACE ANIMATION Add ZIP to your Games by NIBBL STAR ATTACK Fast Hi Res Conflict Game by Mike Hai PADDLE READING IN ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE by NIBBI FIRIN ingi d Control by NIBE AIRS rce Maneuvers b AUT by NIBBLE Staff WATCH OUT FOR GRAPHICS OVERFLOW by Mike Harv Lo PRINTINGE TOU Reyno DOUBCE TRIPEE ENPC TORE O vVERPPITNTING by ARROWS AND CONTROL CODES by NIBBLE Staff APPLE TRICKS Fast DOS Spcl Chars Unlistables by C APPLESOFT VS INTEGER BASIC PERFORMANCE by A APPLE Paper Tiger Graphics by Mike Harvey APPL d Fun by Mike Harvey APPL L by Alexander Laird APPL F Alan D Floeter FAST ND SALES TRENDING by Mike F SUPE es Weaving Design by Alexandei FOO rid Iron Action by Lou Haehn BUILD DUA 22 FOR S EA 00 by NIBBL BUIL BLE Stat DISK NIBBLE APPLETRI ST by Cra PIPI Persona Inventory Program on Tape by Rick Con FUN 1 Craig Cr PIP 11 E EEEE PASS L S WC by Mt MANAGING AND MOVING DISK BUFFERS by William Rt MONITOR EXECUTION Basically by William Reynolds AMPER INTERPRETER Add Print Using and Much Mo FUN WITH ASSEMBLER Graphics by Alexander Laird STRING FUNCTION FOR INTEGER BASIC by William Re BASIC MACHINE LANGUAGE SUBROUTINE CREATOR CHR FUNCTION FOR INTEGER BASIC by William Reyr FUN WITH ASSEMBLER Alpha Beeper by Craig Cross APPLE Automated Intellig
16. add 3 lor shipping amp handling minimum 2 00 Foreign orders please add 10 for shipping 4 handling We accapt COO s Please Include 2 00 COD charge California r amp aidents add 6 sales tax All equipment Is Subject to prica change and avallabllity without notice All 40 40 track disk drive w 549 00 8449 00 equipment is new amp complate with manufacturer s warranty controller 70 70 track disk dive w o 599 00 499 00 Apple is a registered tradamark of APPLE COMPUTER INC controller ATO 70 disk drive wi 699 00 599 00 t Y VA conitatie OUR SALVATION IN THE SEA OF INFLATION P O BOX 2025 ARK COM PUTING 91720 20 MICRO 6502 6809 Journal No 56 January 1983 EMEN SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS Discrete Event Simulation in Pascal by Anita and Bill Walker This article explains some of the techniques used in simulating real world situations on the computer An example program involving a queue is presented Program Bank requires Pascal Introduction What is computer simulation Intui tively we suggest that it is the act of causing a computer to imitate a real world situation so that you can analyze the effects of changing portions of the environment in that situation Ideally this process will be sufficiently ac curate to allow you to make manage ment decisions without performing ex periments to test the idea The Apollo moon landing trips were extensi
17. 18912 TOVSSANALIUM 39VSS3AuYTIO N1948 SUVHO HO YYA X3O00OO00O0 0OOODOOOQOOOOOOOOODOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOHOOOOOOOOOOHOOUHUOOHOOOHOOH OOHOUOO HOO xx y UFBU V SF STYL xx xx xx favalo er o z 1 s o 31IHALINDn fy9 z s 42 115 6 Buns fana d NT4LIUM f e1 o 84z T v 9 3LIUMLIND Xg M XJv ONIX OT 8xI 281270876 Od 4 OL 0 9NIA Og 842 OL e1 0 v CTJS 9 g1IHUALIND fr 5 S ez E S fca els faz T S yNoquyad Jaques 21 21 NIDSH Od 0 OLNMOd OT I x quad 1 et 0 r s 9 ALIUMLINN 616 16 5 122 1116 2 795 f H8INIUd d SLIUMNH f uea1os Bup4uTAd HOVSSSW3LIUM FO SSANUVATO f INIUd LIXS NAHL 12544241 NI LON 4I f uo avau f a N X JOVSSIWALIUM 3OVSSSRHYTIO NIO3G SAIIOVHUSINI d fuWHO fgauIn f31X8 40 y TJAVIuY QDIOVd 5 JLAG 822 Tixvuuy V fusDaSINI ONIA A X I UYA ANF 3148 3gIV4 40 2 GHIOVd 08 aN 40 NV3IOOS ASVD QH3XOVd SHHIM
18. Sup4UTId p1ooal JUBTIBA 662 O S1AH SdAL J3O0900OOOOHOHOUOOOUO IO II HOOOUOOOOUOOHOOOUOOOOHOOUHOBHHOOUHHOOHOOBOHHO BHO HOO xx VULAVUD UITA O8 XW JOJ ua33 TIM xx STUL eus squtad 9 EF STUL xx xx GOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOHOOUOOOOOOO OOOOOOOOOOOOOUOOOO OOOOO Od OOOOODOOO OO OO OH INIWd syy dn peads x u x 1 1 HONUNOI NAHL O lt gt II SI1093HOI 1 4001 114454 45012 fauna aua 3AVS LIX3 1 uoUusoI NIOSH 5 85 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal No 56 January 1983 Using Long Integers for BCD Numbers in Pascal by David C Oshel This article presents a bullet proof string conversion for Pascal 1 1 long integers with implied decimal points BCDNUMS Demo requires Pascal English is an unimplemented program ming language because it has no com piler in some respects Pascal belongs in the same category While Pascal is a strong top down programming lan guage some of its versions are particu larly weak as top to bottom practi cal tools Unlike extremely practical languages like FORTRAN and COBOL Pascal has left a number of design deci sions undecided perhaps because few people have found uses for Pascal when
19. Readin S Num Bedval S P If Num then Begin Strbed S P Minusloc Writeln S 26 Writeln End until not Num Strbed S Q Minusloc Writeln Writeln Sum End Loop Writeln Write That s all Folks Loop Range errors are checked by Bedval ODD Loop Decide Minus sign loc True Suffix Summation accumulator 1 5 20 4 END Main 87 NEW FROM D amp N MICRO PRODUCTS INC Z80A CPU with 4MHz clock and CP M 2 2 operating system 64K of low power static RAM Calendar real time clock Centronics type parallel printer interface Serial inter face for terminal communications dip switch baud rates of 150 to 9600 4 cooling fan with air intake on back of computer and discharge through ventilation in the bot tom No holes on computer top or side for entry of foreign object Two 8 single or double sided floppy disk drives IBM single density 3740 format for 243K of storage on each drive Using double density with 1K sectors 608K of storage is available on a single sided drive of 1 2 meg on a double sided drive Satin finish extruded aluminum with vinyl woodgrain decorative finish 8 slot backplane for expansion 48 pin buss is compatible with most OSI boards Uses all standard format CP M software Model80 1200 2995 2 8 single sided dr ves 1 2 meg of storage Model 80 2400 3495 2 8 double sided drives 2 4 meg of storage Op
20. TIME CACULATIONS PRINT PRINT INPUT Please enter the number of items NI IF NIZ lt 1 08 gt MEZ THEN 130 ELSE 170 PRINT IF NIZ lt 1 THEN PRINT gt Entry out of range Lower limit is 1 GOTO 160 IF NIZ gt ME THEN PRINT gt Entry out of range Upper limit is ME PRINT GOTO 110 REM Obtain input PRINT PRINT FOR A 1 NIJ INPUT Enter Hours Minutes and Seconds H M S H M S 4 4 75 5 5 REM Caculate seconds into minutes and seconds IF TS 0 OR TS C 1 THEN 260 14 54 75 5 1 1 REM Caculate minutes into hours and minutes IF TM 0 OR TM lt C 1 THEN 290 B2 TM C TM B2 C THS THS B2 REM Caculate hours into days and hours IF TH 0 OR TH C1 1 THEN 320 B3 TH C1 TH TH B3 C1 THS THS B3 REM Report time as Days Hours Minutes and Seconds PRINT CL PRINT PRINT TAB 5 DAYS TAB 25 HOURS TAB 45 MINUTES TAB 65 SECONDS FOR X 1 TO 67 PRINT TAB 5 NEXT X PRINT PRINT TAB 5 B34 TAB 25 TH TAB 45 TM TAB 65 755 A ACRO 70 INCOME TAX PROGRAMS For Filing by April 15 1983 For APPLE DOS 3 3 16 Sector Helpful programs to calculate and print the many Tax Forms and Schedules Ideal for the Tax Preparer C P A and Individuals For just 24 75 per disk post paid in 3 3 DOS 1
21. FLA USR ARGUMENT 4 run prior to the first shutter measure 060 68 0890 PLA ONLY ONE BYTE ment As my camera had a constant BSCE 0900 STA DELAY DELAY LOOP VARIABLE boe 0910 curtain speed only one Velocity func d DISABLE VIDEO DMA AND RTC tion needed to be performed The 0611 A900 0940 LDA 00 Shutter function prompts for the ex O612 B8D2FO02 0950 STA SDMACT TURN OFF SHADOW REGISTER pected exposure time in milliseconds 0616 514 0960 LDA RTC VELANK WILL SHUT OFF HARDWARE 0618 C514 0970 TICK CMP RTC WAIT TILL VBLANK EXECUTES After the ten shutter releases the O6tA FOFC 0980 TICK NOT YET average value is used to compute the 92770 3 relative error from the expected value 061 4920 LDA 20 SHUT OFF REAL TIME CLOCK his f di h i USR 061E BDOED4 STA NMIEN STOP VELANK INTERRUPT This function utilizes the Atari function of listing 3 INITIALIZE LOOP COUNTER 1040 Results 1950 NOTE THIS VARIABLE IS THE ADDRESS The results of SHUTTER as applied 1050 OF THE 16 BIT VALUE RETURNED BY dun table 1 1070 THE USR FUNCTION to my camera are presented in table 1 1080 As expected several shutter speeds 0621 8900 1090 LDA 800 i T 0623 8504 1100 STA COUNT A VALUE OF ZERO gt ERROR have rather large relative errors How 0675 B5DS 1110 STA COUNTti ever keep in mind that errors as large 1120 as 3396 of an f stop are often 1150 WAIT UNTIL SHUTTER UNCOVERS THE isuall le Th
22. Memory 48K Language BASIC Hardware One disk drive Description The 294 turn campaign game takes into ac count every Japanese and American warship that par ticipated historically in the campaign Each is rated for speed cargo plane carrying capacity damage points num ber of main guns secondary anti aircraft guns and torpedo tubes An abridged campaign 184 turns is available as well as four mini games which take only two to four hours to play Game has both solitare and two player versions Price 59 95 Includes one disk rulebook and two maps Author Gary Grigsby Available Strategic Simulations Inc 465 Fairchild Dr Suite 108 Mt View CA 94043 Name Tax Dodge System Atari 400 800 Memory 32K Language 6502 machine language Description Tax Dodge is a scrolling maze game in which the taxed citizen tries to col lect as much money as possi ble without being hit by the tax collectors Price 39 95 Author Jon Freeman Anne Westfall Available Island Graphics Box U Bethel Island CA 94511 Name Seafox System Apple II Apple II Plus Atari 400 800 Memory 48K Language Machine language Hardware Apple keyboard joystick and paddle Atari joystick Description You are in control of a lone submarine looking for a convoy of enemy ships and its escort Dodge exploding depth charges avoid menacing mines and evade speeding torpedos in an effort to elimi nate the fo
23. TRS 80 COLOR QUEST A NEW IDEA IN ADVENTURE GAMES Different from all the others Quest is played on a computer generated map of Alesia Your job is to gather men and supplies by combat bargaining explor ation of ruins and temples and outright banditry When your force is strong enough you attack the Citadel of Moorlock in life or death battle to the finish Playable in 2 to 5 hours this one is different every time 16k TRS 80 TRS 80 Color and Sin clair 13K VIC 20 14 95 each ADVENTURES These Adventures are written in BASIC are full featured fast action full plotted ad ventures that take 30 50 hours to play Ad ventures are interactive fantasies It s like reading a book except that you are the main character as you give the computer com mands like Look in the Coffin and Light the torch Adventures require 16k on TRS80 TRS80 color and Sinclair They require 8k on OSI and 13k on Vic 20 Derelict takes 12k on OSI 14 95 each OSI AARDVARK VIC 64 VIC 20 CATERPILLAR O K the Caterpillar does look a lot like a Centipede We have spiders falling fleas monsters traipsing across the screen poison mushrooms and a lot of other familiar stuff COLOR 80 requires 16k and Joy sticks This is Edson s best game to date 19 95 for TRS 80 COLOR PROGRAMMERS SEE YOUR PROGRAM IN THIS SPACE Aardvark traditionally pays the highest com missions in the industry and gives prog
24. 05 1556 MASK1 MASKZ DELAY 0250 The Velocity function uses the Atari 0250 where USR function of listing 2 255 P ues iras M E a H ea ress The third function of SHUTTER 0290 MASK1 To jaulate bur Shot tr aAa Sir Shutter allows the user to measure the 0500 sensor line shutter exposure in milliseconds and to 0310 MASK Not used Velocity uses 0320 3 this argument O33O0 DELAY Delay loop variable OXAQ o3So 2 0560 0570 The Shutter USR function performs the following steps 09590 0400 Initialize the USR variables 9410 Turn off the Video DMA 0420 Turn off the Real Time Clock 0450 Initialize the loop counter COUNT How to run listing in 0440 Wait for the sensor line to go low 0450 DOUNTIL the sensor line goes high MICRO s Software Hardware 0460 COUNT this time thru the SAMFLE loop 9470 Delay for DELAY number of WAITLFs Catalogs 0480 ENDDO 0490 Enable the Real Time CLock 0500 3 Enable the Video DMA The Software and Hardware 0519 RETURN the COUNT Catalogs are provided as a ser 0520 vice both to our readers and to pip 3 the manufacturers These entries Ead DUECRDEEIIGRIEREFSENPEREEr NEC Tx are not MICRO reviews but des 9550 criptions provided by the 0570 VARIABLE STORAGE LOCATIONS anufacturer 0580 manufacturer 0590 RHET OOCR 0600 FORT 00CE FOR PORT ADDRESS To run a free listing in either OCD 0610 MASKI OOCD TO ISOLATE SEN
25. 1 IIOSV 91015 x 11 NI HO TIINA S ONINISM f A X OLSAOK x sueddeu ue x 0T X NAHL EOT gt A 4I 0 225 715 fun SONI X X DGT 40 10 HO asvo LIOSVAVUd LIXG NIOS 41 S DNIHLSM A X OL3AON H9 avau panunuos OTS ONI DNSNONTAOR f IIOSYAYYA LIXA 0 S HLONAT 4I S UNIHISI3O f X X OLSAON 0 fZ X O6T EOT T LHOdMHIA 1 2up238s 20308 RVSSEWALIWA SOVSS3WUY3TIO uvHo HO ONINIS 25 WIOSINI A X ONI I GGOOOOODOODOOOOOOOOOOOOUUOOOOOOOOOOOOOOUOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOUOOHOOOOOOOU OHUOUO OH OO UOUUC xx xx TIOSY SABIP Uo Tus UFBU V ST STUL xx xx GOIDOOOOOIOOOUOUOOOOOOOOBOOOOOOOOHIOOOIOIOIOOIOOOOOIOIOOOOOOIOOIOOOOOOIOIOOOOOIOOOOOOOOOROOOEE IIOSVAVHG eQHHIVW TIIALXGL QNOOSS faNa 1 3noujTM LIXA lt gt AOVSSANALIUM 14 8OVSSSRARLTIHM 22991 4 TOVSSANALIYA TTBW S FOVSSHNALIUM f 3u8T u EOVGSSHA3LL TUM 1 13J9 Li SOVSSSRXLTUM 20VSSSWSLIUM 10 9 8DVSSENSLIUM SAOVSSANNVATO NIOSH nueu AeTdstp nNSHONIAON Sunqio0ud T IS HIONTI T TS
26. N THEN PRINT PRINT GOTO 59040 56140 IF A 1 lt gt THEN PRINT S6 1 ABS A 1 xX 50300 IF 1 THEN GOSUB 58000 56160 IF N 2 THEN PRINT PRINT GOTO 56240 50320 IF N THEN 60000 56180 FOR I 2 TO IF A I lt gt THEN PRINT 50 1 50340 P 1 Q 1 REM SET FIRST ITER VALUE OF X ABS A I xXt I 50360 IR GOSUB 56000 56200 NEXT PRINT 51000 IR IR 1 REM Begin Iter Loop 56220 PRINT PRINT WITH ER ER AND IM IM PRINT 51020 IF IR IM THEN 59020 56240 PRINT 1 PRINT RETURN 51040 REM Compute A and Theta 57000 REM Restore Original F X 51060 SQR Q x 9 57020 NN FOR TO NN A I AA I NEXT RETURN 51080 IF 9 9 THEN 9 ER x ER REM Abs Q gt g 58000 REM Compute Root of Residual Linear Fraction 51100 IF P THEN TH PI 2 x SGN Q GOTO 51200 58020 RT RT 1 P RT 0 1 51120 Q P 58040 GOSUB 56000 PRINT PRINT LAST ROOT REAL P RT 51140 REM Compute The Proper Quadrant For Theta 58060 FOR I 1 TO 3000 NEXT 51160 IF TH lt THEN TH TH PI 58080 N 1 RETURN 51180 IF TH lt PI AND Q lt THEN TH TH PI 59000 REM Unsuccessful Cases 51200 REM Begin Compute 59020 HOME PRINT MAX ITER NO EXCEEDED PRINT PRINT 51220 FOR I 1 0 Ix COS I TH NEXT 59030 POKE 34 3 51240 S REM Begin Compute 5 59040 P 1 Q 1 REM Offset P
27. vusv dHOu 18951 1 W09 8O3N 1 vu19 14151 I YONI 1 161 15 5 1 Yas IVWOO VO3N 6089 IMS 1xav 1519 cowl eyil A 10 NHSd 5109 SHSd aval svat Ava xvai y 198 4399 Y Iwg Y SAS 038 528 018 9OH SHG 579 HIH8 Ndg Hu vug 19X3 5 4 OOQNV OFTNMOTNHOM DO lt r ox azzo o o 5 2900 ysg 1 INAS I dON ayo dWr 151 oaa 151 15 a ysy ausi G moouuOcO 5 5 gt gt gt 93N useing preogfey jeuiupeq 6089 uwos 98J6AU QO NOiuOr oco Data Sheet 12 MICRO e i NATIONAL ADVERTISING REPRESENTATIVES WEST COAST The R W Walker Co Inc Gordon Carnie 2716 Ocean Park Boulevard Suite 1010 Santa Monica California 90405 213 450 9001 serving Washington Oregon Idaho Montana Wyom ing Colorado New Mexico Arizona Utah Nevada California Alaska and Hawaii also British Columbia and Alberta Canada MID WEST TERRITORY Thomas Knorr amp Asso
28. 429 95 BASIC 2 ROMS 464 95 ASSEMBLER 1 ROM 32 95 FORTH 2 ROMS 59 95 59 95 SAVE EVEN MORE ON COMBINATIONS AIM65 1K PSSBC A 479 95 AIM65 4K PSSBC 3 524 95 We gladly quote on all AIM65 40 and RM65 items as well ORDERS 714 369 1084 P O Box 20054 Riverside CA 92516 California residents add 6 sales tax 74 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal 2 27 Fx 1 2 1 Ox X which has the same roots x i as 28 4x 1 2 20 is input with the error tolerance set at ER 0 000001 the machine settles down to the slightly imperfect result of 1 89330634E 06 i Conclusion A general routine has been established that may be used to com pute for both the complex and real roots of any polynomial equation The routine itself does not involve complex numbers and is therefore appropriate for application on a microcomputer or even a programmable calculator By going through two rounds of computations residual errors propa gated over the numerous computation stages can be eliminated thereby en suring the stipulated accuracy of the final results The routine can also be in corporated in applications programs and called as a regular subroutine The method described can be ex tended to equations involving simple trigonometric hyperbolic or transcen dental functions provided such a func tion can be expanded as a convergent power series and approximated to a pol
29. HERTZ for potential loss of gain when calcu lating resistor values Enter zero if you do not know load impedence the de fault load resistance is 10K megohms which is virtually no load at all Lowest Signal Frequency This frequency helps determine capacitor values The lowest hi fidelity audio frequency is about 20 Hz and lowest AM radio audio is about 100 to 200 Hz Non audio signals are con siderably higher for example the low end of the AM broadcast band is 540 000 Hz Input Voltage Swing Input voltage swing is the peak to peak value of input voltage If for in stance an input signal varies from 0 1 V to 0 1 V the peak to peak voltage swing is 0 2 V Maximum or Select Gain Choosing maximum gain automati cally sets gain at its maximum value given supply voltage output impedence and transistor characteristics mainly beta but also V described below Output Voltage Swing If you choose select gain you will have to specify the peak to peak out put You ll get increased input im pedence by reducing gain below max imum but you may want to set output voltage somewhat higher than required to provide some design head room In any case output voltage swing must be somewhat less than the supply voltage Also output voltage swing cannot Perry Peripherals Repairs KIMs SYMs and AIMs Too We will Diagnose Repair and Completely Test
30. each month SoftSide publishes a variety of program for the Apple ATARI and TRS 809 L YES send me the first copy of my SoftSide subscription right away 24 yr for USA and Canada only For orders to APO FPO or Mexico 40 yr Other foreign orders 62 yr a O Apple O ATARI TRS 809 Name Address City State Zip O Check is enclosed MasterCard O VISA Name of Cardholder MC and Interbank VISA Exp Date Signature INICRO Hardware Catalog Name VC PLUS 80 column System Apple II Memory 48K Hardware Legend 128K or 64K RAM expansion card s Description Add memory to Personal Software s 16 sector VisiCalc program using Legend memory cards and the new VC PLUS with 80 column capability Your Apple II can have more power than an Apple at a fraction of the cost Price Free with purchase of RAM card 20 00 as an update Includes diskette and operation manual Available Legend Industries Ltd 2220 Scott Lake Rd Pontiac MI 48054 313 674 0953 Name Kraft Precision Joystick System Apple II IBM PC TRS 80 Color Computer Description Kraft Precision Joystick features instantly selectable spring centering or free floating stick modes at the flip of a switch High quality potentiometers ensure greater linea
31. from Wilserv Industries available from AB Computers There already is a fair amount of public domain software in cluding some nifty demonstrations an assembler a sprite editor a character editor and a SID monitor These Started out in Commodore s software developer s kit but most users groups should have these by now There is some cause for concern in the software area though The CP M and IEEE cartridges have been delayed considerably If you are counting on CP M software for the C64 right away don t hold your breath Even when the cartridge does become available you will have to have each CP M disk con verted to CBM format Commodore has no immediate plans to release an IEEE adaptor but two and maybe three when you read this such units are available from in dependent vendors The fanciest unit called the C64 LINK sells for 185 Canadian from Richvale Communica tions 10610 Bayview Avenue Rich mond Hill Ontario L4C 3N8 Canada Not only does it interface to the IEEE MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal but it also adds BASIC 4 commands and a machine language monitor A less elaborate interface is available from Micro Systems 11105 Shady Trail Suite 104 Dallas TX 75229 for 109 95 It provides the IEEE interface only under control of BASIC 2 A third company in Arizona has announced an IEEE adaptor still under development Reviews of the Micro Systems and Richvale Communications units will appear soo
32. 409 5 NT03 TIINA T IS HIONTI T 5 40 15 ATILUNL L XTILUNL OLTAOW 1 L TS HIONSI TS HVHOM ATILUNL L XTILYNL OLTAOW NIO3H NAHL O lt TS HL NTI JI NAHL 8 HHO HO 4I S TS 1VONOO TS 1125 HO uVHOM NIOS 124774 a NI HO JI f Ho qvau H9 f T ONTMIS 25 ONIHIS 15 YVA 45 8 e1quossv x 1 ONIULS S HYA ONIULSLSO XHfqz20Hd No 56 January 1983 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal 82 1 OT A X T T O O 1 Taxt1d xoodasvua 3000HLVK7 1957194 TaXId LASHLYW Ad ALHO NIOSd amp N3HL od asawnN Avinmasg x WANLEVLS lt dSGWAN JI 5 9 8i T dSOR N dGOW N insu x 193091uuo uuu 21035 x fT Xe X Nh fT A83A Jiad NI HO TIINA natif 9 x x 8 8 0 0 z 3300HLVW 0018 30 H2 3SYO NAHL COT gt X 4I HO avay T 0NI 24815 Ss ANF FONI X X ti 804 ONI X8 X 50 ONI A A 1OT 3dALHO fONI K 2K 2191 ifla NIO3G 40 HO 3SV2 1 HLIM f LISHLVWMYYG LIXA N3HL NTOS AL T dSCWAN dGTWON 941878505042 L3300H1NX AVEUVHO f OT X X T T 0 O 1 T3XId XooTgnvua Ho avsu ISOWNN 4 LIX lt
33. ELCOMP FORTH for the ATARI ELCOMP FORTH is an extended Fig Forth version Editor and I O package included Utility Package includes decompiler sector copy Hex dump ASCII ATARI Filehandling total graphic and sound joystickprogram player missile Order 7055 disk 39 95 Floating point package for ELCOMP FORTH with trigonometric functions 0 900 Order 7230 disk 29 95 Learn FORTH from ELCOMP A subset of Fig Forth for the beginner Gn disk 32k RAM or on cassette 16k RAM Order 7053 19 95 Expansion boards for the APPLE 1 The Custom Apple Other Mysteries complete guide to custom zing the the custom on Apple Software und Hardware COLLIE AG Order No 680 24 95 We also stock the boards which are used in the bock The Apple 5 6522 1 0 Board No 605 EPROM Burner No 607 8K EPROM RAM Board No 609 Prototyping board for the Apple No 604 Stot repeater board for the Apple II No 606 Order two boards and get the bocok free No 6153L FORTH tor the Apple H 819 95 No 6154 Learn FORTH for the Apple 11 D 2495 No 6155 ELCOMP FOR H for the Apple II D 239 95 Ext Fig Forth Editor graphics package No 6156 Floating point for ELCOMP FORTH 0 29 95 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal Books Software for ATARI VIC 20 ELCOMP Publishing Inc OSI 53 Redrock Lane Pomona CA 91766 SINCLAIR Phone 714 623 8314 TIMEX Hardwar
34. gt HDVSSSWHIIUM f o x x 9 8 0 0 z AGOOHLYW HOOTEMVUC 1 HOVSSANALIUM fOT 9NI fYOT A fZ X S0VSS3WSLIUM O6T 243 HOVSSHRSL IUM fnNSNONIAOK 1 13J9 1 H2VSSSN3 IUM ASI uno d HOVSSERS LIUM S d n 89VSS3N3LIUM 196 QHO 3Q00HLYW 3000HLVMW NSHL 13 7 7 94 NI dI 30 5 1 99 H9 CHO AGOOHLYW 3O00HLYW NAHL L NI HO dI a 75 S30P x f I3SHLVRAVHI LIXS NAHL HO dI o NIOS 709 541 7 72V NI HO TIINA LV3d3H 8 9 14 78 8 0 072 OJ AVHUVHO 201 0 64 HO CUO EX d NI TIINA 9 9 8 8 0 2 f LASHLVWMVUC LIXA NAHL 7HO 4I NIOS HO Lii 114 NI TIINAN H9 GV3H LY3d3u 0 248 445 x LUSHLYWAVH UV TTA 08 8 UInjelP x tats x pTT9A 290 FONI X X iTi f9NI As XA f YT 80VGgSWSL TUM 5 aufs fTZ WNNANIT gt 40 HO 2 LUSHLVWAVTdS1d SLOGMYUG LIXA NIOS dI 5 10 944 8 8 50502 01 3
35. labora tory experience It is their first real chemical engineering experiment and clearly illustrates how the computer can be used to control a process device The concepts used with the air bath are directly applicable to more realistic problems but unfortunately the dynamic behavior of real process devices cannot be determined ade quately from the study of such small scale laboratory equipment Therefore it is important to deal with real in dustrial devices Toward this end a pilot plant scale chemical reactor has been interfaced to a microcomputer The reactor shown in figure 6 is simply an oval tank surrounded by a water cooled jacket and equipped with a stirrer The reactor is operated as a con tinuous stirred tank reactor CSTR i e reactants are continuously fed to the reactor and a mixture of reactants and product is continuously with drawn Again the problem is to control temperature but the heat source is now in principle a chemical reaction Rather than work with an actual chem ical reaction however an exothermic heat generating reaction is simulated by feeding water to the CSTR instead of reactants and bleeding steam into the flow to heat the reactor contents By controlling the rate of steam addi tion the heat released by an actual chemical reaction can be simulated safely and inexpensively The process hardware allows three stream temperatures to be measured the reactor outp
36. 20 or CBM 64 Use an Epson 80 or OKIDATA or TANDY or just about any other CARDETTE 39 95 Use any standard cassette player recorder with your VIC 20 or CBM 64 CARDRITER 29 95 A light pen with six good programs to use with your VIC 20 or CBM 64 GAMES FOR ALL WG101 Adventure Land Cart 37 95 WG 102 Mission Impossible Cart 37 95 WG103 G r Cart seri i e SEU Rer 37 95 WG104 Omega 37 95 WG 105 Money Wars 28 95 WG106 Breakout 9 95 WG107 12e Ie cee ves 9 95 WG108 Monks vs dese DUE DAE 7 95 WG109 Tank 17 95 WG110 SIMMON ecu eed BAE 15 95 WG111 Pac Bomber 15 95 WG112 Dam Bomber 15 95 WG113 CUD secas TS EATER aye 14 95 WG114 Spider from Mars 37 95 WG115 Exterminator Plus 19 95 WG116 3 0 Hackman 19 95 WG117 Snackman 19 95 WG118 Anti Matter Splatter 19 95 WG119 Bombs Away 15 95 WG120 3 D Maze Escape 14 95 WG121 Krazy Kong 14 95 WG122 Alien Panic 14 95 WG123 Rescue from Nufon 14 95 WG124 ESCAPES 14 95 WG125 Journey s Seiad ee dase 14 95 WG126 INVASION seeker 14 95 WK101 Help Chicken Little
37. 276 130 does the actual work of detecting the light while the resistor limits the current flow into the computer The typical cir cuit for one light sensor is shown in figure 1 Figure 1 Phototransistor Light Sensor 10K 5V TO COMPUTER LIGHT VO PIN NC GROUND 130 REM using phototransistors 135 REM 140 REM 150 REM 155 REM 1010 DIM SAMFLE 9 KEY 1 1020 GRAPHICS 752 1 Listing 1 100 REM SHUTTER 105 110 by Mike Dougherty 115 REM 145 REM 120 REM program to measure the shutter 125 REM speed of a focal plane shutter 1030 FRINT Initializing USK functions 1110 GOSUB 10000 REM INIT USR FUNCTIONS 1210 1 79 1000000 REM ATARI CLOCK 15 1 79 MHZ 1220 PORT 54017 REM JOYSTICK 1 0 FORT 1230 DELAY O REM USK DELAY CONSTANT 1240 ERROR 0 REM DETECTOR ERROR 1250 CDIST 24 64 REM DISTANCE BETWEEN VELOCITY SENSORS 1300 1301 REM 1302 REM Main Program 1505 REM POLL USER FOR WHICH OF THE 1304 REM THREE FUNCTIONS TO EXECUTE MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal 45 While in the dark the phototran sistor is turned off and the current flows into an I O pin of the computer with a voltage of 5V When the light exceeds a specific threshold level the phototransistor turns on and current flows to ground giving a zero voltage at the I O pin Thus a computer I O pin will be a logic 1 5V
38. 69 95 Gamma Goblins 529 95 819 95 Trilogy Games 29 95 821 95 Microsoft 16K Ram Card 99 95 03001898 space Moum Sneakers 52995 819 95 Fender Bender 24 95 819 95 Time Z one 69 95 EPOCH 534 95 824 95 3 D Graphics 39 95 829 95 Cops amp Robbers 34 95 24 95 Akalabeth 34 95 824 95 Lazer Keyboard Plus 69 95 pra ark Fores 39 95 829 95 Lazer Lower Case Plus 44 95 222 na Monopoly MM 9 G Hyperspace Wars 529 95 821 95 Lazer Lower Case PI us ll 1 9 95 Joy Port w toosbail 7435 859 95 3 D Sking 24 95 819 95 Hadron 534 95 824 95 Torpedo Terror 524 95 619 95 1 0 34 95 Twerps 529 95 819 95 Computer Bingo 2495 819 95 L P Computer Foosbail 2995 819 95 Kaves Karkhan 549 95 834 95 azer Wizardry 549 95 839 95 Dragon Fire 49 95 934 95 29 95 Galactic Attack 29 95 821 95 Rings of Saturn 39 95 829 95 Anix P ac Minator 534 95 824 95 Alkemstone 39 95 829 95 A 5 P Oyimpic Decathlon 29 95 821 95 Snack 29 95 819 95 Three Mile Island 39 95 829 95 Casino 99 95 924 95 Anix Pascal Sources 99 95 hee S2495 819 98 The U sin g 6 5 0 2 Robot Wars 53995 829 95 County Fair 529 95 819 95 b Global war 24 95 819 95 Swashbuckler 34 95 824 95 Castle Wollenstein 529 95 821 95 Firebird 529 95 819 95 ssem y Language 1 4 95 Faicons 29 95 821 95 Russki Duck 34 95 825 95 Datamost Joystick 39 95 Suicide 52995 82198 Honzon V 34 9
39. 830 Modem 820 Printer 850 Interface CX40 Joysticks pair CX853 Atari 16K Ram Arthur s Heir CBS K razy Shoot Out K razy Kritters STICK STAND 56 99 west Educational Institutions 410 SOFTWARE FOR ATARI Upper Reaches 32 K razy Antics 32 K star Patrol 32 16K 199 274 359 ATARI Pac Man 33 Missile Command 29 Centipede 33 Star Raiders 35 Caverns of Mars 532 Galaxian 33 Asteroids 29 Defender 33 ON LINE Jawbreaker 27 Mission Asteroid 22 Softporn 27 Mouskattack 31 Wizard 8 Princesa 29 31 The Next Step 34 Cross Fire ROM 36 SYNAPSE File Manager 800 89 Shamus 26 Chicken 26 Protector 26 Dodge Racer 26 Nautilus Synassembier 30 6 19 Manager 24 DATASOFT Pacific Highway 25 Graphic Generator 13 Canyon Climber 25 Micro Painter 25 Tumble Bugs 25 Text Wizard 79 Shooting Arcade 25 Spell Wizard 64 Clowns 8 Balloons 25 Bishop s Square 25 Graphic Master 30 Sands of Eg
40. Andy Cornwall is an electronics hobbyist After acquiring a Commodore PET he delved into computer design of electronic circuitry You may contact him at 66 Landrace Cres Dartmouth Nova Scotia B2W 2P9 MICRO C64 FORTH for the Commodore 64 Fig Forth implementation including Full feature screen editor and assembler Forth 79 Standard Commands with extensions High resolution 320x200 pixel 16 color graphics Sprite graphics for control of 32 sprites Three voice tone and music synthesizer Detailed manual with ex amples and BASIC FORTH conversions Trace feature for Debugging 99 95 Disk Version Specify CBM 1540 or CBM 1541 Disk 99 95 Cassette Version CBM amp Commodore 64 are Trademarks of Commodore PERFORMANCE MICRO PRODUCTS 770 Dedham Street Canton MA 02021 617 828 1209 63 VAR t ale CIEN ACER DAD INICRO Apple Slices By Tim Osborn Last month s Apple Slices presented a fast method to find an element in an ascending ordered array using a binary search technique This month s pro gram ALTERNATE INDEX expands the capabilities of BINARY SEARCH by creating ascending ordered arrays containing any substring of the base data array This process allows you to declare any substring of the base array as a key sort an array of these keys in ascending order and search with BINARY SEARCH on that key You can then look back in the base array to find
41. CA 90064 Description This software voice synthesizer generates clear speech from strings of phonemes speech sounds represented by about 50 unique letter combinations with programmable pitch speed and inflection A program to translate English text directly to speech is included To use S A M from Applesoft BLOAD S A M assign the string to be spoken to SA CALL an address and S A M speaks Connection to an external speaker is through the included plug in card Pluses Speech is clear and expressive easy to generate and manipulate from Applesoft or assembly language The disk is unprotected This is an outstanding and fascinating product at a reasonable price Minuses S A M programs will not work on other Apple models without a converter card Documentation The excellent thorough manual includes a 1500 word phonetic spelling dictinary Skill level required None to enjoy the demonstration programs ordinary knowledge of BASIC to use S A M in programs Reviewer Jon R Voskuil MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal 97 PRODUCTS FOR ATARI 400 800 FROM ELCOMP BOOKS ATARI BASIC Learning by using An excellent book for the beginner Many short programs and learning exercises important features of the ATARI computers are described screen drawings special sounds keys paddles joy sticks specialized screen routines graphics sound applications peeks pokes and special stuff Also suggestions are
42. editor w options of Assembler BASIC FORTH and PL 65 THE AIM 65 Take Out Order A full size terminal style keyboard w 3 special function keys A 20 character display A 20 column printer w text and graphic output capability Up to 4K RAM and 20K ROM on board On board interfaces include 20MA TTY dual audio cassette and 1 user R6522 device Firmware includes interactive monitor and text editor w options of Assembler BASIC FORTH PASCAL amp PL 65 And if the above isn t enough Try the RM65 a product line filled with embellishments including 32K DRAM Board ACIA Board CRT Controller Floppy Disk Controller PROM Programmer IEEE 488Board CPU SBC Board 4 16 Slot Card Cages Prototype cards Adaptor Buffer Modules General Purpose Board PROM ROM Board NEW LOWER PRICES AND A CASH DISCOUNT TO BOOT A65 40 16 16K RAM A65 40 32 32K RAM A65 40 A Assembler A65 40 B BASIC Mail Order to Educational Computer Division EXCERT INCORPORATED Sal SERVICE INSTALLATION CONSULTING P O Box 8600 White Bear Lake MN 55110 612 426 4114 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal A65 1 1K RAM A65 4 4K RAM A65 4B 4K RAM w BASIC A65 PS PASCAL A65 F FORTH A65 A Assembler Higher quantities quoted upon request COD s accepted shipping will be added Deduct 5 cash discount on prepaid orders Minnesota residents add 596 sales tax Prices subject to chang
43. erasing all open FOR NEXT loops and active sub routines Normally you would not want to do this However when chain ing the stack has less chance than usual to clean itself Without SYS repeated errors might cause a stack related OUT OF MEMORY ERROR that would halt the program If you are not using BASIC 4 choose the correct PA address below and substitute it in the setup module Panic Address on Commodore Machines BASIC 4 B612 46610 BASIC 2 C597 50583 BASIC 1 C588 50568 VIC C67E 50814 CBM 64 A67E 42622 In the next installment of this series I will look at the largest module in the mail list the update module which is responsible for maintaining all the files and data You may contact the author at 1280 Richland Ave Lincoln IL 62656 AICRO No 56 January 1983 NIBBLE EXPRESS Vol TABLE OF CONTENTS EDITORIAL donee ee ee NA dde APPLE TRAC Personal Finance Management by Mike SORT EM OUT Principles of Sorting by NIBBLE Staff PSEUDO UTO START Reset with CTRL Y by Rick Con INITIALIZE NEW FILES WITH ONERR GOTO by NIBBLE MACHINE LANGUAGE SCREEN DUMP by R M Mottola FREE DISK SECTORS by Chuck Hartley HI RES SPACE MAZE Graphics Game by NIBBLE Staf UN GRAPHIC GRAPHIC PRINTING by NIBBLE Staff TABLE PRINTING MADE SIMPLE by NIBBLE Staff DYNAMIC ARRAY DIMENSIONING by NIBBLE Staff BLOCKING VERY LARGE FILES by NIBBLE Staff
44. high resolution graphics A sample BASIC program illustrates the necessary set up VIC Graphics Demo requires VIC 20 with 3K extra memory may be modified for unexpanded VICs or for more memory The VIC manuals refer to the capability of high resolution graphics There is even a section in the VIC 20 Program mer s Reference Guide that shows how to do 64 by 64 bit graphics Unfor tunately it is not obvious how it all works The purpose of this article is to help shed some light on the subject of VIC graphics To understand high resolution graphics you have to understand how programmable characters work The VIC doesn t really have a graphics mode but it does have two features that allow for graphics displays The first and most important is that the contents of the pointer that normally points to the character ROM can be changed to point to RAM The other is that the character size can be changed Before explaining how these com bine to get graphics I need to review quickly how characters are normally displayed on the screen A more detailed explanation can be found in the Pro Reference Guide and in a number of articles on special characters for the VIC Each byte in screen mem Ory is used as an index into the charac ter memory It is actually character memory that tells the VIC which dots to turn on or off in the display In nor mal mode a character is 8 rows of 8 dots per row In expanded
45. many other functions Price 275 00 retail Includes software manual and tutorial quick reference booklet Author Peter Roizen Available TMAKER 1742 Willow Rd Suite 206 Palo Alto CA 94304 415 326 6103 Call or write for distributor information Name System Name Mind Bogglers 1 System Atari 400 800 Memory 16K cassette 24K disk Hardware Disk drive or cassette recorder Description Three thought provoking mind bogglers are Capture a strategy game in which you and the computer fight for control of the board based on Othello Mystery Box a game in which you shoot rays into the mystery box to find the hidden atoms and Simon Says a memory teaser in which you must repeat the computer s pattern The game adapts to the player s skill level Price 15 95 cassette 19 95 disk Includes cassette or diskette and user s guide Available Versa Computing Inc 3541 Old Conejo Rd Suite 104 Newbury Park CA 91320 805 498 1956 Name PTD 6502 System Apple II Apple II Plus Memory mimimum Language 6502 machine language Hardware Autostart ROM for fast breakpoint Description This BASIC like compiled language debugs 6502 machine language and is relocatable Nearly all com mands can be executed in im mediate mode or as part of a program with line numbers Check on complex compound conditions at 1000 instruc tions second then see the 128 executed i
46. other languages are available In the microcomputer field how ever Pascal s strengths outweigh some of its weaknesses and it is virtually the only choice when program reliability and size are significant design criteria with FORTH and Microsoft FORTRAN There is no question that Pascal is in fluential the recent appearance of structured FORTRAN FOR TRANT77 is sufficient proof that con cepts embodied in Pascal are worth learning well Pascal s worst failing is its inability to read numerical data efficiently This article presents one method for inter preting Long Integers as accurate bcd numbers with decimal points The dif ference between a Long Integer and a bcd number is usually that the bcd number has an implied decimal point the Long Integer its internal structure is not as interesting as its uses can be interpreted several ways 86 the possible exceptions of Long Integers can be used to repre sent dollar and cents amounts All dollar amounts are represented as mul tiples of 100 cents and the decimal point is understood to be two places in from the right If you are working with millage rates or titrations then you may understand the decimal point to be three four or five places in from the right provided the bcd number is prop erly normalized By using bcd num bers complemented with appropriate special algorithms for multiplication and division you may avoid the round ing errors t
47. the full string value One possible application of this system would be to let a user quickly find information on a part either by part number or part name The base ar ray would contain a list of parts and related information including part number and part name The array would be processed by ALTERNATE INDEX twice once for the part num ber key and once for the part name key Once the key arrays are generated the user would supply a part name or num ber The system would look in the proper key array for a match using BINARY SEARCH Once the item is found in the key array the system can locate the element in the base array to display all the related data How ALTERNATE INDEX Works Because of the way Applesoft string arrays are stored in memory it is possi ble to have two or more arrays that con tain the same data without duplicating this data Applesoft string arrays are ac tually a table of pointers to the related data which is stored elsewhere in memory Therefore it is possible to build arrays with pointers to the same data contained in another array With every pointer there is also a length field which is the length of the string for that array element By manipu lating the length field and pointer ALTERNATE INDEX builds pointers to substrings of the base array then sorts 64 this key array in ascending order The syntax is amp S XX YY B E ZZ96 where 1 XX is the base array any legal str
48. the low order m bits of which are equal to simply 2 10 namely 10 Now consider what happens when you multiply The case in which both factors are positive need not be con sidered The case in which one factor f is positive and the other g negative gives you 27 g fxg which ignoring bit positions above the m th is none other than f g Similarly the case in which both fac tors f and g are negative gives you 2T f 2a ett 9 fxg which ignoring a rather large amount of gibberish above the m th bit posi tion is simply f g as expected Listing 1 shows a relocatable 16 bit signed unsigned integer multiplication routine for the 6502 that takes its arguments from the stack pops them and returns their product on the stack It could be written more efficiently of course I have written it this way to make it completely machine indepen dent Remember though that this ap proach does have definite limitations in general the multiplication of one 16 bit integer by another will yield a 32 bit product Thus a routine like the one shown is only applicable in cases where the product is known to fit in 16 bits languages like RPL and FORTH for example typically make this assumption The approach given here could be economically applied in a fully general signed multiplication procedure on a processor possessing a hardware sign extend operation It would
49. 01 01 STA 101 X BD 02 01 LDA 102 X 7D 06 01 ADC 106 X 9D 02 01 STA 102 X lE 05 01 SHIFT ASL 105 X 3E 06 01 ROL 106 X 88 DEY DO DC BNE MLOOP 68 PLA 9p 07 01 STA 107 X 68 PLA 9D 08 01 STA 108 X 68 PLA 9D 05 01 STA 105 X 68 PLA 9p 06 01 STA 106 X 60 RTS MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal but the low order m bits of the sum Since any 2 terms in the sum con tribute only to bit positions above the m th these low order m bits give you the right result For example adding 5 to 3 gives you 5 27 3 2745 3 2m 2 the low order m bits of which represent a 2 Adding 6 to 4 gives you 2m 6 2 4 242m 6 4 2 2m 10 QBIECT ASSEMBLY SOURCE 1 EXPECTS TO BE CALLED WITH TWO 16 BIT FACTORS ON THE STACK MULT REPLACES THEM WITH THEIR 16 BIT PRODUCT AND RETURNS THEIR PRODUCT MAY BE THOUGHT OF AS EITHER SIGNED OR UNSIGNED IT MAKES NO DIFFERENCE THE FACTORS AND MULT IS RELOCATABLE AND USES NO SCRATCHPAD MEMORY ZERO PAGE OR OTHERWISE BY T STRYKER 4 82 WITH THANX AND A TIP OF THE HAT TO C GUILMARTIN AND K WASSERMAN INITIALIZE PRODUCT TO 0 SET UP FOR STACK INDEXING DO SHIFT AND ADD 16 TIMES SHIFT FIRST FACTOR RIGHT BRANCH IF ZERO SHIFTED OUT ADD LEFT SHIFTED SECOND FACTOR TO PRODUCT SHIFT SECOND FACTOR LEFT DONE YET BRANCH BACK IF MORE TO DO REPLACE FIRST FACTOR WITH PRODUCT REPLACE SECOND FACTOR WITH RETURN ADDRESS AND RETURN No 56 January 1983
50. 115 sectors 4 68000 source code for the HALGOL threaded interpreter Works with the 68000 floating point package 56 sectors 5 6502 source code for the utilities to link into the BASIC floating point routines and utility and debug code to link into the 68000 PROM monitor 113 sectors The above routines almost fill a standard Apple DOS 3 3 flop py We provide a second disk very nearly filled with various utility and demonstration programs SWIFTUS MAXIMUS Our last advertisement implied that we sold 8MHz boards to hackers and 12 5MHz boards to businesses That was sort of true because when that ad was written the 12 5MHz 68000 was a very expensive part list 332 ea Motorola has now dropped the price to 111 and we have adjusted our prices ac cordingly So now even hackers can afford a 12 5MHz 68000 board With we remind you absolutely zero wait states Swiftus maximus Do you know of any other microprocessor based product that can do a 32 bit add in 0 48 microseconds AN EDUCATIONAL BOARD If you want to learn how to program the 68000 at the assembly language level there is no better way than to have one disk full of demonstration programs and another disk full of machine readable and user modifiable 68000 source code Those other educational boards have 4MHz clock signals even the one promoted as having a 6MHz CPU honest so we ll call them slow learners They do not come with any significant amount
51. 596 1 60 16 67 16 842 0 029 0 172 1 096 1 30 33 33 33 276 0 106 0 319 0 296 1 15 66 67 61 987 1 885 3 041 7 096 1 8 125 00 126 595 2 652 2 095 1 396 1 4 250 00 269 122 3 855 1 432 7 696 1 2 500 00 534 875 4 295 0 803 7 096 1 1000 00 1024 093 4 841 0 473 2 496 No 56 January 1983 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal second two commonly used shutter speeds The criteria of consistency is measured by the normalized standard deviation NSD All shutter speeds are within 596 consistency with individual bests again going to 1 60th and 1 30th of a second shutter speeds Over one half of the shutter speeds are consistent to within a 296 NSD The mechanical consistency of my camera shutter seems to be very good In conclusion my camera passes the SHUTTER test in good condition The highest shutter speeds and the seldom used th and of a second speeds slightly overexpose the film Only the 1 15th of a second shutter speed used for special effects with water subjects underexposes the film Since the consistency is excellent these slight exposure errors may be easily corrected by adjusting the camera lens aperture Mike Dougherty works at Martin Marietta Aerospace in Denver CO His home based system presently consists of an Atari 800 with 24K bytes of memory the Atari 410 recorder and the Atari 850 Interface Module for future communication with single board computers You may contact him at 7659 W Fremont Ave L
52. 695 D amp N 80 serial w Wordstar 870 D amp N 80 video 695 Option001 80 parallel printer and real time calendar clock D amp N 80 CPU BOARD OTHER OSI COMPATIBLE HARDWARE 10 Serial Printer Port 125 Compatible with OS 65U and OS 65D soft ware 1O CA9 Parallel Printer Port 175 Centronics standard parallel printer inter face with 10 ft flat cable BP 580 8Slot Backplane 47 Assembled 8 slot backpiane for OSI 48 pin buss 24MEM CM9 380 16MEM CM9 300 24MEM CM9F 530 18 9 450 8MEM CMS 210 8MEM CM9F 360 50 FL470 180 24K memory floppy controller card sup ports up to 24K of 2114 memory chips and an OSI type floppy disk controller Available fully assembled and tested with 8 16 or 24K of memory with floppy con troller F Controller supports 2 drives Needs separated clock and data inputs Available Bare BMEM CMSF or controller only FL 470 Ideal way to upgrade cassette based system 88 C1P EXP Expansion Interface 65 Expansion for C1P 600 or 610 board to the OSI 48 pin buss Requires one slot in backplane Use with BP 580 backplane 1600 Bare IO card 50 Supports 8K of memory 2 16 bit parallel ports may be used as printer interfaces 5 RS 232 serial ports with manual and Molex connectors DSK SW Disk Switch 29 Extends life of drive and media Shuts off minifloppy spindle motor when system is not accessing the drive Complete KIT and
53. 99736 21 303 299 32 2 65465 9 264 263 33 2 34090 8 301 296 34 2 53410 10 274 270 35 3 77437 13 293 288 36 2 14736 13 278 277 37 2 81681 12 292 290 38 7 78674 31 317 294 39 2 68153 11 273 268 40 3 36868 14 278 277 Total 4 02 31 Average 14 50 Average Maximum Length A powerful theorem in mathematics Central Limit Theorem allows you to draw some meaningful conclusions by examining the averages of several pro gram runs The usual procedure is to form a confidence interval for the parameter that you choose to measure We have presented a summary for the example problem in figure 2 Mathematical Analysis The programmer should be aware that the results obtained from the MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal discrete simulation process are at most good approximations to the results ob tained in the real situation itself It is gratifying however to solve the simu lation problem using analytic methods and to discover just how accurate these approximations are Analytic solutions are not always obtainable and hence the need for simulations In the following pages we use mathematics to investigate the bank line simulation You should become familiar with the notations and ter 25 DUE Cio niega MD oblitus USO D ee DNUS Li Rc res IU Rc M tet ae d op I M E OC MER minology used Queuing time is the total time that a single customer is in the system This time begins when the customer arrives a
54. A convert routine allows you to convert granule numbers into the track and sector numbers required for data file access September Education 13 October Programming Techniques June 17 November Games July 15 Minuses None noted December New Microprocessors August 12 Documentation A 24 page manual describes program operation in detail and provides valuable information on disk system parameters Skill level required A solid basic knowledge of disk file Send your articles to structure is necessary especially when trying to reconstruct a defective or killed file Editor MICRO P O Box 6502 Chelmsford MA 01824 Reviewer John Steiner continued No 56 January 1983 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal 95 Reviews in Brief continued Product Name VIE VIC IEEE Interface Equip req d VIC 20 5K or more PET to IEEE cable IEEE Device s Price 99 95 Manufacturer Micro Systems 11105 Shady Trail 104 Dallas Texas 75229 Description VIE is a cartridge like unit that plugs into the expansion port of the VIC 20 and enables the VIC to com municate with IEEE devices like the PET CBM 2022 printer and 4040 disk drives A PET to IEEE cable not pro vided attaches to the side of the VIE The VIE also has an expansion slot so other cartridges may be attached to the VIC without removing the VIE Approximately 1K of ROM software is built into the VIE which is accessed by a SYS40000 command to in
55. ARRY1PTR Y ELMNTPTR 1 ELMNTLEN STARTPOS NOELMNT ELMNTPTR STARTPOS NEWAD ELMNTPTR 1 06 STA NEWAD 1 LDA CMP BCS SEC LDA SBC STA INC JMP LDA SBC STA LDA LDY STA INY ENDPOS ELMNTLEN SHORTER ENDPOS STARTPOS NEWLEN NEWLEN ESTDESC ELMNTLEN STARTPOS NEWLEN NEWLEN 00 ARRY2PTR Y GET INTEGER ARRAY POINTER MAKE SURE 1 DIM ARRAY SAVE DESC ADRS ESTABLISH ARRY1 POINTER ESTABLISH ARRY2 POINTER ESTABLISH ARRY3 POINTER GET SIZE OF ARRAY MAKE LOW HIGH MUST BE EQUAL SIZE ARRAYS SIZES ARE EQUAL SIZES NOT EQUAL SIZES NOT EQUAL SIZES ARE EQUAL SIZES NOT EQUAL SIZES NOT EQUAL ARRY 1PTR ARRY1PTR 7 ARRY2PTR ARRY2PTR 7 ARRYJPTR ARRYOPTR 7 INITILIAZE INTEGER ARRAY SEE IF MOVE COUNT MOVE IS NOT DONE DONE NOW SORT LENGTH OF ELEMENT SAVE NULL ELEMENT ZERO OUT LEN ADDRESS 360 ESTABLISH DESCRIPTOR GET ADDRESS OF ELEMENT AND SAVE ELMNTLEN STARTPOS THEN ADDRESS LENGTH COMPUTE AD LEN AND SAVE SEE IF ENDPOS gt OR ELMNTLEN YES SO USE ELMNTLEN ELSE COMPUTE LEN USE END POS NEWLEN ENDPOS STARTPOS 1 300 ESTABLISH DESCRIPTOR NEWLEN ELMNTLEN STARTPOS CARRY IS SET PUT LENGTH IN NEW DSCRPTR END continued 65 Alternate Index continued Alternate Index continued 920C AD 5D 93 166 LDA NEWAD NO DO ADDRESS 92 4C 5C 92 249 JMP SORTLP2 NO CONTINUE PASS 920F 91 52 167 STA A
56. Angeles CA 90066 213 390 4885 Name RS 232 Expansion System Color Computer Memory 4K and up Hardware Y cable Description The RS 232 Ex pansion Cable allows two devices to be connected to the serial I O port at the same time A printer and modem can be hooked in line without constantly swapping cables Price 19 95 plus 1 00 S H Available Spectrum Projects 93 1586 Drive Woodhaven NY 11421 212 441 2807 Voice 212 441 3755 Computer ALIS Instrumentation Modules 48K Apple II or Apple II Plus 2 5K RAM maximum Language 6502 Machine and Applesoft RAM or ROM Hardware Disk drive printer optional Description The ALIS family of data acquisition and control modules for an Apple II com puter provides an economical multi function laboratory or industrial instrumentation sys tem Hardware and augmented BASIC software permit 8 or 12 bit analog input output and multi function digital I O at rates up to 10K Hz under ALIS software control The digital module provides 32 bidirec tional lines 2 16 bit hardware clocks and up to 14 ser viceable interrupt conditions Price 1149 00 8 bit analog input 1517 00 12 bit analog input 1787 Digital I O 613 00 991 00 Analog output Includes PC card s cables terminal box AMPERALIS and real time graphics software on diskette and manual Available Eco Tech Inc 2990 Lake Lansing Rd P O Box 776 East Lansing MI 48823 517 337 9226 Na
57. BOX 22 wv 105468 Please send me a of the Blua Book Enclosed my check for NAME W ADDRESS Above prices include postage in the U S CA res add 6 tax Foreign add 2 BEE ESS SSS 2 E 14 The 68000 DREAM MACHINE WE SORT OF LIED Motorola has been promoting its advanced microprocessor chip as a vehicle for large complex systems exclusively Now the 68000 does work well as the heart of big complex Systems But their promotional literature implies that one can only build big complex systems with the 68000 and that is dead wrong in our opinion Nevertheless the public that s you perception of the 68000 follows Motorola s line Big systems Complex systems Our boards are not complex and not necessarily big starting at 4K Our newsletter is subtitled The Journal of Simple 68000 Systems But since the public has become condi tioned to the 68000 as a vehicle for FORTRAN UNIX LISP PASCAL and SMALLTALK people naturally expect ail these with our 595 starting price simple attached processor Wrong We wrote our last ad to understate the software we have available because we wanted to get rid of all those guys who want to run multi user multi tasking UNIX on their Apple H and two floppy disks Running UNIX using two 143K floppies is well absurd The utilities alone require more than 5 megabytes of hard disk HERE S THE TRUTH We do have some very useful 68000 u
58. Bl are temporary variables that contain the high and low byte values of the number in RL CHR 1 tells DOS to point at the first byte within record RL If line 1280 in BASIC 4 were changed to 1280 RECORD 1 NR 8 then we would use CHR 8 instead for BASIC 2 In that case both BASICs would begin to access data at byte number 8 within the record This op tion is rarely used If record NR already exists line 1280 takes only a moment Here how ever record NR first has to be created DOS indicates this by sending a disk status of 50 This is not usually an er ror but needs to be handled separately as most disk error checking lines will Complete Forth source code Advanced Screen editor w source 6502 macro assembler w source Double number and CASE extensions Vectored boot capability Several Utility Screens Complete glossary THE MONTHLY JOURNAL FOR COMMODORE COMPUTER USERS 64 PET CER MAX MACHINE COMMANDER unl be dedicated communicating rhe fun of as well as the latest information about the COMMODORE COMPUTERS Dos Includes Bi Directional NEC driver 65U read capability NMHZ Capability GET YOUR MONEY S WORTH You ve probably made a sizeable investment in your computer equipment COMMANDER can help you make the most of it Each issue bnngs you the no nonsense advice you need to stay on the leading edge of this constantly changing field COMMANDER will be your reference source to the world
59. CARTRIDGE V 25 939 95 ay includes Cartridge and Manual Expansion Connector High Speed Cassette Load and Save Don t waste your Life away waiting to LOAD and SAVE programs on Cassete Deck Load or Save 8K in approximately 30 seconds Try it your Un Rabbitized VIC takes almost 3 minutes It s not only Fast but VERY RELIABLE Aimost as fast as VIC Disk Drive Don t be foolish Why buy the disk when you can get the VIC Rabbit for much much less Easy to install it just plugs in Expansion Connector on rear Works with or without Expansion Memory Works with VIC Cassette Deck 12 Commands provide other neat features Also Available for 2001 4001 and 8032 PET TERMINAL SOFTWARE A buy you RS232 usets cant pass up Includes package May be controlled via keyboard or from BASIC A super buy 129 95 OC Hayes Smart Modem 235 00 Rana Disk Drive 375 OC Hayes Micro Modem I 289 00 4 Onve Controller 114 3239 LindaDr 919 924 2889 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal More than just an Assembler Editor MAE for PET APPLE ATARI 169 95 tsa Protessionally Designed Software Development System Biast otf with the software used on the space shuttle project Designed to improve Programmer Productivity Similar syntax and commands No need to peculiar syntaxes and commands when you go trom PET to APPLE to ATARI Coresdent Assembler Editor No need to load
60. CGRS 54 Chameleon 18 Commander Micro Systems Specialties 53 Compu 22222 2222 22222 2 10 CompuTech 0 0 cee eee ees 74 Computer Mail 56 57 Computer Science Engineering 90 Datamost Sere tee 34 91 Digicom Engineering 53 Digital 14 DAN Micro Products 88 Eastern House 12 Elcomp oclo ED bbe hoe been 98 EXxcert Ine o oc ened 44 Execom Corp eh ee al alee ek DE boa es 70 Gimir sete an eh ates 1 Gooth 29 Hudson Digital Electronics 75 Human Systems 29 Interesting 16 John Bell 4 Leading 08s eR e BC Logical 62 Lyco Computing eee iae Af MICRObits 1 1 5 77 8 18 93 IBC 108 Mic
61. Central Point Software Inc P O Box 19730 203 Portland OR 97219 DarkstarTM Timex Sinclair 1000 2 81 Apple II Atari 800 400 16K RAM Sinclair 48K RAM Apple II and Atari Language BASIC Hardware Standard cassette tape deck Sinclair Disk drive with DOS 3 3 Apple 810 disk drive or 410 recorder Atari Description This program solves problems associated with the photographic dark t provides exposure times needed for changes to magnification lens opening and print density for both black and white and color materials for both chromo genic or dye bleach materials It provides color printing filter pack checking and cor recting for color balance neutral density and filter fac tors and development times for black and white films over a wide temperature range as a function of the user s ideal pro cessing time at 68 F Expert type program Price 99 95 Sinclair tape 129 95 Apple Atari disk 129 95 Atari tape Includes 34 pages of documentation Author Bob Nadler Available F 22 Press P O Box 141 Leonia NJ 07605 Name System Memory No 56 January 1983 Ht HAR ra C Columns which discuss different topics in cluding computer graphics picking the right modem for you and marketing your software just to name a few Input from our readers each month we devote a space in the magazine to let our rea
62. Chatsworth 91311 213 709 1202 VISA MASTERCARD accepted 5200 shipping handling charge California residents add 6 2 sales tax Apple Il is a trademark of Apple Computer inc CoCo Bits By John Steiner This month in addition to news I discuss some of the books available for the Color Computer and the 6809 I also examine how to set up a high resolu tion graphics display on the CoCo Last month I mentioned rumors of a new Color Computer built by Radio Shack available through RCA The machine TDP System 100 should be available from RCA dealers by the time you read this Considering the power of the Color Computer I expect other CoCo clones will appear soon A unique accessory now available from several companies is an expansion unit The unit plugs into the existing ROM pack and provides several extra expansion slots where drive controller printer card ROM packs and other ac cessories can remain connected at all times I look forward to testing one of these units for utility and ease of use I will keep you posted By the time you read this I am sure many of you will know of the death of Mr Arnold C Pouch A retired IBM programmer Mr Pouch was one of the first to realize the power of Color Computer graphics His Motion Pic ture Programming techniques for CoCo set a standard in graphics programs and he created many other excellent utilities including Disk
63. Conversion pg 57 58 A hardware article for TRS 80 Color Computer users Hogg Frank 64K Korner pg 59 60 Miscellaneous notes on memory assignments in the 6809 based TRS 80 Color Computer Rothstein Mark Modifying Packaged ROM Programs pg 61 64 Notes on ROM program modification including a listing for an Automated Address Modification Program for the Col or Computer Giovanoni Richard Learning Curves A Real Life Use of Microcomputers in Aerospace pg 65 76 A Color Computer curve graphics program Listing and examples Hornsby James A Justprin pg 77 83 A word processing program featuring proportional spacing for the Color Computer Hunt Craig Air Raid pg 86 91 A graphics game for the 6809 based Color Computer 94 MICRO No 52 September 1982 Clark Hal 6809 Macros for Structured Programming pg 57 63 This article presents a technique for using 6809 assembler macros to allow structured assembly language programming Suckle Leonard I Market Projection Program for the Color Computer pg 67 77 A sophisticated business program implemented on the 6809 based TRS 80 Color Computer Staff MICRO Reviews in Brief pg 103 106 Reviews include several pieces of software for the 6809 user Dial Wm R 6809 Bibliography pg 110 Some 32 references to the 6809 literature are cited Staff MICRO Software Catalog pg 111 116 Several software prog
64. Doctor His company Superior Graphics Software will continue to operate according to Mrs Pouch When the snow flies and the early winter darkness descends many people settle down with a good book by the roaring fire What better way to spend an evening than to read about your favorite computer In the past few months several books have been released providing information and pro grams for both CoCo and the 6809 Subjects range from general purpose programs to high resolution graphics tutorials A good programming book for beginners is one of a series written for many different home computers Bob Albrecht s TRS 80 Color BASIC published by John Wiley amp Sons Mr Albrecht assumes no previous knowl edge of BASIC and in an entertaining manner teaches much about CoCo The book lacks only a discussion of the features of Extended Color BASIC Two excellent books covering graphics are TRS 80 Color Computer Graphics by Don Inman with Dymax Reston Publishing and Color Computer Graphics by William Barden Jr Radio Shack Mr Inman s explanation of graphics operations and sound and joystick usage is well writ ten An entire chapter on machine language USR routines is included Mr Barden explains the graphics commands found in Extended Color BASIC and covers the details of the 6847 video display generator and the CoCo memory map The appendices are a rich source of video display infor mation For 5 95 Colo
65. I TO TF RE ET I 720 IFW 0 THEN HCOLOR 0 740 730 HCOLOR 3 740 HPLOT TF RR ET I TO TF RR x COS DA ET I 750 NEXT 760 RETURN 999 REM Increment day number 100022241 1201 REM for sun and moon using subroutine 300 1202 REM SUN 1210 V VS N NS E ES K KS 0 05 HS 1220 GOSUB 300 1230 0 2 0 2 0 2 1300 REM MOON 1310 V VM N NM E EM K 0 OM H 1320 GOSUB 300 36 1830 DRAW 4 AT 3 1 1 3 1 1840 DRAW 5 AT X 4 1 4 1 1899 REM Draw current day s Moon 1900 GOSUB 600 1950 Q FRE 0 2000 D1 0 1 A 1 1 D2 0 2 2010 IF SGN SIN D1 2099 REM dad Eclipse 2020 SIN D1 SIN D1 SIN 2030 SK 2 2040 LI ABS COS SK 1 SGN SIN D2 5000 D2 A 2 2 A B 1 2 1 2100 IF COS D1 gt AND LI gt 0 96639 THEN 9 SOLAR ECLIPSE GOTO 2200 2110 IF COS D1 gt AND LI gt 6 94604 THEN Q POSSIBLE SOLAR ECLIPSE GOTO 2200 2120 IF COS D1 lt AND gt 0 98723 THEN Q LUNAR ECLIPSE GOTO 2200 2130 IF COS D1 lt AND LI gt 0 97698 THEN Q POSSIBLE LUNAR ECLIPSE GOTO 2200 950 HTAB 20 LEN Q 2 PRINT Q PRINT RETURN 2140 GOTO 5100 2200 VTAB 22 HTAB 1 FLASH PRINT Q 2210 NORMAL PRINT CALL BE CALL BE 1200 REM Calculate longitude and plotting coordinates 2220 PRINT RE START SPACE GET SV 2230
66. Individual adventures please specify Cassette 7 each Disk 10 each Three adventures on one super disk 26 each Arabian Alien and Treasure Island C Jack the Ripper Crime and Around the World C Black Hole Windsloe Mansion and Klondike C James Brand Please specify which computer Apple req 24K for tape 32K for disk O ATARI req 32K for tape 40K for disk TRS 80 req 16K for tape 32K for disk Name Address City State Zp C MasterCard O VISA 0 Payment enclosed Name of Cardholder and Interbank VISA Exp Date Signature Prices subject to change without notice AppleTM ATARI and TRS 80 are registered trademarks of The Apple Computer Company Warner Communications and The Tandy Corporation respectively GERD ee 2 3 334 4 58 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal jl lu c How would you like to go back in time to 19th century London to match wits with Jack the Ripper Out into space to brave the swirling vortex of a black hole Into the depths of the ocean or on a quest to rescue a beautiful princess from the clutches of evil monsters You never know where SoftSide Magazine s Adven ture of the Month might take you But you can be sure that each month you will experien
67. LENGTHS 9356 209 SAVARRY2 DFS 2 0 HOLD ARRAY2 DESCPTR ADRS 9298 CD AF 90 227 CMP PAIRILEN 9358 310 SAVARRY3 DFS 2 6 HOLD ARRY3 DESCPTR ADRS 929E B 11 228 BCS DONEYET PAIR2LEN OR gt PAIRiLEN 935A 311 ELMNTLEN DFS 1 6 ELEMENT LENGTH 9240 4C 00 93 229 JMP SWAP P2LN amp P1LNu 935B 312 STARTPOS DFS 1 6 START POSITION 92A3 00 230 COMPSTRT LDY 00 INIT Y 935C 313 ENDPOS DFS 1 0 END POSITION H 9245 B1 9B 231 COMPLP LDA PAIR2AD Y CHARACTERS 935D 314 NEWAD DFS 2 6 NEW ELEMENT ADDRESS i 92 7 D1 50 232 CMP PAIR1AD Y 935F 315 NEWLEN DFS 1 0 NEW ELEMENT LENGTH 9249 90 55 233 BCC SWAP PAIR1 gt PAIR2 9360 316 ELMNTPTR DFS 2 6 ELEMENT POINTER 11 9248 D 04 234 BNE DONEYET PAIR1 lt PAIR2 9362 317 SIZE DFS 2 0 SIZE OF ARRAY i i 92AD 235 INY 9364 318 ZEROSV DFS 6 0 ZERO PAGE SAVE AREA 92AE CA 236 DEX 90AF 319 PAIRLLEN EQU SETVEC REUSE SETVEC ONLY AT BRUN 92AF D F4 237 BNE COMPLP MORE BYTES TO COMPARE 90 0 320 PAIR2LEN EQU SETVEC 1 1 9281 A9 03 238 DONEYET LDA 03 90B1 321 COUNT EQU SETVEC 2 4 9283 20 A3 92 239 JSR ARY2PLUS BUMP ARRY2PTR 3 9083 322 SWAPFLAG EQU SETVEC 4 9286 A9 02 240 LDA 62 90B4 323 INTEGER1 EQU SETVEC 5 9288 20 92 241 JSR ARY3PLUS BUMP ARRY3PRT 2 90B6 324 INTEGER2 EQU SETVEC 7 ae 92BB AD 90 242 LDA COUNT SEE IF WE HAVE 936A 325 lt lt SUBROUTINES gt gt gt 92BE CD 62 93 243 CMP SIZE COMPARED ALL ACTIVE PAIRS 936A 02 326
68. McGraw Hill Book Com pany 1221 Avenue of the Americas New York NY 10020 1982 264 pages paperback ISBN 0 07 046480 4 16 95 WRITE EDIT amp PRINT Word Pro cessing with Personal Computers by Donald H McCunn Design Enterprises of S F P O Box 14695 San Francisco CA 94114 1982 paperback ISBN 0 932538 06 1 24 95 Word Processing Primer by Mitchell Waite and Julie Arca BYTE Books McGraw Hill 1221 Avenue of the Americas New York NY 10020 1982 188 pages paperback ISBN 0 07 067761 1 14 95 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal WHAT S WHERE IN THE APPLE A Complete Guide to the Apple Computer Whats Where in the A Guide to THE APPLE COMPUTER MICRO makes it easy to order Send check to MICRO INK P O Box 6502 Chelmsford MA 01824 Or call our toll free number 1 800 345 8112 In PA 1 800 662 2444 MA residents add 5 sales tax Fortran Programs for Scientists and Engineers by Alan R Miller Sybex 2344 Sixth Street Berkeley CA 94710 1982 320 pages paperback ISBN 0 89588 082 2 15 95 Introduction to the UCSD p System by Charles W Grant and Jon Butah Sybex 2344 Sixth St Berkeley CA 94710 1982 300 pages paperback ISBN 0 89588 061 X 14 95 VIC Innovative Computing by Clifford Ramshaw Melbourne House Publishers 347 Reedwood Drive Nashville TN 37217 1982 151 pages paperback ISBN 0 86161 108 X 14 95 User s Guide to PET CBM Computers by J
69. OF 51560 SI ATN U T ROOTS OBTAINED SO FAR GOSUB 60200 END 51580 REM Compute the Proper Quadrant For Psi 59340 REM Case Where T U 9 51600 IF SI lt THEN SI SI PI 59360 PRINT PRINT F X 9 AND NR S METHOD 51620 IF SI lt PI AND U lt THEN SI SI PI 59380 PRINT PRINT RESELECT FIRST APPROX OF ROOT PRINT GOTO 59260 51640 REM Set New P and Q 60000 REM Compute to Minimize Propagation Errors 51660 P P Bx COS FI 51 0 Q B x SIN FI SI 60020 GOSUB 57000 51680 IF FL 1 THEN 51000 REM Don t Print on Recomputation 60040 FL 1 RM RT RT 9 51700 PRINT 1 SPC IR lt 19 IR SPC 2 P P TAB 24 0 0 60060 HOME PRINT PRELIMINARY LISTING OF ROOTS OF EQU REM Print Result After Each Iter 60080 GOSUB 60200 INVERSE PRINT PLEASE WAIT FOR RECOMPUTED RESULTS 51720 GOTO 51000 1 NORMAL 52000 REM Sucessful Iteration 60100 P P RT 1 Q Q RT 1 52020 RT RT 1 REM Count the No of Sets of Roots 60120 IR 9 GOSUB 51000 IF RT lt RM THEN 60100 REM Compute Next Root 52040 P RT P Q RT Q REM Store Answers 60140 REM Conclude and Display Summary Results 52060 IF FL 1 THEN RETURN 60160 PRINT CHR 12 52080 PRINT PRINT NR S METHOD IS SUCCESSFUL 60180 HOME PRINT FINAL LISTING OF ROOTS OF EQUATION GOSUB 60200 52100 ON 1 ABS Q lt ER GOSUB 53000 55000 GOSUB 50300 GOTO 60300 53000 REM Routine for Complex Roots 60200 GOSUB 56060 PRINT 53020 PRIN
70. S 16 852 ENTER 1TO SEE COM VALUES TQ END No 56 January 1983 capacitors seldom match component design values For resistors use the closest available commercial value In theory the capacitors used should be equal to or larger than design values but somewhat lower value capacitors should be acceptable for most purposes It is likely that an actual amplifier stage will not have measured voltages currents and gain exactly as calcu lated by the program Such deviation is to be expected considering com ponents used will not exactly match design values Also actual transistor beta probably differs from that used in the program However unless there are large differences greater than 20 or so between measured and design parameters the amplifer should do the job you want Example An example amplifier stage design is shown in the sample run The objective of the design is to interface an AM FM tuner module with a power amplifier For full output the power amplifier requires asignal of 10 V peak to peak but the tuner only provides output of V In put impedence of the power amplifier which is the load impedence for the amplifier stage is about 30 000 ohms The power amplifier s own power sup ply can be tapped to obtain a V of 14 V Try Experimenting At the start of the program variables MV J and VP are defined The values in the program listing should be reliable in most situations but you
71. SYBEX Inc 1979 M L DeJong Program ming and Interfacing the 6502 with Experiments Howard W Sams and Co Inc Indianapolis 1980 9 Z H Meiksin and P C Thackray Electronic Design with Off The Shelf Integrated Circuits Parker Publishing Co Inc West Nyack NY 1980 pgs 307 310 10 W Jung op amp Cookbook Howard W Sams and Co Inc In dianapolis 1979 You may contact the authors at the Department of Chemical Engineering University of Rochester Rochester NY 14627 Looking for a Good Buy Have you read our MICRObits You ll find deals on Software Hardware User Groups Accessories Games Joysticks Books News letters and much more See our classifieds this month on page 77 43 3 1 3 44 ROCKWELL Microcomputers from Excert Inc THE AIM 65 40 Single Board or Smorgasbord Ew hes TEN A 4 MN AES LP t mr Rc ES GA MSE T Oni 7 qood 557 1207120 be coda 0405 mn wer Gi 2 Ry AT P RRAARARE ABS A full size terminal style keyboard w 8 special function keys A smart 40 character display with its own microprocessor A 40 column printer w text and graphic output Up to 64K of on board RAM and ROM On board interfaces include RS232 dual audio cassette and 2 user I O R6522 devices Firmware includes interactive monitor and text
72. a rather dull limited technique This is due I believe to the examples presented average waiting time in a bank queue average waiting time in a doctor s office and so forth Don t let these particular examples mislead you Computer simulation can be fun Years ago I took a course in Discrete Computer Simulation The basis of the course was a computer simulation package called General Activity Simulation Program GASP Written as a series of FORTRAN subroutines this was configured to run on a PDP 10 The user would write a program that set up the operating environment parameters and called various support subroutines as required While many classmates simulated traffic lights and cafeterias as term pro jects I chose to simulate the Waterville Valley Ski Area of New Hampshire This month s cover symbolizes this study Whenever I think of downhill skiing two images come immediately to mind First there is the image of racing down the clean white slopes passing through the picturesque trails breathing the fresh air Second there is the image of the lift line with the long wait the dreary dirty snow underfoot the cold of just standing and waiting My simulation addressed methods of reducing the lift line wait by limiting the number of tickets sold each day developing additional long trails and adding another lift Since the lift MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal manager in those days was my cousin I was able to
73. and Q 51260 FORI 1TON S 5 xA f Ix SIN I x TH NEXT 59060 HOME PRINT TYPE 1 TO RESELECT MAX ITER NO PRINT 51280 T 0 REM Begin Compute 59080 PRINT TYPE 2 TO RESELECT ERR TOLERANCE PRINT 51300 1 A I x Af 1 1 x COS I 1 59100 PRINT TYPE 3 TO RESELECT INIT APROX ROOT PRINT x TH NEXT 59120 PRINT TYPE 4 TO RECOMPUTE PRINT 51320 U 9 REM Begin Compute U 59140 PRINT TYPE 5 TO ABORT AND DISPLAY ROOTS 51340 FORI 2 0 N U U amp I x A I x At I 1 x SIN I 1 59160 PRINT OBTAINED SO FAR x NEXT 59170 POKE 34 9 51360 IF T AND U THEN 59340 59180 PRINT GET CH PRINT ON VAL CH GOTO 59220 59240 59260 51380 B SQR Rx R Sx S Tx T U x U 50360 59320 51400 IF B ER THEN 52000 59200 GOTO 59180 51420 REM Compute Phi and Psi 59220 INPUT NEW MAX ITER NO IM GOTO 59060 51440 IF R THEN FI PI 2 x SGN S GOTO 51540 59240 INPUT NEW ERR TOLERANCE ER GOTO 59060 51460 FI ATN S R 59260 PRINT SUPPLY THE INIT APPROX OF ROOT BY 51480 REM Compute the Proper Quadrant for Phi 59280 PRINT TYPING IN ITS REAL AND IMAG PARTS 51500 IF FI lt THEN FI FI PI 59300 PRINT SEPARATED BY A COMMA INPUT P Q PRINT PRINT 51520 IF FI lt PI AND S lt THEN FI FI PI GOTO 59060 51540 IF T Q THEN SI 2 SGN 0 GOTO 51640 59320 PRINT PRINT COMPUTATION ABORTED PRINT PRINT LISTING
74. any key to exit REM GRARHICS CHANNELS PEEK FORT REM SAMPLE JOYSTICK 3 amp 4 FOR 1 0 TO 2 REM ONLY FIRST 3 BITS CHAN CHANNEL S INT CHANNELS 2 2 ISOLATE No 56 January 1983 Pe SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS Listing 1 Continued 4150 PRINT Bit sIs s 4160 CHANNELS INT CHANNEL 8 2 4170 NEXT I 4175 FRINT 4180 IF FEEK 1764 2255 THEN 4120 4190 764 255 4200 RETURN 8060 REM 8001 REM Fause subroutine 8002 REM 8003 REM Wait until a key is pressed 8004 REM with a flashing prompt 8005 REM 8110 POKE 752 1 8120 POSITION 7 22 FRINT Hit any KEY to continue 8140 POSITION 7 22 PRINT 3 8160 IF PEEK 764 2255 THEN 8120 8170 764 255 8180 RETURN 9000 REM 9001 REM Sample Phototransistors 9002 REM 9003 REM This subroutine samples ten 9004 REM shutter releases and computes 9005 REM the simple statistics of 9006 REM average AVE standard deviation 9007 REM SD and the normalized standard 9008 REM deviation NSD This subroutine 9009 REM calis the USR function starting 9010 REM at the memory location ROUTINE 9011 REM The bit masks etc are 9012 REM parameterized to allow this 9015 REM subroutine to be used by both 9014 REM the Velocity function and the 9015 REM Shutter function 9016 REM 9100 PRINT 9110 FOR LOOF O TO 9 STEP 1 9120 IF PEEK PORT lt gt 255 THEN 9120 REM WAIT UNTIL SHUTTER CLOSED 9130 CYCLES USR R
75. approximately 0 0001 see example 1 Although this discrepancy is usually negligible a recourse is automatically provided in the program by going through a second stage re computation of the orginal equation using each of the previously obtained results as starting approxima tion This should eventually lead to new results with the originally stipulated accuracy The program is easily incorporated as a BASIC subroutine for any applica tions program If necessary it can first be renumbered using the Applesoft Toolkit s LOADAPA for instance and then appended at the end of the user s application package It is for this reason that the statement numbers are started high up at 50000 providing ample room for insertion of the user s master MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal program To access the subroutine replace its last END statement with a RETURN and call it with a GOSUB Alternatively it is also possible for the program to be SAVEd on a disk file and EXECed when required Applications Two examples that demonstrate the application of the program are given below Example 1 Suppose you wish to find the in tersections between the curves 20 y 16 7x5 13x 4 x Tox and 21 y 12 x 5 26x 2x12 in a Cartesian coordinate system This is equivalent to solving the com plicated algebraic equation 22 4 x 5 2 26x 13x 2x x x 0 Ordinarily this problem would be t
76. assembler language to 5809 assembler language Watson Ernest Steve Home Accounting Program pg 26 28 Part III reads in from a data file information concerning the proposed budget Williams Don Structured Assembler Translate Sub routines pg 36 38 Macros and subroutines based on the 6809 assembler 97 Dr Dobb s Journal 7 Issue 9 September 1982 Dorner George C 68XX Blurb pg 7 A users group is forming for those interested in the 6809 microprocessor the OS 9 operating system and UNIX like systems on 68xx machines 98 PET Benelux Exchange 3 No 2 July 1982 Anon and 8096 pg 3 insert Short note on the 6809 based SuperPET 99 BYTE 7 No 9 September 1982 Stuart John Three Dee pg 34 50 A computer game for the 6809 based TRS 80 Color Computer based on Rubik s Cube and Tic Tac Toe Staff Software Received pg 494 496 Reviews a couple of programs for the 6809 based systems 100 Compute 4 No 9 September 1982 Chastain Linton S 5 80 Color Computer Energy Monitor Graphics pg 130 131 A companion program for the Energy Monitor program cited earlier 101 80 Micro October 1982 Calle Carlos Personal Finance pg 38 A finance program for the Color Computer Norman Scott L Newtalk pg 38 39 A utility for those doing machine language or assembly language programming on a 6800 or 6809 system Stone St
77. cipal After all you do not normally make payments less than 0 01 each and the loan repayment must be larger than the interest due or the loan will never be repaid Remember that answers do not need to involve fractions for rounding to ap ply For example when considering the populations of cities rounded to the nearest 1000 it would be improper to give an answer such as 53 162 say for a population average of all the cities within a state The proper answer would be 53 000 Note that numbers over four digits on either side of the decimal are separated by spaces not commas This is now preferred in deference to the European practice of using commas where Americans use decimal points Do not use algorithms which just truncate the answer i e drop the un wanted fractional parts Why use a sophisticated computer then give an answer similar to that of an elementary school student Another important point to remem ber is when the fractional part is exactly equal to 0 5 then the answer should be rounded to the nearest even number That is 3 15 should be rounded to 3 2 as should be 3 25 continued 18 DOPEN 8 TEST 1IFDSTHENPRINTDS STOF 20 CA GET 8 A GETHS H DOPENS9 H IFDSTHEHPRIHTDS STOP GETHG R 1FR z R THEHDCLOSE 58 GET43 R PRINTAS R RSCCORS N 2 1IFR264RHDRC21THENFISEIE S2 68 B B CHR CRO IFR 1360TOS8 FORIZ2TOLEHCKB IFMIDSCB
78. conditional assembler floating point string handling multi dimensional arrays and disk virtua mamory fullFORTH trom IDPC Co Target Compiler 100 S 50 SEE YOUR DEALER OR P O Box 102 215 757 0284 DEALER INQUIRIES INVITED Langhorne 19047 consider it an error Line 1290 does it this way 1290 IF DS lt gt 50 THEN 1510 If this is the first time record NR is created even a disk status of 0 would be an error for these purposes If you are using BASIC 2 it is easier to put the disk status check into a single sub routine Here is a simple example 60000 REM Check disk status 60010 OPEN 15 UN 15 60020 INPUT 15 DS DS ET ES 60030 CLOSE 15 60040 RETURN If you choose to use this subroutine add it to each module in the mail list Then call it at the start of each disk error check line in the package Line 1290 in this module becomes 1290 GOSUB 60000 IF DS lt gt 50 THEN 1510 Note that this subroutine cannot be used by those with BASIC 4 as the variables DS and DS are reserved for this purpose by BASIC itself The next task is to write to the last record of the file This forces BASIC to create all the records up to and in cluding the last file When records are newly created they are filled with CHR 255 the Pi character This character has a special advantage when read from the disk it flashes the EOI line of the IEEE bus signaling to BASIC that the entire record ha
79. continued begin begin writeln chr 7 chr 7 if queuelength lt gt then writeln begin writeln the simulation was run for schedule d newtime endtime starttime 69 19 2 minutes end writeln end writeln there were eventcounter events with procedure arrive writeln arrivecount arrivals and rj var newtime integer writeln departcount departures begin writeln addtoqueue writeln the maximum length of the queue was writeln maxqueuelength people and the writeln time averaged queue length was writeln timequeuelength endtime starttime 19 2 people writeln end in a more elaborate program the following two procedures may actually handle a queue instead of simply updating a counter procedure addtoqueue this adds people to the waiting line begin queuelength queuelength 1 end procedure popqueue this deletes people from the waiting line begin if queuelength gt then queuelength queuelength 1 end the following procedures are the event procedures procedure service this procedure while not properly an provides Service to a customer if it 15 needed It 18 called by the events ARRIVE and DEPART var newtime integer newtime round rnexp i uariv time schedule a newtime if queuelength 1 then service end procedure depart begin popqueue serv
80. cos b y i si y where 14 tan s r for r 0 ors 0 2 forr Oands gt 0 2 forr 0ands lt 0 and 15 Jon fort 0oruzO 2 fort O lt 0 be for t 0andu lt 0 and 16 b SQR r s4 Xt u Again to compute the angles from the respective inverse tangent functions the proper angular quadrants have to be found In equation 14 the special case when r s O results x x the solution is obviously obtained Equation 16 breaks down if both t and u vanish This occurs when F x 20 and Newton Raphson s method fails in this case The computa tion has to be restarted with a different initial value for Barring the above abortive case the iteration procedure continues with replacing xy The new values of p and q become 17 p gt p bcos y and 18 q gt q bsin y Since complex roots occur in pairs for a polynomial with real coefficients when one complex root is found its complex conjugate would also be a root Furthermore if x p qi is a pair of complex roots then F x has a quadratic factor 19 x pF q 2 2px If a real root is found then q 0 and F x has a linear factor x p By successive factorization of F x we can reduce the degree of the polynomial equation by one or two each time and eventually all its roots can be obtained completely 72 The Program The above formulation is transla
81. dialect of BASIC and pro duces Applesoft programs as output Basic provides the advantages of structured control statements that ordinary BASIC does not have REPEAT UNTIL CASE IF ELSE and PROC named procedures without parameters Pluses Basic provides an easy way for those already No 56 January 1982 Reviews in Brief continued familiar with BASIC programming to learn the principle of structured programming It Pays to Write Minuses The system imposes limits on the size of source files This could make large program development for MICRO awkward since the editor evidently does not make it easy to shift chunks of one source file to another Thus when one file fills up and you want to insert a bunch of new code in the middle of it it would be necessary to key in the tail end of that file all over again in another text file Editor s note there is a procedure in the manual to eliminate rekeying Computer Assisted Analysis and Interactive Sports Systems have also developed large scale BASIC pro grams using this system The system is menu driven and Get paid for your ideas write for does not allow the use of an eighty column display card MICRO Thousands of people read Basic generates Applesoft source code which is MICRO every month MICRO is sold equivalent to the source code written in Basic in computer stores and on newsstands worldwide Send for a copy of our Writer s Guide now Our author p
82. evaluation features that re quires no computer program ming knowledge Price 39 95 Includes comprehensive easy to use instruction manual Available M R Information Systems Incorporated P O Box 73 Wayne NJ 07470 Name Sensible Speller System Apple II Apple II Plus Memory 48K Language 5 versions available Pascal DOS 3 3 CP M Word Handler and Super Text Hardware One or two disk drives Description A spelling verifi cation program designed specifically for the Apple The official Random House Dic tionary Concise Edition 80 000 plus words is included in both diskette and hardcover form The average time to proofread a 10 page document about 3350 words is one minute if there are no spelling mistakes or two minutes 15 seconds for many spelling mistakes Shorter documents will take less time Price 125 00 Includes instruction manual two copies of the Sensible Speller program diskette a main dictionary diskette a hardcover copy of the Random House Dictionary Concise Edition and binder to hold the complete package Author Charles Hartley Available Sensible Software 6619 Perham Drive West Bloomfield MI 48033 313 399 8877 Name INTROL C 6809 Compiler 6809 running FLEX UniFLEX OS 9 Z80 8080 running CP M 48K plus 8K FLEX 09 40K free memory OS 9 60K CP M Language C Description This is a full C compiler system for develop ing programs in C for 6809 based ta
83. in the dark and a logic 0 ground in sufficient light For the Radio Shack phototransistor suffi cient light consists of a 50 watt reflec tor bulb available from Sears at a distance of 50 cm from the phototran sistor To measure the focal plane shut ter exposure the program simply measures the time that the I O pin connected to the phototransistor re mains low Unfortunately there is a major source of error when measuring the highest shutter speeds This error originates from the finite size of the light sensitive silicon in the phototran sistor 0 5 millimeters mm in my case Since this is not infinitely small or small enough to ignore the shutter time measured will be longer than it should be As the two curtains in my camera move toward the left the I O pin goes to zero when the left curtain uncovers the right edge of the light sensitive silicon The response is vir tually immediate since the source light is bright enough to drive the photo transistor into saturation with only a fraction of the silicon exposed to light The I O pin will remain zero until the right curtain covers the left edge of the light sensitive silicon Instead of measuring the exposure time for an in finitely thin slice of film a slice of 0 5 mm in width is measured For my camera at 1 1000th of a second this er ror becomes significant To eliminate the finite detector size error the time required to cross the light sensitive sil
84. joins the line or when someone departs You might describe the state of the system by saying There are people in the line Proper events cause the state to change In this case those events are identified as ARRIVE and DEPART It is important to specify the proper events for a simulation when writing a useful program If an event is hidden or overlooked you may get meaningless results If too many events are specified programming may be awk ward or even impossible After you have chosen the events for a simulation you must identify the characteristics parameters you want to measure Parameters are part of the state of the system and should be things that are affected by the events A typical parameter for the bank window example would be a measurement of the average length of the customer line This length is affected by two events only ARRIVE and DEPART and the length does not change until one of these events takes place In the flowchart of figure 1 the pro cedure COLLECT STATISTICS keeps running totals of the state variables parameters measured Consequently design of this procedure depends upon what those state variables are Another portion of the program called an event procedure accomplishes the action s demanded by a particular event In the above example you might use such a procedure to add a person to the end of a line corresponding to the event ARRIVE or remove a person from the front of
85. lunch at 11 30 and quit for the day at 3 30 That was the Got cha a power surge from the machines being turned off The simulation pro gram worked perfectly but only at night The results of the keyboard simula tion showed that not only could the microprocessor keep up with the eight operators it would be idle almost 80 percent of the time There are many interesting events that may be simulated With your dedicated equipment you can do significant simulations pP MP Robert M Tripp President Editor in Chief Now Available as a Boxed Set MICRO on the Apple Series We have taken the best Apple specific programming aids utilities enhancements games and more that have appeared in MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal and put them in three Wire O Bound volumes for easy use and we ve made it even EASIER by entering every program on one diskette included in the price Volume 1 Allows you to Round and format numbers accurately Get lowercase letters and punctuation into Applesoft strings Play the hit game Spelunker AAICRO on the Apple Volumes 1 2 and 3 Bea Volume 2 Lets you Speed up machine language programming using five powerful machine language aids Add additional editing and features Play the intriguing game GalactiCube Volume 3 Gives you more Machine language aids O enhancements e Graphics and games All three volumes attractively bo
86. manual D amp N Micro Products Inc 3684 N Wells St Fort Wayne Ind 46808 ND 219 485 6414 pac 279 Cas TERMS 2 50 shipping Foreign orders add 15 Indiana residents add 4 sales tax MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal Disk Drives and Cables 8 Shugart SA801 single sided 395 8 Shugart SA851 double sided 585 FLC 66ft cable from D amp N or OSI 69 controiler to 8 disk drive 51 4 MPIB51 with cable power 450 supply and cabinet FLC 5 1 48 ft cable for connection 75 to 5 1 4 drive and D amp or OSI controller with data separator and disk switch Okidata Microline Printers ML82A Dot Matrix Printer 534 120 CPS 80 120 columns 9 5 paper width friction or pin feed ML 83A Same as 82A except 89 16 paper width 132 232 columns witt tractor feed ML84Same as 82 except 200CPS 115 16 paper width 132 232 columns 2K buf fer dot addressable graphics with tracto feed No 56 January 1983 TM PET BASIC to Waterloo Basic Jerry D Bailey 9642 Remer So EI Monte CA 91733 As discussed in the October 1982 PET Vet Waterloo BASIC offers much more sophisticated program control struc tures than PET BASIC Also PET BASIC and Waterloo BASIC have dif ferent ways of implementing certain structures and functions You ll need to do light to moderate editing in cluding inserting blanks after key words when necessary There are several points you must conside
87. might want to experiment by changing the program values of these variables The purpose of each value is mentioned in a REM statement The value of MV should be no lower than the minimum or saturation collector to emitter voltage of your transistor One half volt will be sufficient for most transistors J controls the sum of resistors R and R A lower value of J increases R and R This raises input impedence but makes proper transistor biasing more sensitive to the value of beta If you are fairly certain about the beta of your transistor you can lower J Conversely increasing J makes know ing beta less important If you plan to run your transistor near its maximum output rating beta will drop as the transistor gets hotter In situations of variable or uncertain beta use a higher value for J to increase bias stability MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal Variable VP relates to emitter diode voltage drop of a transistor Small signal transistors have an emitter voltage drop of 025 V while power transistors may have a drop in the range of 0 5 V References The following books are helpful if you want to learn about transistor amplifier theory 1 Malvino Albert Paul Electronics Principles McGraw Hill 1973 2 Oleksey Jerome E Practical Solid State Circuit Design Howard W Sams amp Co Inc 1976 3 Turino Jon L Solid State Circuits for Hobbyists and Experimenters Howard W Sams amp Co Inc 1975
88. monitor feature If output voltage has been reduced there will be a suggestion on how to recover gain at the end of the program output When you indicate maximum gain there will be a similar message on how to increase gain There are inconsistencies that the program does not fix however These will make R negative or drop gain below one When either of these conditions occurs you will receive a non operating con dition message along with a sugges tion on how to overcome the problem Final Pointers Now that you are ready to start de signing amplifiers here are a few tips 6809 BASED RUNS TSC FLEX DOS x 9 1 100 BUS x QCB 9 2 66 50 BUS QCB 9 SINGLE BOARD COMPUTER Figure 1 INPUT 2 INPUT CAPACITOR RX LC RC OUTPUT CAPACITOR OUTPUT RL BYPASS CAPACITOR Try to have quiescent collector cur rent of at least 1 mA With some transistors considerably higher col lector current is desirable To in crease collector current lower output impedence If the design value of R happens to be near zero this resistor and the bypass 5149 00 PARTIAL KIT FEATURES 5 24K Serial RS 232 Port Centronics Type Printer Port Keyboard Parallel Port QBUG Resident Monitor 6802 Adaptor FULLY ASSEMBLED amp TESTED Floppy Controller Bytes of Memory dpe Ti 5389 00 8781 Troy St WORLD ALPH
89. of computers with the best most comprehensive coverage you can get PREMIER ISSUE O1 YR 322 O 2 YR 0 2 YR 355 4 DISCOUNT tPRICES DO NOT INCLUDE 54 DISCOUNT COMMANDER 98827 WASHINGTON 98498 206 565 6818 100 00 POSTAGE PAID DIGI COM ENGINEERING INC P O Box 1656 Kodiak Alaska 99615 ORDERING INFORMATION Check money order or C O D s accepted Shipment VIA first class mail Allow approximately one week for delivery Subscription Orders Oniy Toll Free Number 1 800 426 1830 lexcep WA No 56 January 1983 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal 53 Sti RE NES So ute a AVR tib Mo NS ERE dil sivuLATIONS APPLICATIONS 54 PROFESSIONAL WORD PROCESSOR Double Columns Page by Paragraph Line Centering Shorthand Right Justification Printer Graphics v Variable Line Space gt Margin Control Printer Control Code gt Form Letters FOR APPLE PET CBM COPY WRITER ty IDPC Co only 185 00 EXCHENGE DATA w IBM 3740 PEDISK 877 FLOPPY DISK Sys tems can now read and write records from IBM Basic Data Exchange diskettes FILEX software from WILSERVE does all the work Con its EBCDIC ASCII EXCH ystem B77 FILEX PEDISK 877 1 8 Floppy for PET 995 PEDISK 540 1 5 Floppy for 585 CONTROLLER BOARD w PDOS 229 PEDISK is a high performance floppy disk system
90. ofeounts far Register Register 3 Register Rotate dr 1 Effective A dress Mode Register 7 Rotate gt The following ffective addressing modes cannot used in the memory rotate 1 2 10 11 12 755113534 ROXL ROXR 8 16 32 CCR XNZVC Table 2 Bit Manipulation Instructions Rotate with extension The bits n the destination will be rotated as specified below and the extended bit is included in the rotation The number of times the rotation is to be performed is Specified immediately or by data amp register ROXR Roxi p E tinationP 222 Format 7451413121110 9 8 7065432110 Register Rotate ftf Effective Address Mode Register Memory Rotate ZAMORA 5 following effective addressing modes cannot be used in the memory rot te 1 2 11 12 13 dee dias 16 Mnemonic Data Size CCR Name n 8 32 Testa gt A bit in a particular bit position be teste CCR Bitand 3 and its state reflected in the Z bit of the CCR XNZVC 1 2 5 Change state of the bit is changed in the dest Opword Format 09 8 76 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal Size field 00 Byte operation 01 Word operatio
91. or so You ll find it s as understandable as helpful and as marvelous as we say If you or a member of your family is an Apple begin this is the book you need It ll teach you everything you wa know in the way you want to learn Only 14 95 At computer and book stores or DI DAT 9748 Cozycroft Ave Chatsworth CA 91311 213 709 120 es SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS Sun and Moon on the APPLE by Svend Ostrup This Applesoft program produces a high resolution graphic simulation of the apparent orbiting of the sun and moon around Earth as well as of the phases of the moon It also predicts solar and lunar eclipses Sun and Moon requires 48K Apple The astronomy program listed simu lates the apparent rotation of the sun and moon around Earth as well as the phases of the moon day by day beginn ing at a starting date chosen by the user The locations of the ascending and descending nodes of the moon and of the moon s perigee are also shown High resolution page 1 shows all the above simultaneously with the current date and the moon s elongation The program also predicts eclipses or the possibility of eclipses The material in this program is based on information provided by my son Gert Ostrup an amateur astronomer and is published as an example of col laboration between novices in different fields in this case astronomy and programming The program is straightforward and p
92. perigee is the point in the orbit of the moon closest to Earth When the moon is close to the perigee its apparent size as seen from Earth is bigger than that of the sun a prerequisite for a total lunar eclipse The date change takes place at mid night Greenwich mean time To use local time the following simple pro gram change is required if your time is behind Greenwich mean time which is the case the U S A by six hours convert the hour difference to a decimal day difference 6 24 20 25 in this case and add the figure to the con stant 715953 5 in line 6930 i e change 715953 5 to 715953 75 You may contact Mr Ostrup at Lindevangsvej 12 DK 3460 Birkerod Denmark Sun and Moon Listing continued 1330 X 1 2 X Y 1 2 1 2 A 1398 REM Calculate longitude and plotting coordinates 1399 REM for nodes and perigee using subroutine 300 1400 REM NODES 1410 0 VN H NN K KN 1420 GOSUB 500 1440 X 3 2 HU X Y 1500 REM PERIHELION 1510 0 OM H HM K KP 1520 GOSUB 500 1430 X 2 2 HU 0 2 2 ET Y0 4 2 2 0 3 2 3 2 0 PI 1530 4 2 HU 0 1 4 2 ET 2 2 1599 REM Extinguish i ed day s Sun Moon Nodes and Perigee 1600 XDRAW 1 AT 0 0 1610 XDRAM 2 AT 1 0 1620 XDRAW 3 AT 2 0 8 A 1630 XDRAW 4 AT X 3 0 Y 2 0 8 s Y 1640 XDRAM 5 AT 4 0 4 1698 REM Print current date taking change o
93. s manual in three ring binder Available Hourglass Systems P O Box 312 Glen Ellyn IL 60137 312 690 1855 Name AAARRRGGG System Atari 400 800 Memory 16K cassette 32K disk Language Hybrid Description The fabric of space has been weakened by atomic bomb testing Strange little creatures are popping through from another dimen sion cluttering up the Earth You have to catch as many as you can before your time runs out Act quickly though be cause the highest point value creatures disappear the fastest If you can catch the SUPER AAARRRGGG you ll get bonus time and super bonus points but don t get poisoned by the glowing green radio active creatures Price 18 95 plus 2 00 S H Author Bob Retelle Available Pretzelland Software 2005 Whittaker Rd Ypsilanti MI 48197 313 483 7358 or local dealers Name Shuttle Intercept System Apple Memory 48K Language Applesoft Hardware One disk drive and a game paddle 102 Description Shuttle Intercept takes you on a daring rescue mission into deep space Your spacecraft is directed to re trieve friendly satellites bear ing vital data and must fight or avoid enemy craft satellites missiles and meteors Price 34 95 Author John Van Ryzin Available The Hayden Software Co 600 Suffolk Street Lowell MA 01853 Fast Figure CP M Apple Z80 IBM PC Wang MYP DECmate Prime Microdata Osborne 1 NorthStar Memory
94. the number of minutes are multiplied by 60 and subtracted the total seconds the remaining seconds become available The newly calcu lated minutes are then added to the total minutes and the process is repeated to calculate hours and days Each program used control L CHR 12 to clear the CRT and home up the cursor This should be ad justed to meet your requirements Both programs set some variables and con stants to integer by adding a percent sign A96 If your BASIC does not sup port integers leave the percent signs out of the listings Jim Schreier has been a computer enthusiast since 1977 His articles have appeared in a number of magazines and he has lectured about computers throughout the western United States Contact Mr Schreier in Phoenix AZ 85040 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal No 56 January 1983 ee SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS EN 10 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 350 360 370 380 FEATURES 14 No 56 January 1983 Program B REM TIMEFORM BAS Time Formula REM Copyright 1982 by Jim Schreier REM This Basic program caculates time from hours minutes and seconds REM Clear screen and home up cursor is Control L Set to your terminal CL CHR 12 REM Set program constants 4 100 60 01 24 PRINT CL PRINT TAB 26
95. the sensor a straight edge is manually moved in the same direction as the focal plane shutter As the first phototransistor is uncovered bit 0 goes low call this location on the scale D1 Move the screen toward the left until the third phototransistor is un covered and bit 42 goes low call this location on the scale D2 The absolute value of 02 01 is the calibration distance CDIST initialized in line number 1250 of SHUTTER This value was measured as 24 64 mm on my specific sensor Modify line 1250 as necessary for your own SHUTTER sen sor hardware The monitor function is exited by pressing any key except BREAK The other two functions utilize a statistical sample of ten shutter releases performed by the subroutine in lines 9000 to 9320 This subroutine computes the average the standard deviation and the normalized standard deviation The normalized standard deviation NSD is defined as NSD SD AVE 100 The NSD is used to compare the con sistency of one shutter speed to another The sample subroutine rounds the measured times to the nearest hun dredth of a millisecond All times are 48 10601 10602 10603 10610 10620 10630 10640 10700 10701 10702 10705 10710 10715 10720 10725 10730 10735 10740 10745 10750 10755 10760 10765 10770 10775 10800 10805 10810 10815 10820 10825 10830 10835 10840 10845 10850 10855 10860 10865 10870 ADD HEX VALUE ASCII REM V TO
96. the Editor then the Assernbier then the Edrtor etc Aiso mciudes Word Processor Relocating Loader and much more EPROM Programmer urumplemented opcode circuitry STILL NOT CONVINCED Send for free spec sheet 5 INCH SOFT seule DISKETTES our PETs APPLES ATARIs and other computers 22 50 10 or 44 50 20 EPROMS 2716 6 50 2532 1 Over 40 Commodore Programs by Baker on 4040 25 00 Winston Salem 27106 919 748 8446 Send for free catalog No 56 January 1983 graphics This allows for 22 columns by 10 rows or 176 dots across by 160 dots down each row is 16 dots high with double height characters It doesn t allow for room for a BASIC pro gram on an upexpanded VIC If you want room for a 1K BASIC program move character memory to 5120 and keep screen memory at 7680 with the following POKE 36869 PEEK 36869 AND 240 13 This allows for 2560 bytes of graphics data and a default grid of 176 dots 22 characters by 112 dots down 7 double high characters using 2464 bytes That is not a very square area to graph in so use the following to change the number of characters per row from 22 to 17 POKE 36866 36866 AND 128 47 This gives 136 dots across by 144 dots down Note that all this discussion applies to unexpanded VICs or VICs with only the 3K expander There is one further complication for VICs with more than 8K For these systems the sc
97. to use software routines No disks to load Special features include inverse doubled and rotated graphics and many text control features available through easy keyboard or software commands Uses Industry standard graphics Super Pix Introductory Price 135 commands This is the first truly universal intelligent parallel interface Change printers no need to buy another board Just plug in one of our APPLE LINK Hires screendump software for the Epson OKI C toh and Nec 8023 Use with PPC 100 Special 19 95 Specify Printer Mr Lister Customer Contact Profiler amp Mailer A Super Mail List Plus more up to 1000 Entries on single 3 3 Disk only 1 Drive required 2 second access time to any name full sort capabilities Dual Index Modes supports new 9 digit Zip Easy to follow manual Not Copy Protected 4 user defined tables with 26 sort selections per table Beta tested for 6 months user defined label generation 99 00 Dealer amp Dist Inquiries Invited 42 ROM S and you re all set ROM S available for Epson C Itoh Okidata others available soon Specify printer when ordering Call for THE UPGRADEABLE PPC 100 PARALLEL PRINTER CARD M zem A Universal Centronics type parallel printer board complete with cable and connector This unique board allows you to turn on and off the high bit so that you can access additional features in many printer
98. unused character mernory to ones the screen will appear to shrink at this time Lines 500 530 plot the sine curve by calling the plot routine at lines 1000 1060 This routine was described earlier Lines 600 and 610 allow you to ad mire your work by waiting for a key to be pressed Then lines 620 and 630 reset the top of memory back to their original values The 5 5 59820 resets the VIC chip to its normal default values Nick Vrtis is the Manager of Technical Support at Amway Corporation You may contact him at 5863 Pinetree S E Kentwood MI 49508 VIC 20 INTERFACING BLUE BOOK Did you know that your VIC can be used to e control 99c toy motor so effectively that it runs like a precision machine Or that you can build an accurate digital thermometer using Ex the four parts costing less than 5 gt These and other 18 interfacing projects 4 selected for usefulness ease of construction a U and iow cost are mE in the VIC 20 Inter NN AID converter MX 80 interface and more 0 Written by professor in a friendly and informative style the Blue Book gives you l theory of operation schematics program iistings parts list construction hints and If you want to get the most out of your VIC this book is a must Cost is 14 95 less than Bed fey 5 project Price includes postage j Sa RR RRR Ree 3 a MICrosignal vepn P O
99. used in I O applications for the Color Computer Probably the most detailed discus sion of 6809 programming and applica tions is found in Lance Leventhal s 6809 Assembly Language Program ming It is possible to learn machine language programming from the begin ning with this text but the routines will not work unmodified on your CoCo assembler unless you can work on memory page zero Programming the 6809 by Rodney Zaks and William Labiak covers elementary and intermediate program ming techniques Again program modification may be required for the Color Computer This list is by no means complete and discusses only books that I have had an opportunity to purchase If you have information concerning other CoCo or 6809 reference sources let me know and I will mention them in future columns Extended Color BASIC is probably one of the easiest graphics extensions available In addition other useful features are available in the ECB ROM Although the ECB manual is easy to understand it leaves some questions concerning the proper set up of graphics screens The simple step by step list below should help ensure that all options are covered CoCo Graphics Screen Initialization 1 Reserve the correct number of graphics pages CoCo needs 1 5K of memory for each page reserved The number of pages needed depends on the resolution you want and the number of separate screens to be held in memory PCLEAR reserves between one
100. want to know why the method works but this section may be by passed in a first reading Mathematical Formulation Suppose a polynomial equation of degree n and having only real coeffi cients is given It can be written in the form 1 F x a x ax a x Its derivative is 2 F x 3a x MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal by P P Ong Newton Raphson s iteration formula is 3 Xk x FF x Put 4 x qi A cos isin Ae so that 5 A SQR p and 6 tan 1 for p 0 or q 0 lt nl2 forp Oandq gt 0 n 2 for pz 0 and q 0 The case x p q 0 is obviously trivial To calculate the angular value of the arc tangent care must be taken to ensure that it lies in the first qua drant for p gt 0 and q gt 0 in the second quadrant for p lt 0 and q gt O in the third quadrant for p lt 0 and q 0 and in the fourth quadrant for p 0 and q 0 Using de Moivre s theorem 7 x A cos mO sin mO we Can re write equation 3 as 8 1 x r siv t ui where 9 r a a AcosO a A cos20 10 8 a AsinO 20 a A sinno 11 t a 2a AcosO 20 cos n 12 2a AsinO 3a A sin20 sin n 1 From equation 8 the correction term is 13 X x b
101. your Single Board Computer We Socket all replaced Integrated Circuits e You receive a 30 day Parts and Labor Warranty e Your repaired S B C returned via U P S C O D Cash Don t delay Send us your S B C for repair today Ship To Preferably via U P S Perry Peripherals 6 Brookhaven Drive Rocky Point NY 11778 KIM 1 Replacement Modules Exact replacement for MOS Commodore KIM 1 S B C Original KIM 1 firmware 1K and 4K RAM versions Replacement KIM 1 Keyboards Identical to those on early KIMS SST switch in top right corner Easily installed in later model KIMs Perry Peripherals is an authorized HDE factory service center Perry Peripherals carries a full line of the acclaimed HDE expansion components for you KIM SYM and AIM including RAM boards Disk Systems and Software like HDE Disk BASIC V1 1 Yes we also have diskettes For more information write to P O Box 924 Miller Place NY 11764 or Phone 516 744 6462 No 56 January 1983 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal 61 y SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS imply a gain higher than transistor beta The gain of the amplifier is de fined as output voltage divided by input voltage The Program Takes Over Despite your efforts to enter logical amplifier criteria there may be incon sistencies that will lower your output voltage swing or gain specification You can observe the iterative calcula tion process with the
102. 0 CLR NEW You should press the CLR HOME key to clear the screen after typing in the first line This will tell BASIC you changed the screen location Lines 120 160 establish a new top of memory which is below where the new character memory will be The CLR makes sure BASIC doesn t use any of that memory Lines 170 210 set up constants used later CM is the location of character memory RC is the number of row characters CR is the number of characters per row NR is the number of dots per row character SF is a scale factor to center the sine curve Note that RC NR is the number of dot rows and CR 8 is the number of dots wide The loop at 230 initializes the character memory we will use for the graph to zeros while the one starting at 260 initializes the rest of character memory to ones Note that these loops initialize a lot of memory so they take a few seconds to run Lines 310 340 POKE the numbers 0 219 153 for unexpanded 5 to screen memory while lines 350 380 POKE an unused character into the rest of screen memory Since the location of character memory has not been changed yet you will get a demonstration of the VIC character set MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal Lines 400 and 420 change the char acters per row only necessary for the unexpanded version and move charac ter memory to the RAM area we have set up previously Since a one bit on displays the border color and we have initialized all the
103. 00 POKE 233 03 6650 S 1 31 5 2 28 5 3 31 5 4 26 5 5 31 5 6 30 6655 5 7 31 5 8 31 5 9 30 5 10 31 5 11 30 5 12 31 6700 VTAB 6 6710 PRINT PRINT ONCE CELESTIAL BODIES MOVE YOU CAN PRINT 6720 PRINT STOP MOVEMENTS PRESS lt S gt 6730 PRINT RE START MOVM PRESS SPACE 6740 PRINT NEW START DATE PRESS M 6750 PRINT EXIT PROGRAM PRESS lt ESC gt 6760 PRINT PRINT PRINT 6800 INPUT STARTING DATE DD MM YYYY D M AA 6810 IFM 10RM 12 THEN 6700 6820 2 ANDD lt 30 THEN 6900 6830 IFD gt S M THEN 6700 6899 REM Caculate day number 2 0 is 12 00M 1 1 60 GMT 6900 T INT 4 INT 4 x 4 05 6910 IF M lt 3 THEN AA 1 M M 13 GOTO 6930 6920 AA M M 1 6930 2 INT 365 25 x AB INT 30 6001 x D 715953 5 6950 FOR I TO 4 1 0 I 8 180 1 0 NEXT 7200 REM CALCULATE START SUN 7210 V VS N ES K KS 0 OS H HS 7220 GOSUB 300 7230 0 1 X Y 0 1 Y 4 0 1 7300 REM CALCULATE MOON 7310 V VM N NM E EM K 0 7320 GOSUB 300 7330 X 1 1 X Y 1 1 Y 4 1 1 7400 REM CALC NODES 7410 0 VN H NN K KN 7420 GOSUB 500 7430 X 2 1 HU 0 2 1 ET YB A 2 7440 X 3 1 HU X Y 3 1 ET Y A 3 7500 REM CALC PERIHELION 7510 0 OM H HM K 7520 GOSUB 500 7530 X 4 1
104. 00 TGAVUG LISHLVWMVYG NIOSG I3SHLVWAVIdSIG ANI 9 X X 8 8 0 0 2 SOT ONI 801521 2 9 x x 8 8 0 o z L1 AvuvHo 001 1 1 x f gerT 02 AIG T 1 X fO TTx O GOW 1 NIOSG 1999 H2 Od 08 OL 1 HHOSINI A X HONIUVIS ONI HVA uo 198u38u 3nd 6094 UVHOM 1 7 6T OLSAOH YOTYA e ST STUL 1 6 1 m 1 sZ HVHOM 1 69 GT OLIAON PE AE RE AE EE AEE AEAEE AEA AEAEE UVHOM 946T OLSAOH 510 3unda908id Na 5 ANI lt 5 L8 OC FT TX OLSAOR QN NIOUG D 1504 0 6T OL 0 x S0dx z e penunuoo Buns N3HL xS ce EXE 30VSSHAHYS TO SI10S3uOI I NI 3d 3114480 Lad H3O3INI xaaN1dsa ivusvasd v 3114dsd ONINIS 5 NI938 quooqudsq 40 4114 XILIdSO YYA OG OL T X3aNIdSG
105. 096 CLR BECAUSE MAS CHANCED SET GRAFH SCALE FACTOR TO BORDER SIZE DR 1 SET C URFEHT SCREEN FILL REST WITH LUHLIZED CHBHRERCTER MEMORY OMA ODS WAIT FOR EEY RESTORE JLEC RESET CHIP by 8 square of dots comes from the sec ond 8 bytes of character memory etc What is being displayed on the screen is not the 256 displayable VIC characters but all the bits that are set in the 2048 bytes starting at the address defined as character memory 256 indexes 8 rows 8 dots 16384 dots 2048 bytes 8 bits With this knowledge I can calculate which bit in which byte is to be set to a one in order to turn on a selected dot The following formulas are adapted from the VIC Programmers Reference Guide CHAR 8 INT Y NR CR ROW Y NR NR BYTE SM CHAR NR ROW BIT 7 X INT X 8 8 For these formulas X represents ascend ing values to the right and Y represents ascending values from the top down CR is the number of characters per row which we will discuss later and NR is the number of rows of dots per charac ter 8 for normal size characters THE MONKEY WRENCH A PROGRAMMER S AID FORMATARI 800 If you are a person who likes to monkey around with the ATARI 800 Then THE MONKEY WRENCH is for you Make programming tasks easier less time consum
106. 1 1545 6 IDBS IFDSTHENPRIHTDS STUP THEHHEZTI STOP MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal 89 Short Subjects continued 10 REM MATH C amp J Supply 7 5 81 Bytes 3298 11 REM Remember this system computes to 9 sig figures 82 DEF FNDC X INT X 9991 x 199 REM Stop RD Error 19g for answer The common way to round is to 83 E9 2 71282813 convert the number to an integer using 84 DEF FNLG X LOG X LOG 19 REM LN to LOG 2 85 DEF FNSN X ATN X SQR 1 X12 REM ARCSIN logarithms round then find the an 86 DEF FNCS X PI 2 FNSN X REM ARCCOS tilog to get an answer This method is 87 DEF FNH X EQtK EQt X 2 REM SINH fine except the manipulation must be 88 DEF FNJ X EfX Egt X 2 REM COSH 90 DEF FNTC X X 32 x5 9 REM Farenheit to Celsius different for numbers less than or ODE IOFS 2309 0032 2 REM Glas greater than 1 Also the math algo 92 PRINT INPUT Enter Number Decimal to RT N1 rithms internal to a computer may give 93 DEF FNR X INTQoc19tN149 5 19tN1 h 3800 REM Math Subroutines some strange answers because they 3801 REM Deg Min Sec to Radians manipulate using binary numbers not 3802 D M 69 5 3609 3803 AxPI 189 2xPIxINT A 369 decimals 3809 RETURN The accompanying algorithm in 3820 REM Radian to Deg Min Sec BASIC will round numbers input as 3821 A REM Total Sec 3822 B INT A
107. 14 95 WK102 Mole Attack 19 98 WK103 Car Chase vor ree 19 98 WK104 Blue Meanies 11 95 WK105 Space Math 11 95 WK106 Super Slither 11 95 WK107 Spiders of Mars 11 95 WS101 Gribbage igo ut Rees 14 95 EDUCATION WE101 Find the Words 20 amp 64 10 95 WE102 Temperature Converter 20 amp 64 9 95 PE103 The Mathamagican 20 amp 64 14 95 PE104 The Metric Brain 20 amp 64 10 95 WE105 Money Addition Grades 4th amp 5th 20 9 95 WE106 My Body Elementary 20 9 95 WE 107 Graphics 20 17 95 WE108 Diagramming Sentences 20 12 95 WE 109 Fraction Reduction 20 9 95 WE110 Countries 20 9 95 WE111 Spell 20 9 95 WE112 State Capitols 20 9 95 WE113 Tutor Math 20 9 95 WE115 Math Whiz 20 12 95 Prices subject to change TO ORDER Box 18765 Wichita KS 67218 5 316 684 4660 Personal Checks Accepted Allow 3 Weeks or C O D Add 2 00 Handling Charges 2 00 VIC 20 is a registered trademark of Commodore Inc MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal No 56 January 198 1 i VIC Hi Res Graphics Explained by Nicholas J Vrtis This article demonstrates the use of VIC s 160 by 176 dot
108. 17 REM P P ONG 55020 PRINT PRINT A SINGLE REAL ROOT FOUND IS 18 REM 55040 PRINT PRINT X P 19 REM 55060 FOR I 1 TO 3000 NEXT 20 REM 55080 N N 1 REM Reduce Polyn Degree by 1 50000 TEXT HOME 55100 IF N g THEN RETURN 50020 PRINT PRINT THIS SUBR COMPUTES THE REAL AND COMPLEX 55120 REM Reset Coeffs of F X After Extracting the Factor X P 50040 PRINT ROOTS OF ANY POLYNOMIAL EQUATION PRINT 55140 P 50060 PRINT F X A A 1 xX A 2 xXt2 4A N XIN 55160 FOR I 1 TON 50080 PRINT INVERSE PRINT SPECIFY THE FOLLOWING INPUTS NORMAL 55180 A I A I A I 1 P NEXT 50100 PRINT INPUT N N DIM A N SG N AA N P N Q N NN N 55200 RETURN 50120 FOR I TON 56000 HOME REM Display Screen Heading 50140 PRINT A I INPUT A I AA I A I NEXT 56020 PRINT PRINT zzzz 2 cz 2 2 2mzz PRINT 50160 PRINT PRINT 50180 ER 1E 8 REM Set Error Tolerance 56040 PRINT NOW COMPUTING pt 50200 IM 39 REM Set Max Iter No 56060 FOR I TO N SG I 50220 RT REM Init Root Counter 56080 IF A I lt THEN SG I MN 50240 PI 3 141592654 FL f REM Init Recomputation Flag 56100 NEXT 50260 PI amp MN 56120 PRINT PRINT PRINT F X 50280 PRINT INPUT DEFAULT FOR OTHER PARAMETERS AN IF LEFTS IF lt gt THEN PRINT 1
109. 1A9 System jump vectors available are expansion to AAA VO Buffers operating systems Standard screen output to TV 1024 1535 400 5FF Video display may be modified for use with monitor 1536 4095 600 0FFF Program and variable storage RAM 1536 16383 600 3FFF Program and variable storage 16K RAM 1536 32767 600 7FFF Program and variable storage 32K RAM 32768 40959 8000 9FFF Extended Color BASIC 40960 49151 000 BASIC 8K ROM 49152 65279 C000 FEFF Program Pak Memory 65280 65535 FFOO FFFF Input Output Data Sheet 12 RS232 PRINTER VARIABLES Variable MM Moe t RS232C Interface Cassette Interface Pinout Pinout Baud Rate E 120 Baud 300 Baud 600 Baud pe BEDA RS232 OUT 1 Output a c Recorder Remote Line Delay 0 1 None Motor 64 0 288 Sec KN Control 128 0 576 Sec VES AS 255 255 1 15 Sec Input Line Width 16 16 ChariLine emoleg 32 Motor 64 Control 132 255 High Logic Logic 1 voltage greater than 3 volts Low Logic Logic 0 voltage less than 3 volts MICRO Q or 92 54 a Comma Field Width It is assumed that the printer generates a busy out UE put when not ready The printer automatically will car omma riage return at the end of a line The data format is 1 Start Bit Logic 0 2 Stop Bits Logic 1 7 Data Bits LSB First and No Parity Bit Q d
110. 23 Order 7024 ATMONA 2 This is a tracer debugger that lets you explore the ATARI RAM ROM area You can stop at previously selected address opcode or operand Also very valuable in understanding the microprocessor At each stop all registers of the CPU may be changed Includes 1 Order 7049 Order 7050 ATMAS Macro Assembler for ATARI 800 48k One of the most powerful editor assemblers on the market Versatile editor with scrolling Up to 17k of source Code Very fast translates Sk source code in about 5 seconds Source code can be saved on disk or cassette Includes ATMONA 1 Order 2 7099 Order 7999 ATAS Same as ATMAS but without macro capability Cassette based Order 2 7098 Order 7998 ATEXT 1 This wordprocessor is an excellent buy for your money It features screen oriented editing scrolling string search even nested left and right margin justification Over 30 commands Text can be saved On disk or cassette Order 7210 Order 7216 Order 27217 GUNFIGHT This game 8k machine language needs two joystieks Animation and sound Two cowboys fight against each other Comes on a bootable cassette Order 27207 19 95 cassette version 19 95 disk version 24 95 cartridge version 859 00 cassette version 49 95 disk version 54 00 disk version 89 00 cartridge version 8129 00 32k RAM 49 95 48k RAM 49 95 cassette version 29 95 disk version 34 95 cartridge version 69 00
111. 3699 REM Total Deg variable 1 to the number of signifi 3823 INT B 369 REM Number Circle cant figures input as variable M1 This 3824 D B 36QxC REM Deg algorithm also rounds the fraction 0 5 3825 2 A Bx3699 8 2826 2 60 REM Min properly 3827 S Z Mx6g REM Sec To handle the strange answers 3829 RETURN caused by the binary numbers string A ae 5 sah functions may be employed when the 3866 INPUT Enter Sig Fig M1 Magnitude of the answer is known oa 7 LoG N2 106 19 M3 INT M2 199 A vL 2869 N3 N2x191 M1 M3 99 N INT N3 5 This is generally true for a given prob 3872 IF NJ INT N2 lt gt 5 THEN 3878 lem such as an amortization table or a 3874 N5 INT N3 INT N3 19 x19 IF INT N5 2 lt gt 5 2 THEN 3877 table of wire resistance Other useful 2 GOTO 3878 math subroutines algorithms 3878 N1 N4x1gt M3 99 M1 xSQN N1 included in the program listing 3879 RETURN 3899 END ANICRO INCR is publishing an OSI book CSE means OSI Software and Hardware Specializing in C1P and C4P machines Basic Load SAVE Employs token loader system 50 100 faster than the old ndirect ASCII system Maintains a listing of file names found on the tape I l i OSI users will be getting a book of their own Early in 1983 MICRO magazine plans to
112. 4 95 19 95 Micromadem 37900 8269 00 Text 39 95 929 95 Apple DOC 49 95 39 95 Typing Tutor 24 95 19 95 5 95 232 27900 8199 00 Orectory Manager v 2 29 95 21 95 List Master 39 95 829 95 Fortran 19500 8139 95 Lower Case Rv 64 earlier 6495 44 95 Real Estate Analysis Pom 309 OFF ASCII Express 57995 859 95 ALDS 125 00 989 95 E Lower Case Il Rv 7 amp Ltr 2495 14 95 WRITER tor details E Z Term req s 2 80 Card 599 95 869 95 Basic Compiler 395 00 295 00 Lower Case4 78117 4995 34 95 Easy Mover 40 column 549 95 939 95 2 Z Term Pro 14995 99 95 Cobol 750 00 495 00 d Keyboard Plus 9995 89 98 Easy Marler 40 column 69 96 49 95 5 Speed Star 134 95 99 95 TASC 5175 00 91 29 95 1 Character Set 4 Plus 2495 19 95 Easy Writer 40 coiumn 99 95 74 95 On Lin 89 95 869 95 Data Plot 559 95 44 95 8 Sup Term 80 col board 39500 8295 00 Pro Easy Maier 175 00 8124 95 OB Made 22900 159 95 Pack 599 00 969 95 Sup R Switcherlpwr suppl 29500 195 00 Pro Easy Wnter 249 95 179 95 2S 5 i A35 35 track disk drive w o 47900 379 00 Super Scribe Il 129 95 79 95 controller i A35 35 disk drive w 579 00 449 00 E controiier We accept MASTERCARD VISA Include card and expiration date CASHIER or CERTIFIED CHECKS MONEY ORDEHS or PERSONAL CHECKS Please allow 10 E y days to 840 Me disk dnve w o 449 00 8359 00
113. 5 825 95 D Grand Prix 2995 821 95 Sargon 34 95 825 95 The Bes o Muse 39 95 829 95 Reversal 34 95 825 05 atamost Expandaport 49 95 Flight Simulator 3350 26 95 Zork Dungeon Campaign 51750 814 95 Zork H 539 95 829 95 Odyssey 2995 821 95 Pool 1 5 534 95 024 95 HARDWARE BUSINESS SOFTWARE Escape From Arcturus 2495 819 95 Shultleboard 29 95 821 95 Palace in Thundertand 524 95 419 95 Trick Shot 39 95 829 95 12 hi res green display 28500 8159 95 Mail Label amp Filing System 74 95 49 95 MAO Venture 24 95 819 95 Crossword Magic 49 95 639 95 12 lo res color display 43000 8349 95 Payroll 395 00 8295 00 Roach Motel 34 35 826 95 Master Type hi res 39 95 29 95 12 heres AGB color display 109500 895 95 General Ledgeriw payables 495 00 8395 00 English SAT 1 29 95 821 95 Doglight 52995 821 95 Appie Cat 38900 329 00 Money Minder 24 95 824 95 US Constitution 529 95 821 95 Crown of Arthain 34 95 826 95 Apple Clock 2280 VU 199 95 Mail Room 534 95 824 95 Supertalker 502000 5199 00 9149 95 CPA General Ledger 249 95 169 95 Romplus 5155 00 8124 95 CPA Il Accounts Receivable 249 95 8169 95 Romwriter 175 00 9139 95 CPA iI Accounts Payable 249 95 8169 95 UTILITIES UTILITIES Music S Mu 5 eem e CPA IV Payrol 24335 9109 95 HI Rea Secreta D Fudge 8124 5 484 95 LISA v25 7995 859 95 CPA Property Manage 5249 95 169 95 Super Shape Drg amp Animate 534 35 824 95 LISA Eoucational Pack 5119
114. 54K Language A compiled BASIC Hardware Cursor control two disk drives and Z80 card Description Fast Figure a new electronic spreadsheet pro gram with helping menus of fers sophisticated business calculations such as deprecia tion present value and net present value internal rate of return compound growth standard deviation and what if analysis in a package any business can easily afford Fast Figure s three dimensional file sharing feature lets the user create additional multiple spreadsheets from one file without time consuming re entry of data Price 150 00 Includes program disk and user s manual Available Hourglass Systems P O Box 312 Glen Ellyn IL 60137 312 690 1855 Name System Name Pot O Gold System Apple II Plus Memory 48K Language Applesoft Hardware Disk drive DOS 3 3 and paddles Description Pot O Gold is a medley of 46 games that in cludes such classics as Eliza Color Math Keyboard Organ Othello Dragon Maze Hex pawn and Pinball With the Echo II speech synthesizer text appearing on the screen will have a voice accompaniment Price 39 95 Author Jim Day Available Rainbow Computing Inc 19517 Business Center Dr Northridge CA 91324 213 349 0300 Modula 2 Apple II Apple III 280 8080 TI9900 Memory 64K Language Modula 2 Apple Pascal UCSD Pascal Version 2 0 Description The Modula 2 language designed by Pascal s creator Niklaus Wirth
115. 6 Sector disks Programs are designed for easy use with check points to correct parts as needed Results on screen Menu Driven 70 Tax Programs Basic Unlocked Listable Name SS No FS carried over for checking before printing Inputs can be checked Inputs can be changed In ail there are more than 70 individual Tax Programs These include Form 1040 1040A 1040EZ 1120 1120S 1041 and 1065 Also Schedules A B C D E F G RP and SE And Forms 1116 2106 2119 2210 2440 3468 3903 4255 4562 4797 4835 4972 5695 6251 and 6252 And we have a disk we call THE TAX PREPARER S HELPER which has programs for INCOME STATE Fast calculations MENTS RENTAL STATEMENTS SUPPORTING STATE Use GREENBAR in triplicate MENTS IRA ACRS 1040 ES ADD W 2 s and PRINT don t change paper all W25 season TRY ONE DISK AND SEE FOR YOURSELF ONLY 24 75 Our 4th Year in Tax POSTPAID Programs First disk is AP 1 and includes Form 1040 and We back up our Programs Schedules A B C D and G 24 75 POSTPAID Write GOOTH TAX PROGRAMS 931 So Bemiston St Louis 63105 LR S approved REVPROC format Prints entire FormiSchedule Calculates Taxes etc In 3 3 DOS 16 Sector MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal STATISTICS PURE AND SIMPLE HUMAN SYSTEMS DYNAMICS Human Systems Dynamics programs offer you flexibility accuracy and ease of use You can purchase from t
116. 6 inte grated circuits are CMOS analog switches Each chip contains four separate switches which upon com mand from the computer can be indi vidually opened or closed If a switch is closed its internal resistance is only a few hundred ohms if the switch is opened its resistance increases by about ten orders of magnitude The net effect of opening a switch is that a device connected to the data bus through this high resistance is effec tively isolated from the bus For in stance if the switches in the top 4066 chip in figure 7 are closed and all the switches in the remaining four 4066 chips are opened the three 555 timers will be connected to the computer while the remaining elements will not affect the data bus Thus by selectively controlling the individual 4066 chips the single parallel port can be multi plexed quite easily The selective control is provided by a 4556 CMOS binary to 1 of 4 decoder No 56 January 1983 integrated circuit figure 7 By placing the binary representation of the num bers 0 to 3 on the input connections of the 4556 labeled D101 and D102 in figure 7 any one of the four output con nections can be activated actually de activated since the selected output is brought to ground potential There fore by using the computer to pass the numbers 0 to 3 to the 4556 any one of the three separate devices illustrated in figure 7 can be accessed The fourth possibility is used to isolate al
117. 6CA O6CC A900 8D2F02 A514 C514 FOFC 4920 8DOED4 A900 8504 85D5 25CD DOFA 18 5 4 6901 85D4 ASDS 69900 8505 BOOE ASCE F004 CA DOFD EA B1iCH 25CF DOES O530 0540 550 560 0570 o580 0590 0610 0620 O630 0640 0650 0660 9670 0680 0690 0700 0710 0711 0712 0720 0750 0740 0750 0720 0770 0780 0790 0800 810 0820 OBIO o840 5 860 0870 0890 2900 0910 0920 0950 0940 0950 0960 0970 0980 0990 1000 1010 1020 1030 1040 1050 1060 1070 1080 1090 1100 1110 1120 1130 1140 1150 1160 1170 1180 1190 1200 1210 1220 1230 1240 1250 1260 1270 1280 1290 1300 1310 1320 1320 1340 1350 STORAGE FOR THE FORT ADDR FOR FIRST SENSOR FOR SECOND SENSOR FOR DELAY FACTOR USK RETURN VALUE REAL TIME CLOCK DMA CONTROL SHADOW REGISTER NMI INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER DEFINE START IN FREE RAM NUMBER ARGUMENTS FIRST USR ARGUMENT MSB OF PORT ADDRESS SECOND USR ARGUMENT ONE BYTE ONLY FOR FIRST SENSOR THIRD USR ARGUMENT ONE BYTE ONLY FOR SECOND SENSOR FOURTH USR ARGUMENT ONE BYTE ONLY DEFINE THE VARIABLES USED FORT MASK1 MASK2 O0CF DELAY COUNT 00D4 RTC 0014 SDMACT O22F NMIEN D40E S883888383833 33583233333535333335533 0680 3 INITIALIZE USR VARIABLES VEL PLA PLA STA PORT 1 PLA STA FORT LSE PLA PLA STA MASk1 FLA P
118. 79 There are other books available for Atari computers at the level of De Re Atari Your Atari Computer by Poole McNiff and Cook Osborne McGraw Hill 1982 is a good example It covers certain features of the Atari and its peripherals in more depth and is there fore a good supplement to De Atari For even more advanced program mers Atari publishes the Technical User Notes a combination of the Operating System Manual and the Hardware Manual These are strictly reference books don t look for long explanations They are concise descrip tions of all the different system fea tures BASIC for example is not even mentioned The few examples are in machine language I have all the above mentioned books within arm s reach of my Atari computer as well as a few reference books concerning integrated circuits also experiment with my own elec tronic circuitry The Hardware Man ual contains all the wiring diagrams of the Atari computer both the 400 and the 800 invaluable for interfacing Talking to Other Computers One question from a reader reminded me of a recent project I embarked upon The question concerned moving data from an Apple to an Atari I recently set up communication between my Atari and a 6502 based system I built from scratch This allowed me to develop the 6502 s operating system using assembler on the Atari I communi cated to and from the Atari through game controller ports 3 and 4 Usi
119. 8D B7 90 289 STA INTEGER2 1 SAVE HIGH ELEMENTS INDEX LSB 926D C8 207 INY 9330 AD B5 90 290 LDA INTEGER1 1 926E B1 52 208 LDA ARRY2PTR Y GET LENGTH OF 2ND PAIR MEMBER 9333 91 54 291 STA ARRY3PTR Y SWAP 9270 8D B 90 209 STA PAIR2LEN 9335 C8 292 INY 9273 C8 210 INY 9336 A5 50 293 LDA PAIR1AD 9274 1 52 211 LDA ARRY2PTR Y GET ADRS OF 2ND PAIR MEMBER 9338 91 52 294 STA ARRY2PTR Y 9276 85 9B 212 STA PAIR2AD 933A C8 295 INY 9278 C8 213 INY 933B 45 51 296 LDA PAIRLAD 1 9279 B1 52 214 LDA ARRY2PTR Y 933D 91 52 297 STA ARRY2PTR Y 9278 85 9C 215 STA PAIR2AD 1 933F 49 01 298 LDA 01 SET SWAP FLAG 9270 EE 90 216 INC COUNT INCREMENT COMPARE COUNT 9341 8D B3 98 299 STA SWAPFLAG 9280 D 03 217 BNE PAIRNE 9344 00 200 00 9282 2 90 218 INC COUNT 1 9346 AD B6 90 301 LDA INTEGER2 COMPLETE INTEGER SWAP 9285 AD B 90 219 PAIRNE LDA PAIR2LEN FIND SHORTER ELEMENT 9349 91 54 302 STA ARRY3PTR Y 9288 CD AF 90 220 CMP PAIRILEN 9348 AD B7 90 303 LDA INTEGER2 1 9288 B 06 221 BCS PAIR2LNG 934E C8 304 INY 9280 AE BO 90 222 LDX PAIR2LEN PAIR MEMBER 2 IS SHORTER 934F 91 54 305 STA ARRY2PTR Y 9290 4C 96 92 223 JMP PAIR2SHT 9351 4C B1 92 306 JMP DONEYET CONTINUE SORT i 9293 AE AF 90 224 PAIR2LNG LDX PAIR1LEN PAIR MEMBER 2 IS LONGER OR 9354 307 INTERNAL STORAGE AREAS 9296 D dB 225 PAIR2SHT BNE COMPSTRT IF SHORTEST 0 MAYBE 9354 308 SAVARRY1 DFS 2 6 HOLD ARRAY1 DESCPTR ADRS 9298 AD B 90 226 LDA PAIR2LEN COMPARE
120. 9 00 89 00 Visiterm m Visitrend Plot 229 00 VisiSchedule 229 00 Desktop Plan 189 00 VISICALC for Apple plus Atari CBM amp 179 00 CONTINENTAL The Home Acountant Apple Franklin 59 00 The Home Accountant IBM 119 00 1st Class Mail Apple Franklin 59 00 Free Fail 24 Space Eggs 24 Beer Run 24 Sneakers 24 Snake Byte 24 Bandits 28 BROOCERBUNO Appie Panic 23 Arcade Machine 34 David s Magic 27 Choplitter 27 Star Blazer 25 Serpitine 27 INFOCOM Deadline 35 Zork 29 29 Zorkitorlll mec Star Cross Bubdisk 128K Ram PRINTERS Smith Corona C ITOH Starwriter 10 40 5 1399 00 Printmaster F10 55CPS Prowriter 80 Col 499 00 Prowriter 80 Col S 629 00 Prowriter 2 132 799 00 OKIOATA mE 1079 00 n 1199 00 MicroPrism ere Te Rhe 132 fully configured 80 fully configured 1399 00 Call for other configurations DAIBYWRITER IN NV CALL 702 588 5654 ATARI COMPUTERS 1 Single Drive 549 00 A1 Add On Drive
121. 93 New Publications 94 Reviews in Brief 99 Software Catalog 104 Hardware Catalog 107 6809 Bibliography 109 Data Sheet 111 Advertiser s Index 112 Next Month in MICRO No 56 January 1983 NO 56 JANUARY 1983 INICRO Advancing Computer Knowledge SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS 21 Discrete Event Simulation in Pascal Anita and Bill Walker Simulate real world situations 28 Doing Time on the 6809 Jim Schreier Add time in BASIC 31 Model Rocket Simulation in BASIC David Eagle Determine the altitude performance of single stage model rockets 35 Sun and Moon on the APPLE Svend Ostrup Hi res graphics simulation the orbits of the sun and moon Microcomputers in a College Teaching Laboratory 38 3 Thor Olsen Howard Saltsburg and Richard Heist Process Control and the microcomputer 45 Measurement of a 35mm Focal Plane Shutter Mike Dougherty Use inexpensive hardware to measure the accuracy of your camera 52 It s All Relative Using CBM s Relative Records Part2 soo tee Pubs Li James Strasma Learn how to set up relative files and records 59 Microcomputer Design of Transistor Amplifiers Andy Cornwall This program makes it easy to design practical small signal amplifier stages TUTORIALS 11 VIC Hi Res Graphics Explained Nicholas J Vrtis Produc
122. 95 79 95 Expansion Chassis 1 254 5750 00 495 00 Home Accountant 57495 954 95 CPS Multilunction Card 23900 8149 95 Word Star 375 00 8195 00 The Creative Tool Box 54445765405 3 460 5 oe cannes 2 9 Applesolt Compiler 175 00 129 95 Expediter 1 99 95 59 95 RAM Plus 32 RAM board 18900 139 95 Supersort 200 00 124 95 UTER V stated Mai Meet 125 00 870 95 Datadex 5150 00 999 95 Disk Organizer 11 2995 821 95 COPYROM 5500 44 95 Siar 300 00 8195 00 eode samo 215590001405 S S58 C08 Keyboard Filter ROM 55 00 844 05 Spelistar 5200 00 8124 95 UNIX Je SYST 54395 939 05 Appreson 22242741925 13 Key Keypad new or oidi 5125 00 994 95 Calc star 200 00 8124 95 Laser rascal 23342742625 e DIS MUSS DOSOURCE 33 53995 824 95 Mullr disk Catalog 524 95 19 95 Bar code reader 195 00 145 95 visicaic 33 250 00 179 95 Painter Power 39 95 829 95 Back il up 59 95 39 95 oltkey 15 key user delin 15000 119 95 PFSiPersonal Fung System 12500 89 95 4 The Voce 39 95 29 95 Image Printer 29 95 29 95 Asynchronous 179 95 129 95 PFS Report 95 00 868 95 E Z Draw 49 95 839 95 Pascal Lower Case 524 95 919 95 Datamost Joystick 59 95 939 95 rhe Correspondent 559 95 49 95 Graptucs Editor 99 05 89 95 Dos Plus 24 95 19 95 Datamost Expandaport 69 95 949 95 Mariing L st Database 49 95 39 95 ACE 39 95 829 95 The Origina Quick Loader 2
123. A ARRY2PTR 339 LDA SAVARRY2 1 340 STA ARRY2PTR 1 341 RTS 342 SETPTR3 LDA SAVARRY3 343 STA ARRY3PTR 344 LDA SAVARRY3 1 345 STA ARRY3PTR 1 346 RTS 347 ARYIPLUS CLC 348 ADC ARRYIPTR 349 STA ARRY1PTR 350 IDA 900 351 ADC ARRY1PTR 1 352 STA ARRYIPTR 1 353 RTS 354 ARY2PLUS CLC 355 ADC ARRY2PTR 356 STA ARRY2PTR 357 LDA ARRY2PTR 1 358 ADC 808 359 STA ARRY2PTR 1 360 RTS 361 ARY3PLUS CLC 362 ADC ARRY3PTR 363 STA ARRY3PTR 364 LDA ARRY3PTR 1 365 ADC 00 366 STA ARRY3PTR 1 367 RTS 368 DECSIZE CLC 369 LDA SIZE 370 SBC 00 371 STA SIZE 372 LDA SIZE 1 373 SBC 00 374 STA SIZE 1 375 RTS 376 INITINT LDA 00 377 STA COUNT 378 STA COUNT 1 379 INITLOOP LDY 00 380 LDA COUNT 1 381 STA ARRY3PTR Y 382 INY 383 LDA COUNT 384 STA ARRY3PTR Y 385 LDA 02 386 JSR ARY3PLUS 387 INC COUNT 388 BNE COUNTNE 389 INC COUNT41 390 COUNTNE LDA SIZE 391 CMP COUNT 392 BNE INITLOOP 393 LDA SIZE 1 394 CMP COUNT 1 395 BNE INITLOOP 396 RTS No 56 January 1983 DISP SYNTAX ERROR MESSAGE ESTABLISH WORK POINTER FOR SOURCE ARRAY DESC ESTABLISH ARRY2 POINTER FOR DESTINATION ARRAY DESC ESTABLISH ARRY3 POINTER FOR INTEGER ARRAY DESC ADD ACCUM TO ARRYIPTR ADD ACCUM TO ARRY2PTR 3 ADDRESS OF FIRST ELMNT ADD ACCUM TO ARRY3PTR ADDRESS OF FIRST ELMNT DECREMENT ELEMENT COUNT INIT INT ARRAY 1NIT Y REG STORE COUNT IN ARRAY POINT TO NEXT ELEMENT NO NEED TO INC COUNT 1 SEE I
124. AB 5 Total flight time Seconds TAB 59 T3 PRINT TAB 5 Maximum altitude Meters TAB 59 X3 INPUT Another selection Y N A IF A N THEN 530 INPUT Another launch site Y N A IF A Y THEN 160 INPUT Another rocket engine Y N A IF A Y THEN 190 INPUT Different mass or drag Y N A IF A Y THEN 210 The user responds with to compute the flight performance of a model rocket with different mass or drag characteristics If another selection is made the program will again execute the prompts necessary for the new selection If the user answers YES to the prompt ANOTHER SELECTION but does not actually make a different selection the program will stop after cycling through all the selection questions Program Output ROCKET outputs the model rocket altitude performance in units of the metric system The burnout altitude and the maximum altitude are printed in meters and the burnout velocity is printed in meters per second Coast time and total flight time are printed in seconds For users who want to see other 32 variables used in the software is the launch site density in kilograms per cubic meters The variable X2 is the coast altitude increment in meters and is the variable in the units of kilograms per meter Fl is the average thrust of the model rocket engine in newtons Technical Discussion ROCKE
125. ABETS capacitor are not needed Similarly R is not needed if its value is near zero When cascading amplifier stages the output capacitor of one is the input capacitor of the other Only one capacitor is needed to link the stages You will find that standard values of commercially available resistors and INTERESTING SOFTWARE Spring Valley CA 92077 619 466 2200 gdib ol Lj spes t Je 48 hour Burn in 90 Day Warranty NAKED 09 SS 50 6809 CPU CARD 1K OF RAM AT E400 Assembled amp Tested 149 00 x 6K OF EPROM E800 FFFF 2 MHZ Version 189 00 HIGH QUALITY DDUBLE SIDED PCB SOLDER MASKED 49 95 amp Documentation Only SILK SCREENED 150 00 50 00 Break Points TSC FLEX DOS ASSEMBLER EDITOR QBUG RESIDENT MONITOR Oisc Boot Memory Test Memory Exam amp Exchange x Zero Memory x Jump to User Program Memory Dump Fill Memory Register Display amp Change QBUG IS A TRADEMARK OF LOGICAL DEVICES INC Copyright 1981 PHONE ORDERS 305 776 5870 LOGICAL DEVICES INC COMPUTER PRODUCTS DIVISION 781 W OAKLAND PARK BLVD FT LAUDERDALE FL 33311 TWX 510 955 9496 WE ACCEPT VISA MC CHECKS C O D MONEY ORDER MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal Ten type fonts allow user to create text or use pro nunciation tables in Arabic Cherokee Indian Hieroglyphics Greek Hebrew Japanese Rus sian Sans
126. BYTE REM IF 9458 THEN BYTE BYTEX 16 V 48 IF gt 87 THEN BYTE BYTEx16 V 55 SOUND 0 BYTE 10 8 RETURN REM REM USR DATA REM DATA 1526 DATA 68 58 85 CC 458 85 CR 68 68 85 CD 58 68 68 68 85 CE DATA A9 00 8D 2F 02 A5 14 DATA C5 14 F0 FC A9 20 0 04 9 00 85 D4 DATA 85 05 40 00 1 25 18 45 04 69 01 85 D4 DATA AS DS 69 00 85 D5 OE DATA A4 CE FO 04 CA DO FD DATA EA B1 CB 25 9 60 80 0 6 4 DATA 49 22 8D 2F 02 60 DATA xx 1664 68 68 85 CC 68 85 68 68 85 CD 68 68 85 68 68 B5 CE DATA 49 00 8D 2F 02 65 14 DATA C5 14 F0 FC 9 20 DATA 8D OE D4 49 00 85 D4 DATA 85 D5 40 00 B1 CB DATA 25 CD DO FA 18 A5 D4 69 01 85 D4 DATA AS 05 49 00 85 D5 DATA A amp CE FO 04 CA DO FD DATA EA B1 CB 25 CF DO E3 DATA 9 50 80 0E D4 DATA 9 22 8D 2F 02 60 DATA LLLL M Listing 2 0100 0110 0120 0150 0140 0150 0160 0170 0180 0190 0200 0210 0220 0230 0240 0250 o260 0270 0280 0290 0200 0510 0315 0520 O330 0340 0550 0360 0370 0380 0390 0400 0410 0420 6430 0440 0450 0460 0470 0480 0490 0500 0510 0520 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal qa CAS We CHO 8 en 96
127. D 91EF ED 91F2 8D 91F5 EE 91F8 4C 91FB AD 91FE ED 9201 8D 9204 AD 9207 9209 91 920B C8 B1 8D BE DE D9 F7 93 9B 58 93 9 59 93 76 93 81 93 20 8C 93 65 50 63 93 52 93 00 90 54 25 00 90 56 62 93 52 43 00 94 54 3 00 96 07 97 92 07 3 93 47 AF 93 CD 93 62 93 63 93 63 27 92 56 5A 93 E 5 93 50 93 5E 93 4 92 50 66 93 50 61 93 5 93 5B 93 DE 66 93 5B 93 5D 93 61 93 06 5E 93 5C 93 5 93 14 5C 93 5B 93 5F 93 5F 93 64 92 5 93 5B 93 5F 93 5F 93 00 52 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal 5 2 01 SIZEEQ2 SIZEEQ3 SIZEEQ4 TRANSFER NOTDONE NOELMNT FOUNDEL SHORTER ESTDESC JSR JSR JSR LDA STA STA JSR JSR JSR LOY LDA STA BEQ BEQ JMP INY LDA STA CMP BEQ JMP CMP BEQ LDA JSR LDA JSR JSR ADC CHKCOM GETARYPT CHKONE LOWTR SAVARRY3 LOWTR 1 SAVARRY3 1 SETPTR1 SETPTR2 SETPTR3 5 ARRY1PTR Y SIZE 1 ARRY2PTR Y SIZEEQL ENTRYERR ARRY3PTR Y SIZEEQ2 ENTRYERR ARRY1PTR Y SIZE ARRY2PTR Y SIZEEQ3 ENTRYERR ARRY3PTR Y SIZEEQ4 ENTRYERR 07 ARY1PLUS 07 ARY2PLUS 07 ARY3PLUS INITINT SIZE SIZE 1 NOTDONE STRTSRT 00 ARRY1PTR Y ELMNTLEN 00 FOUNDEL 822 NEWLEN NEWAD NEWAD 1 ESTDESC ARRYIPTR Y ELMNTPTR
128. D B 9d 269 LDA PAIR2LEN FROM MEMBER 2 923F AD 62 93 187 LDA SIZE 9305 91 52 270 STA ARRY2PTR Y TO MEMBER 1 9242 DB 03 188 BNE DOSORT1 MORE PASSES TO MAKE 9307 B1 54 271 LDA ARRY3PTR Y 9244 4C DF 92 189 JMP DONEPASS NO MORE SWAPS ARE POSSIBLE 9309 8D B4 94 272 STA INTEGER1 SAVE LOW ELEMENTS INDEX MSB 9247 A9 07 190 DOSORT1 LDA 87 930C C8 273 INY 9249 20 A3 93 191 JSR ARY2PLUS ADD 7 TO DESC BASE ADRS 930D A5 9B 272 PAIR2AD 9240 A9 07 192 LDA 87 j 7 TO ARRY2 BASE DESC 930F 91 52 275 STA ARRY2PTR Y 924E 20 AF 93 193 JSR ARY3PLUS 9311 B1 54 276 LDA ARRY3PTR Y 9251 A9 00 194 LDA 00 9313 8D B5 90 277 STA INTEGERI 1 5 LOW ELEMENTS INDEX LSB i 9253 8D B3 90 195 STA SWAPFLAG 9316 C8 278 INY 9256 8D Bl 90 196 STA COUNT INIT PAIR COUNT 9317 A5 9C 279 LDA PAIR2AD 1 9259 8D B2 90 197 STA COUNT 1 9319 91 52 280 STA ARRY2PTR Y 925C 6 00 198 SORTLP2 LDY 00 INIT Y 931B B1 54 281 LDA ARRYJPTR Y 925E B1 52 199 LDA ARRY2PTR Y LENGTH OF 1ST PAIR MEMBER 931D 8D B6 90 282 STA INTEGER2 SAVE HIGH ELEMENTS INDEX MSB 9260 8D AF 90 200 STA PAIRILEN 9320 AD B4 90 283 LDA INTEGER1 9263 C8 201 INY 9323 91 54 284 STA ARRY3PTR Y SWAP INDEX 9264 B1 52 202 LDA ARRY2PTR Y ADRS OF 1ST PAIR MEMBER 9325 C8 285 INY 9266 85 50 203 STA PAIR1AD 9326 AD AF 90 286 LDA PAIRiLEN 9268 C8 204 INY 9329 91 52 287 STA ARRY2PTR Y 9269 B1 52 205 LDA ARRY2PTR Y 932B B1 54 288 LDA ARRY3PTR Y 926B 85 51 206 STA PAIR1AD 1 932D
129. D400 Loca tion D400 enables and disables the different types of direct memory access available Location D40E enables and disables the non maskable interrupts except SYSTEM RESET You will have no screen display after that Write to D40E first because D400 is shadowed during the vertical blank in terrupt The zero in D40E will stop the shadowing and allow access directly to the hardware register It also allows an easier method for undoing all that disabling When you have written those two zeros out run the conversion routine When the conversion is done just write 40 to location D40E to re enable the vertical blank interrupt The shadowing will re enable the DMA by rewriting the original contents of loca tion D400 In Conclusion Future columns will be based on letters from readers If you have any suggested topics or questions concern ing the Atari write me at 97 Jackson Street Cambridge MA 02140 ACRO 19 ARK COMPUTING SPECIALS GAMES 1 6 K R am Bo a rd 79 E 95 Softpom Adventure no grapnics 29 95 819 95 Upper Reaches ot Apshai 1935 815 95 0 Mission Asteroids 519 95 914 95 The Keys to Acheron 19 95 815 95 80 Column Board wiz 80 195 00 1 Mystery House 2495 818 95 Datestones of Ryn 1995 815 95 2 Wizard amp Princess 32 95 819 95 Morloc s Tawer 1995 818 95 Parallel Printer Interface w Cabie 59 95 MUN UE 95 0205 1295 615 85 y e 4 Ulyesses amp the Go
130. DOS 3 3 emulation and boot prom Available Peripherals Corporation 9424 Chesapeake Drive San Diego CA 92123 or your local Computerland Store 105 Tired of trying to run your word processor or your DMB on an OSI 64 character video screen Now there s the SEB 3 THE most versatile 80x24 video board anywhere is available for OSI 48 pin BUSS systems No longer will you have to consider con verting your video based system to a serial terminal because you ve found 64 characters stifling for serious business use Nor need you give up compatibility with any existing graphics software because the SEB 3 allows you to choose ANY screen format up to 80x24 including 32x32 and 64x32 Since the SEB 3 s screen format can be changed at any time under soft ware control even gaming displays can benefit from screens custom tailored to the game itself The SEB 3 is so well designed and so versatile that it will not need to be replaced ever Simple changes in software and or hardware will allow the SEB 3 to generate displays up to 256 If your Challenger can t generate displays like those shown above WHAT ARE YOU WAITING FOR The SEB 1 High Resolution Graphics and Memory Board for C1P and Superboard and the SEB 2 High Resolution Graphics and Disk Controller Board for C2 4 8 simply plug in to your computer and give you instant access to over 49000 individually addressable pixels in up to 8 colors Your Hi R
131. E DIRECT OR FROM THESE FINE DEALERS Progressive Computer Software 405 Corbin Road York PA 17403 717 845 4954 Johnson computers Box 523 Medina Ohio 44256 216 725 4560 Lux Associates 20 Sunland Drive Chico CA 95926 916 343 5033 Falk Baker Associates 382 Franklin Avenue Nutley NJ 07110 201 661 2430 Perry Peripherals 92 516 744 6462 Laboratory Microcomputer Consultants P O Box East Amherst NY 14051 716 689 7344 Miller Place NY 11764 4 H 1 Signed Binary Multiplication is Unsigned by Timothy Stryker Two s complement notation has surprises in store for those writing integer multiplication routines A little mathematical analysis shows why Multiplication Routine requires 6502 computer Most programmers writing a signed integer multiplication routine in assembly language would write it in what they consider the most straight forward manner That is they would find the absolute values of the multipli cand and the multiplier multiply them together and then adjust the sign of the product based on whether the signs of the original multiplicand and multipler were or were not the same It is a little known fact of binary life that this method is not necessary in certain circumstances In particular if you plan to make the number of bits of precision in the product equal to the number of bits of precision in the input factors then the nature o
132. Equip req d TRS 80 Color Computer plus printer Price 49 95 Manufacturer The Micro Works P O Box 1110 Del Mar CA 92014 Description 80C Disassembler is a tape based 6809 assembly language disassembler specifically tailored to the Color Computer The output from the disassembler can be any one of three formats Users with an 80 column printer can specify the full output mode that lists ad No 56 January 1983 dress the machine code one to five bytes for a 6809 the effective address specified by the instruction ASCII Characters represented by the code and the assembly language statement deduced from the code Users with a narrow format printer can get the full output printed with a special indented format that eases interpretation of the data During program set up the user can specify various types of code areas within the program Pluses This software is highly user oriented the ex perienced user can glean a maximum of information in a minimum of time Minuses Not available in ROM but such use may be too specialized to warrant production Documentation Thorough and clearly written Skill level required Novice assembly language programmer Reviewer Ralph Tenny The Software Automatic Mouth S A M Product Name Equip req d Apple II with Applesoft 48K RAM and DOS 3 3 Price 124 95 Manufacturer Don t Ask Computer Software 2265 Westwood Blvd Suite B 150 Los Angeles
133. F WE ARE DONE INITING NO MAYBE ALL DONE AICRO What s eating your Apple Find out with Apple Cillin If you use your Apple for your business profession you probably rely on it to save you time and money You can t afford to guess whether it is working properly or not Now you don t have to guess Now you can find out with Apple Cillin 11 Apple Cillin Il is the comprehensive diagnostic system developed by XPS to check the performance of your Apple computer system Apple Cillin contains 21 menu driven utilities including tests for RAM memory ROM memory Language Cards Memory Cards DISK system Drive Speed Keyboard Printer CPU Peripherals Tape Ports Monitors and more These tests will thoroughly test the operation of your Apple and either identify a specific problem area or give your system a clean bill of health You can even log the test results to your printer for a permanent record Apple Cillin 11 works with any 48K Apple system equipped with one or more disk drives To order Apple Cillin Il and to receive information about our other products Call XPS Toll Free 1 800 233 7512 In Pennsylania 1 717 243 5373 Apple Cillin 11 49 95 PA residents add 6 State Sales Tax XPS Inc 323 York Road Carlisle Pennsylvania 17013 600 233 7512 717 243 5373 XPS Apple 1 is a registered trademark of Apple Computer inc MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal 67
134. FTWARE 830 Phone Modem 850 Interface for atari BOO or 400 K BYTE PACKAGES KRAZY SHOOTOUT 35 00 PRINTERS zzz 3 gm CX482 Educator CX483 Programmer CX494 Communicator SOFTWARE Prowtiter 15499 CXL4012 MISSILE 928 75 AUTOMATIED SIMULATIONS Prowrlter 1 CXL4013 ASTEROID 28 75 Star Warrior SMITH CORONA TP 1 CXL4020 CENTIPEDE 832 75 Crush Crumble amp Chomp CXL4022 32 75 CXL4011 STAR RAIDER 34 75 WE CARRY MANY OTHER THIRD PARTY PRODUCTS CXL4004 BASKETBALL 26 75 YOUCANCALL FOR PRICES ON AND ASK FOR CXL4006 SUPER BREAKOUT 28 75 YOUR FREE ATARI PRODUCT CXL4008 SPACE INVADER 28 75 QUE CATALOG JOYSTICKS In Stock CX8130 CAVERNS OF MARS 31 75 ey CX4108 12 75 ieee CX4102 12 75 CX4112 STATES CAPITALS 12 75 Wi CX4114 EUROPEAN COUNTRIES 12 75 STICK STAND CX4109 16 75 VIC1530 DATASSETTE extet 581275 VIC1540 DISK DRIVE CX4123 819 75 VIC1515 PRINTER 4101 PROGRAMMING I 19 75 1210 RAM CX4106 PROGRAMMING I 22 75 VIC1110 8K RAM CX4117 PROGRAMMING III 22 75 CXL4015 21 75 CX4119 E 39 75 CX4118 39 75 CX4120 4 25 539 75 DISKETTES Stock CX4120 CXL4007 MUSIC COMPOSER 33 75 makati pend CXL4002 ATARI BASIC 45 75 Elephant 10 CX8126 MICROSOFT BASIC 65 75 CX
135. FULSE NEWTON SECONDS S INITIAL MASS GRAMS 40 FKOFELLANT MASS GRAMS 8 33 FRONTAL DIAMETER MM 18 DRAG COEFFICIENT 321 BURNOUT ALTITUDE METERS COAST TIME SECONDS TOTAL FLIGHT TIME SECONDS MAXIMUM ALTITUDE METEKS ANOTHER SELECTION Y YES N NO MICRO The 6502 6809 Journa BURNOUT VELOCITY METERS SECOND Sample Run 74 0471213 119 35939 7 93162468 9 13162468 451 393595 31
136. GOTO 5200 5000 FOR I TO 800 NEXT 5100 PE PEEK 49152 5110 IF PE 155 THEN SV 5120 IF PE 205 THEN SV 5130 IF PE 211 THEN SV 5199 REM Change current 5200 FOR I TO 4 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal PEEK 49168 TEXT HOME END PEEK 49168 GOTO 6700 PEEK 49168 GET SV to previous next to current No 56 January 1983 No 56 January 1983 Sun and Moon Listing continued 5210 X I 8 1 1 1 1 X L 2 5220 Y I 8 1 1 1 1 Y I 2 5230 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 2 5240 NEXT 5250D D 1 5260 HCOLOR 3 5270 GOTO 1000 6000 TEXT HOME VTAB 6 6010 Q APPARENT MOVEMENTS GOSUB 950 6020 Q GOSUB 950 6030 Q SUN AND MOON GOSUB 950 6040 Q AROUND THE EARTH GOSUB 950 6050 Q GOSUB 950 6060 Q SVEND STRUP GOSUB 950 6070 9 FEBRUARY 1982 GOSUB 950 6100 PI 3 14159265 100 80 F 180 PI 6110 51 20 52 9 246 6120 BE 64477 REM BELL 6200 REM SUN 6210 VS 4 88968 NS 01720279 5 0167259 5 72 6220 OS 4 92624 HS 00000082 6300 REM MOON 6310 VM 5 43683 NM 2299715 EM 0549005 72 6320 OM 4 46361 HM 001944268 6400 REM ASCENDING NODE 6420 VN 3 1188827 NN 0 000924219 63 6500 REM PERIHELION OF MOON 6510 KP 59 6599 REM Load shape table at 300 6600 RESTORE FOR I TO 66 6610 READ Q 768 1 0 NEXT 6620 POKE 232
137. HU X Y 4 1 ET 4 1 0 8000 HGR HCOLOR 3 SCALE 1 ROT 8010 FOR I TO 2 x PI STEP PI 18 8020 HPLOT HU ET x COS I ET ET x SIN I 8030 NEXT 8040 HPLOT 78 TO 90 8050 HPLOT 90 TO 110 8060 HPLOT 16 ET TO 20 ET 8070 HPLOT 180 184 ET 8080 GOTO 1000 9000 DATA 5 0 12 0 41 0 54 0 58 0 62 0 37 63 54 45 37 228 63 23 54 9010 DATA 14 45 213 19 246 24 24 192 24 40 5 64 72 32 76 137 146 18 9020 DATA 45 0 37 63 54 45 37 228 63 23 54 154 45 5 0 103 21 6 9025 DATA 8 245 7 32 0 172 30 7 32 0 9030 END ANICRO LABL STEP 188 NODISP IF lt OR GLOCIH 17 THEN GOTO LABL PRINT HERE IS THE CULPRIT SHOW lt 168 PTD 6502 is a high speed compiled BASIC like lan guage light years ahead of the Apple Single Stepper and far more sophisticated than any other 6502 de bugger available It allows you to sit back effortlessly while your computer glides through your code at a thou sand instructions per second looking for your bugs Or you can select a slower speed with updated display of memory A paddle controlled single stepper mode is also available At either of the slower speeds the PTD 6502 monitors and saves the last 128 instructions executed for review at any time Virtually unlimited breakpoint complexity is per mitted with the PTD 6502 IF statements with mixed AND s and OR s can be created to test conditions such as memory change memory v
138. IDY 4 CHECK NO DIM TO 92 1 F 03 244 BEQ DONEYETl 936C 9B 327 LDA LOWTR Y MAKE SURE IT IS 9203 4C 5C 92 245 JMP SORTLP2 NO CONTINUE COMPARES 936E C9 01 328 CMP 1 ONE DIMENSION ARRAY 92C6 AD B2 90 246 DONEYET1 LDA COUNT 1 MAYBE 9370 F 03 329 BEQ CHKONEXT 30K 1 92 9 CD 63 93 247 CMP SIZE 1 9260 03 248 BEQ DONEYET3 MORE COMPS THIS PASS continued 66 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal No 56 January 1983 Alternate Index continued 9372 4C C9 DE 9375 60 9376 AD 54 93 9379 85 50 9378 AD 55 93 937E 85 51 9380 66 9381 AD 56 93 9384 85 52 9386 AD 57 93 9389 85 53 9388 60 938C AD 58 93 938F 85 54 9391 AD 59 93 9394 85 55 9396 6d 9397 18 9398 65 50 9394 85 50 939C A9 00 939E 65 51 9340 85 51 93A2 60 9343 18 93A4 65 52 93 6 85 52 93A8 A5 53 93AA 69 86 93AC 85 53 93AE 60 93AF 18 93B0 65 54 93B2 85 54 93B4 A5 55 93B6 69 dd 93B8 85 55 93BA 60 93BB 18 93BC AD 62 93 93BF E9 66 93C1 8D 62 93 9304 AD 63 93 9307 E9 06 93C9 8D 63 93 93CC 66 93CD 9 00 93CF 8D 94 93D2 8D B2 9d 93D5 Ad dd 9307 AD B2 96 93DA 91 54 93DC C8 93DD AD B1 96 93E0 91 54 93E2 49 02 93E4 20 AF 93 93E7 EE B1 90 93EA 00 03 93 EE B2 90 93EF AD 62 93 93F2 CD B1 90 93F5 D DE 93F7 AD 63 93 93FA CD B2 96 93FD D D6 93FF 60 330 JMP SYNERR 331 CHKONEXT RTS 332 SETPTR1 LDA SAVARRY1 333 STA ARRYIPTR 334 LDA SAVARRY1 1 335 STA ARRY1PTR 1 336 RTS 337 SETPTR2 LDA SAVARRY2 338 ST
139. K FOR OPEN QUOTE ROUTINE TO FIND ARRAY DESC CHECK FOR COMMA DISPLAY SYNTAX ERROR ADV TXTPTR TO END OF STMT EVAL ARITH EXP PUTS IN FAC CONVTS FAC TO INT PUTS IN X ENTRY TO BIN SEARCH ROUTINE FOR LISA JUMP ABSOLUTE LSB OF ENTRY ADDRESS MSB OF ENTRY ADDRESS CHECK FOR SORT S CHECK FOR GET COMMAND 1F GET MAKE SURE BINARY SEARCH IS IN MEMORY jSYNTAX ERROR CHRGET ROUTINE SAVE ZEROPAGE LOCATIONS GET NEXT CHARACTER SHOULD BE GET SOURCE ARRAY DESC SHOULD BE A 1 DIM ARRAY SAVE ARRAY DESC ADDRESS CHK FOR COMMA LOAD NXT BYTE GET DEST ARRAY DESC SHOULD BE A 1 DIM ARRAY SAVE ARRAY DESC ADDRESS EVAL STARTING POS EXPRESS CONVERT TO INTEGER PUT IN X AND SAVE EVAL END POSITION EXPRESS CONVERT TO INTEGER AND SAVE MAKE SURE ENDPOS START POS NO GOOD Alternate Index continued 9142 24 9145 24 9148 26 914B A5 914D 8D 9150 A5 9152 8D 9155 20 9158 26 915B 915E 9160 9162 9165 D1 9167 FO 9169 4C 916C 01 916E F 9170 4C 9173 C8 9174 B1 9176 8D 9179 01 9178 FO 917D 4C 9180 D1 9182 FO 9184 4C 9187 A9 9189 26 918C A9 918E 20 9191 A9 9193 26 9196 26 9199 AD 919C D 919F D 91A1 4C 9144 9146 B1 91A8 8D 91 C9 91AD D 91AF A9 91B1 8D 9184 8D 9187 8D 91BA 4C 91BD C8 91BE 9100 8D 91C3 C8 91C4 B1 91C6 8D 91C9 AD 91CC CD 91 96 91D1 18 91D2 AD 91D5 6D 91D8 8D 91DB AD 91DE 69 91E0 8D 91E3 AD 91E6 CD B 38 A
140. L4003 interfacing Available VIC 20 SOFTWARE VIC1212 PROGRAMMER AID VIC1213 VICMON VIC1906 SUPER ALIEN VIC1914 ADVENTURE LAND ADVENTURE 1915 PRIVATE COVE ADVENTURE VIC1916 MISSION IMPOSSIBLE CX8126 VIC1917 THE COUNT ADVENTURE THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE CXL4018 V1C1919 SARGON II CHESS ATARI PROGRAM EXCHANGE edis 75 THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE Eastern Front 1941 25 50 CX414 ALIEN BLITZ Avalanche 15 50 NEW RELEASES Omega Race Outlaw Howitz Tm 15 50 16K RAM ROM 15 50 CHOP LIFTER 5 827 AMOK Wizard of War U 31 00 APPLE PANIC 444 SUPER HANGMAN 831 00 PREPPIE SPIDERS OF MARS Frogger 26 00 BUSINESS SOFTWARE In Stock Atari Word Procassing Letter Perfect su CALL TOLL FREE Test Wizzard E 800 233 8760 intone i ee In Stock items shipped within 24 hours of order In PA 1 717 398 4079 Personal checks require four weeks clearance or send order to Monkey Wrench mi before shipping PA residents add sales tax Lyco Computer Utility Disk iem ae All products subject to availability and price P O Box 5088 Ultimate Renumber change Add for Mastercard and Visa Jersey Shore PA 17740 No 56 January 1983 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal 27 EN SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS M Doing Time on the 6809 by Jim Schreier Calculating time is simple but requires special attention when manipulated by a BASIC program Here are two ways to add time usin
141. LA STA MASK2 PLA PLA STA DELAY cae ar DELAY LOOF CONSTANT DISABLE THE VIDEO DMA LDA 00 STA SDMACT LDA RTC TICK CMP RTC BEQ TICK DMA SHUT DOWN TURN INTERRUPT LDA 20 STA NMIEN INITIALIZE THE LOOP LDA 00 STA COUNT STA COUNT 1 CLEAR SHADOW REGISTER WAIT UNTIL VBLANK SETS HARDWARE VBLANK UPDATES CLOCK VBLANK HAS NOT YET OCCURRED OFF VBLANK DISABLE NMI COUNTER THIS IS THE USR LOCATION TO RETURN A VALUE FOR INDIRECT INDEXED MODE ISOLATE FIRST SENSOR COUNT THIS TIME IN THE LOOF INCREMENT THE LOOF COUNTER TOO LONG ERROR DELAY IF NEEDED WAIT A SMALL BIT CHECK SECOND SENSOR E WAIT UNTIL FIRST SENSOR GOES LOW I E THE CURTAIN UNCOVERS IT 800 SENS1 LDA PORT Y GET 1 0 FORT AND MASK1 ENE SENSI NO LIGHT YET MAIN TIMING LOOP TIME CLC LDA COUNT ADC 01 LSB STA COUNT LDA COUNT 1 ADC 00 MSE STA COUNT 1 BCS RET LDX DELAY BEQ SENS2 NO DELAY USED WAITLP DEX BNE WAITLF ADJUST TIMING SENS2 LDA PORT Y AND MASK2 ISOLATE BIT ENE TIME No 56 January 1983 STILL IN THE DARK COUNT CONTAINS THE NUMBER OF TIMES continued MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal corrected by the current value of the variable ERROR Both functions use an identical tim ing loop written at the assembler level and entered as machine code This loop has a time resolution of 37 5 DELAY cycles For the purposes of this article th
142. Measurement of a 35mm Focal Plane Shutter 45 Mike Dougherty describes simple hardware and Atari soft No 56 January 1983 ware to test the accuracy and reliability of the shutter found in most single lens reflex cameras Doing Time by Jim Schreier p 28 shows how to do calculations in volving time in TSC BASIC on 6809 based computers Mathematics Articles Timothy Stryker s Signed Binary Multiplication 76 Charles Muhleman s Numerical Rounding p 89 and Ong s Methods to Evaluate Complex Roots p 71 will be of interest to everyone who uses the computer to solve mathematical problems Math Editor by Robert Walker p 78 is a sophisticated pro gram written in Apple Pascal that provides convenient display editing and printing of mathematical formulas Using Long Integers by David Oshel p 86 describes the implementation of a bullet proof string conversion for Pascal 1 1 long integers with implied decimal points Color Computer Data Sheet Color Computer programmers will want to keep the data sheet p 109 handy Here on one easy to read sheet is essential information on character codes memory loca tions and hardware interfacing Columns System specific information rounds out this month s magazine Paul Swanson s From Here to Atari p 19 discusses reference books every Atari programmer will want to keep on hand Loren Wright s V
143. ND VO INEF IF WWZ THEN V z Vv wwiGczvnosvI FLRO3 60T05E IF THEN W REM IF GAIN REDUCED BY IHTERHRL RESISTRHHCE HTTEMFT RAISE GAIN BY REM INCREASING MY It sREFIGURE IF FLAG 2 GGT THEN M WVvzHVvvys4 GTezGiG GDrvO G VyI FLRG G REM CALC RV wVWwAIE EREGUBRIE BIAS VOLTAGE RESISTORS REF TOURE 25 RESISTOR RV REM CALC ILATE ZINS AE ARRAI RBAAL O EBA REE 2 oo REM CALCLILATE CAPACITOR VALUES DEF FHMC R310 Sere Pe gt CI FHM lt 21142 IF R V ci1 THEN CBE e G TO i864 EE CRESRAED REZRHERE VZSSERERVO RE 1860 IF LORD THEN CL FHMZFEL 147A piece COMPONENT VALUES 1838 CEF 1196000 1038 DEF 4 1188 DEF 111 DEF 1128 DEF 1 Lene SINT 1 eae 1138 PEINT See en VALUES 1148 FRIHT RESISTORS OHMS 1158 PEIHT RC RE RWV RE 1150 PRINT 1178 PRINT 142 3FHR 2 TAB 249 FMRC RE 7 1188 PEIHT CHPRCITORS MICROFARRADS s 1198 PRINT INPUT OUTFIT BYPASS 1200 PRINT 22 s TABS 1S 9FNCOCL TABCES 9 PHOS CE 1218 REM FLAG NON OPERATIOCNAL CONDITION 1228 IF RVX THEM NFLAG 2 1230 IF NFLAG THEN PRIHT N NL FEIHT 1248 PRINT THBCOTO N
144. NEPRESS SPACE TO CONTINUE 1250 GETAS IFAS lt S THEN 1256 1268 REM DISPLAY PARAMETERS MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal Continued No 56 January 1983 en SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS Listing 1 continued 127n 1266 1298 1300 1310 1320 1338 348 1358 4 03 MW uum cO m om om x 1410 1428 1430 144n 1498 1468 14758 1488 1498 IF FLAGS THEH PRIHT FRIHT FL C FLBHG PRINT gt 1500 IHPLUT NSEHTER 1 TO SEE COM VALUES TO 1918 IF F 1 THEH 1678 1920 IF THEN 1588 1536 3 PRINT SUPPLY 3 PRINT INPUT PRINT O OPERATINHG PARAMETERS OHMS PRINT INPUT QUTPUT GUTPUT LOADS PRINT FMR CZIN s TABS 7 OPNRA REC 3 IF K MITH LORD THEN TRHRZ162FHRZRES PRINT PRINT QQuUTESCENT CURRENT MILLIAMPS PRINT COLLECTOR PRINT FPEIHT BEMLIIESCEHT VOLTAGES COLLECTOR EMITTER BASE PRINT PHY VOC TREEZBOFNVCVEK s TABS QS FNY EVE THBCGEOFNVCVED 2 3l PRINT SIGHAL VOLTAGES SHING OUTFIT PRINT p PRINT TABS oO SIPRESS SPACE CONTINUE GETAS IFAS lt 2 THEN 1436 REM PARAMETERS FRIMT MIH DESIGN FREQ PRINT BMAX TRANS IF NFLAGS THEN 1580
145. O P O Box 6502 Chelmsford MA 01824 49 SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS was measured with the aid of the Listing 2 continued 1560 THAT THE TIME LOOP WAS EXECUTED Monitor function Velocity prompts for 1370 THIS WILL BE RETURNED BY THE USR the size of the light sensitive area of the 1380 FUNCTION t totransi j 1390 shutter phototransistor bit 1 in my 1400 ENABLE DMA AND INTERRUPTS case 0 5 mm A ter the ten shutter 1410 releases the average time between the CEDE 1420 Lpa 60 5 8DOED4 1450 NMIEN RESTORE REAL TIME CLOCK two velocity phototransistors AVE is O amp D3 A922 1440 LDA 4922 used to compute ERROR In my 005 8D2F02 1450 STA SDMACT RESTORE THE VIDEO SCREEN camera the shutter curtain took 9 24 60 1450 T ND RETURN THE CGUNT ms to travel the 24 64 mm of CDIST With a detector WIDTH of 0 5 mm the Listing 3 0100 SHUTTER USR FUNCTION following proportion holds true 0110 LISTING 5 0120 0130 9 24 ms 7 ERROR ms 0140 This USR function measures the MT 0150 number of SAMPLE loops that are 24 64 mm 0 5 mm 0160 executed while the phototransistor 0170 line is low Since each SAMPLE 4 4 0180 loop takes 37 5XDELAY machine Solving for ERROR yields 0190 cycles to execute the USR routine 0200 measures actual time E 0210 ERROR 9 24 ms 0 5 mm 24 64 0220 Call the USR function by mm 0 19 ms 0230 0240
146. OUTINE PORT MASK2 DELAY 9135 REM CONVERT MACHINE CYCLES TO MICROSECONDS THEN MILLISECONDS 9140 TIMEZ 37 S5XDELAY XCYCLES F 9150 SAMFLE LOOP 2INT TIMEX100000 0 5 100 ERROR 9160 PRINT TIME 3 LOOP IN 1 1000 SEC SAMPLE LOOF 9170 NEXT LOOF 9180 SOUND 100 19 15 FOR WAIT O TO 2 NEXT WAIT SOUND 0 0 0 9 REM COMFUTE THE STATISTICS AVE Q FOR LOOF 0 TO 9 AVE AVE SAMPLE LOOF NEXT LOOP AVESAVE 10 9240 9250 FOR LOOP 0 TO 9 9260 YAR VAR SAMPLE LOOP AVE Z NEXT LOOF SD SQR VAR 9 FRINT PRINT AVERAGE TIME SAVE STANDARD DEVIATIOM SD NORMALIZED SD NSD SD AVE 100 oo USR FOKE Foke the USR functions into reserved page memory 10005 REM 0600 10006 REM DIM BYTE 2 TRAF 12200 REM EXIT WHEN NO MORE DATA READ ADDRESS REM USR STARTING ADDRESS 10100 READ BYTE REM READ MACHINE CODE BYTE 10110 IF BYTE XX THEN SOUND 0 0 0 0 60 0 10020 END OF THIS USR FUNCTION 10120 GOSUR 10900 COMPUTE BYTE 19170 ADDRESS BYTE REM IN MEMORY 19140 ADDRESS ADDRESS 1 REM NEXT MEMORY ADDRESS 10150 GOTO 10100 19200 RETURN 19500 REM 10501 REM BYTES gt BYTE 10502 REM 10510 12520 Y ASC BYTES 1 50808 10600 105820 V ASC EYTES 42 sGOSUER 104600 10540 RETURN 19600 REM continued No 56 January 1983 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal than the other side Two addi
147. Photo Waterville Valley NH AAICRO is published monthly by MICRO INK Chelmsford MA 01824 Second Class postage paid at Chelmsford MA 01824 and additional mailing offices USPS Publication Number 483470 ISSN 0271 9002 Send subscriptions change of address USPS Form 3579 requests for back issues and all other fulfillment questions to MICRO INK 34 Chelmsford Street P O Box 6502 Chelmsford MA 01824 or call 617 256 5515 Telex 955329 TLX SRVC 800 227 1617 Subscription Rates Per Year 0 5 24 00 2 yr 42 00 Foreign surface mail 27 00 Air mail Europe 42 00 Mexico Central America Middle East North Africa Central Africa 48 00 South America South Africa Far East Australasia New Zealand 72 00 Copyright 1982 by MICRO INK All Rights Reserved No 56 January 1983 INICRO Editorial A GASP a Wheeze and a Gotcha The typical MICRO reader owns a system and uses it primarily for serious work and program development This issue focuses on ways to use your com puter in real applications mathema tical problems and in discrete event simulation While the value and use of the real applications and the mathematical material should be ob vious the computer simulation will be a new topic for many readers Discrete Event Simulation see the Walker article starting on page 21 is an exciting broad area of computer application that often disguises itself as
148. RRY2PTR Y 9201 AD B3 90 250 DONEYET3 LDA SWAPFLAG SEE IF WE NEED MORE PASSES 9211 C8 168 INY 9204 79 251 BEQ DONEPASS NO SWAPS SO WE ARE DONE 9212 AD 5E 93 169 LDA NEWAD 1 9206 26 81 93 252 JSR SETPTR2 RESET ARRAY2 POINTERS 9215 91 52 170 STA ARRY2PTR Y 9209 20 8C 93 253 JSR SETPTR3 RESET ARRAY3 POINTERS 9217 A9 83 171 LDA 03 92DC 4C 3A 92 254 JMP DOSORT CONTINUE SORT 9219 20 97 93 172 JSR ARY1PLUS j ARRY1PTR ARRY1PTR 3 92DF AD 64 93 255 DONEPASS LDA ZEROSV RESTORE ZERO PAGE 921C A9 02 173 LDA 03 92E2 85 56 256 STA ARRYIPTR 921E 20 A3 93 174 JSR ARY2PLUS j ARRY2PTR ARRY2PTR 3 92E4 AD 65 93 257 LDA ZEROSV 1 9221 20 BB 93 175 JSR DECSIZE DECREMENT ELEMENT COUNT 92E7 85 51 258 STA ARRY1PTR 1 9224 4C 99 91 176 JMP TRANSFER 92E9 AD 66 93 259 LDA ZEROSV 2 9227 20 81 93 177 STRTSRT JSR SETPTR2 RESET ARRAY2 POINTERS 92EC 85 52 260 STA ARRY2PTR 922 20 8C 93 178 JSR SETPTR3 RESET ARRAY3 POINTERS 92 AD 67 93 261 LDA ZEROSV 3 9220 A 05 179 05 92F1 85 53 262 STA ARRY2PTR 1 922F B1 52 180 LDA ARRY2PTR Y 92F3 AD 68 93 263 LDA ZEROSV 4 9231 8D 63 93 181 STA SIZE 1 MAKE LOW HIGH 92F6 85 54 264 STA ARRY3PTR 9234 C8 182 INY 92F8 AD 69 93 265 LDA ZEROSV 5 9235 B1 52 183 LDA ARRY2PTR Y 92FB 85 55 266 STA ARRY3PTR 1 9237 8D 62 93 184 STA SIZE 92FD 4C 95 D9 267 JMP DATA 923A 26 BB 93 185 DOSORT JSR DECSIZE DEC SIZE PAIRS ELMNTS 1 9300 Ad 00 268 SWAP 00 SWAP VALUES 923D D 08 186 BNE DOSORT1 MORE PASSES TO MAKE 9302 A
149. SAWNNN T dSQWhN ASOWNN penumuos e 84 Na 2T YO aLIYA B 0 NI H9 TIINA QUOIW lino SUVTTO 31 9 fINIUd 14 f3AVS 2151 ENOT SLOCMYNUG SLOSHLVWAVEG Wa IIOSVAVUG 9 10 HO 352 Eb Di 1 2 Da Ada fidi Sa aSa GT aTa a aP G st GW 8 NI TIINA 1 f pusuuoo 1e3U3 ADVSSAWALIUA 1 11 8DVSSSWSLTIUM 32VSSSRGLL IVA AOVSSARALINA 3uT1 d HOVSSSWSLIUM 1 949 S HDVSSSK3L IUM 1 p90 1 JHOVSSS3HSLIUM 1 41P 3 AOVSSAWALIUM 91 d HDVSSSIN3L INA 395038 4i HDVSSSKALIUA A1I9S Vi HOVSSSW3LIUM OVSSANUVATO XVIdSIaanvud lV3d3H LIN YOLIGHHLYW x NIO3G NAHL NI THO LON dI rH9 avau N A 30VSSS GL TUA ADVSSHNUVSTO NIOSG fuvHO THO YYA J OO00000000000Q00DOQOOOHOOOOOHOOOOHIOODOOODOUOOUOOUOUOOOOOOOUOOOOOOOOOOIOOOOOOOOUOOO O OO OO UOOOC 0 s1ugA JT YOTYA 4 UFBU VB 87 SFUL 45 N3HL NI HO 41 H9 qvau
150. SOR LINE catalog a company fills out the OOCE 0620 DELAY DELAY VARIABLE appropriate form or merely mails 0 4 9630 COUNT ooD4 LOOF COUNT sat 0014 0640 RTC 0014 REAL TIME CLOCK LSB in their material the same for O22F 0650 SDMACT 022F DMA SHADOW REGISTER mat that appears in the magazine D40E 0660 NMIEN D40E NMI ENABLE REGISTER 0670 We try to limit entries to one month on a first ei et RUIT come first serve basis 0710 oooo 0720 k 0600 FREE ATARI MEMORY If you sell products our readers 4 should know about write to Soft 0750 INITIALIZE THE VARIAELES ware Hardware Catalog MICRO 0760 P O Box 6502 Chelmsford MA 9770 SHUTTER 01824 9600 68 0780 PLA NUMBER OF USK ARGUMENTS 68 0790 FLA USR ARGUMENT 1 0602 85CC STA PORT 1 ADDRESS OF 1 0 FORT 0604 68 0810 PLA 6605 BSCB 0820 STA PORT 50 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal No 56 January 1983 es SIMULATION S APPLICATIONS Listing 3 continued elative error Since th 0607 68 FLA USR ARGUMENT 2 ompute the r ative error Since the 0608 68 0840 FLA ONLY ONE BYTE Shutter function uses the current value 0609 85 0850 STA MASKI AND MASK FOR SENSOR LINE of ERROR to correct for the sensor 58 0860 FLA USR ARGUMENT amp 3 i uae ee Gaon PUR oA NOT USED width the Velocity function must be
151. T PRINT A PAIR OF COMPLEX ROOTS ARE 60220 FOR I 1 TO RM PRINT X IF ABS P I gt ER THEN PRINT 53040 PRINT PRINT X P ABS Q x I PRINT 1 53060 FOR 1 TO 3000 NEXT 60240 IF ABS Q I gt ER THEN PRINT ABS Q I x I 54000 N N 2 REM Reduce Polyn Degree by 2 60260 PRINT PRINT 54020 IF THEN RETURN 60280 NEXT PRINT zszzz2z2 2222 2 2222z22 22222z2z22 RETURN 54060 H 2x SK Px Pe QxQ 60300 END No 56 January 1983 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal 73 First try the solution 24 Ae where A and k are constants By direct substitution and dividing the resulting equation throughout by you will obtain 25 k 0 77k 7 9 9 1 44k 5 18k 4 275 0 The computer took four minutes to complete the first stage computation and a further 45 seconds for the second stage to produce the answers k 0 2692324 0 8097208i 1 5266484 1 0626761 1 7503178i The general solution to equation 23 is therefore 26 y A exp Kx where the A s are the ten integration constants and the k s are the respective real or complex roots obtained The Results There is no problem of unattainable accuracy up to the limits of the ac curacy of the computer The computer merely must perform extra iterations to achieve the desired results Con vergence is usually very rapid ex
152. TE INDEX can be used to sort the base array by specifying the base array as the key array and specify ing a B value of 0 and an E value of 255 ALTERNATE INDEX is set up to load at 90AF so HIMEM should be set at 37038 or lower ALTERNATE INDEX is designed to run on a 48K Apple II with MAXFILES set at three or less Because of space limitations I did not go into detail on how the sub routine works If you have any ques tions please contact me at 62 Clement St Manchester NH 03102 No 56 January 1983 90 90B1 9084 9086 9089 90BB 90BE 90 9001 90 3 90 5 90 7 90C9 90CB 90CE 9000 9003 9005 9006 9009 90DB 90DE 90E0 90E3 90E5 90E8 90 90EF 90F2 90F4 90F7 90F9 90FC 90FF 9102 9105 9108 910A 910D 910F 9112 9115 9118 911B 911D 9120 9122 9125 9128 912B 912E 9131 9134 9137 913A 913D 9140 A9 4C 8D F5 A9 BF 8D F6 A9 96 8D F7 64 C9 53 FO 1B C9 BE D 09 A9 26 A2 00 DD 14 d3 4C C9 A9 B1 E8 DD D 4C A5 8D 5 8D A5 8D 5 8D 5 8 5 8 20 20 20 24 5 8D 5 8D 26 BE 26 09 20 5 8 5 8 20 20 67 20 8E 5B 26 20 67 20 FB 5C EC 5B 96 16 F5 50 64 51 65 52 66 53 67 55 68 55 69 B1 BB D9 6A 9B 54 9 55 03 83 03 94 DE 94 94 93 93 04 DE F7 93 93 93 DE F7 93 93 DE DD E6 93 DE DD E6 93 93 1 Ov vn
153. TI first converts the lift off and propellant masses to kilograms and determines the cross sectional area of the model rocket in square meters The atmospheric density at the launch site is then computed as a function of the launch site altitude and temperature The burnout altitude and velocity are computed with the following equations Xbo m k In cosh td m mg MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal Vbo V mg k tanh td m k F mg where 8 average mass lift off mass propellant mass 2 atmospheric density drag coefficient cross sectional area average thrust total impluse thrust duration td thrust duration gt The altitude gained during the coast flight and the coast time are determined using the next set of equations Xc 2 In kVbo mg 1 tc m kg atan Vbo V k mg where m burnout mass lift off mass propellant mass E acceleration of gravity The maximum altitude and total flight time are given by these equations X Xbo Xc T td tc References 1 G K Mandell G J Caporaso and W P Bengen Topics in Advanced Model Rocketry MIT Press 1971 2 Altitude Prediction Charts Estes Industries Technical Report TR 10 1971 3 Aerodynamic Drag of Model Rockets Estes Industries Tech nical Report TR 11 1970 4 D Malewicki Model Rocket Altitude Performance Centuri Engineering Compa
154. TR The curve marked is a continuation of curve The center line in each trace indicates the set point temperature and the trace is the output stream temperature of the CSTR The response time to a load change for the CSTR is typically 4 5 minutes The time between the first trough and the second peak on plot A is approximately 40 minutes The control strategy used in this experiment is called proportional integral that it will remain as input to the R 2R network The 4042 IC is then isolated from the I O port which becomes available for communication with another device The control of the multiplexed port the temperature measurements and the control of the flow controllers are accomplished entirely with software A typical graph of the output temperature for the CSTR as it responds to a load change is shown in figure 9 Note in the figure caption the much longer time scales relative to the air bath ex periment With the CSTR the students receive first hand experience with the problems associated with control of equipment especially with the slow response time characteristic of many industrial devices Usually students don t become in volved with the complicated CSTR un til the senior laboratory course The control experiments in the senior laboratory course primarily involve studies of the dynamic response of the CSTR to load changes when different control strategies algorithms are used I
155. The programs are intended for in troductory college or advanced placement programs in high schools No computer ex perience is necessary and com plete documentation accom panies the programs Price 300 00 Part I 225 00 Part II 150 00 Part III 550 00 all nine disks Part I general includes four disks Part II organic includes three disks and Part III biology includes two disks Author Richard Cornelius Available John Wiley amp Sons Inc Eastern Distribution Center Order Processing Dept 1 Wiley Drive Somerset NJ 08873 Name Pie Man System Apple II Plus Memory 48K Language Machine language Description As the pies come out of the oven onto a con veyor belt you the baker s ap prentice must get a can of whipped cream squirt it on the pie grab a cherry put it on the pie then take the finished pie and put it in the pie bin Watch out for flour sacks and grease spots on the floor and the slightly tipsy wedding cake baker delivering his crea tions If you let seven pies fall to the floor you re fired Price 29 95 Includes disk and instruction booklet Author Eagle Berns Michael Kosaka Available Penguin Software 830 4th Avenue Geneva IL 60134 No 56 January 1983 Name MicRo Quiz System TRS 80 Model VIC 20 Memory 16K TRS 80 Model III 8K VIC 20 Language BASIC Description MicRo Quiz IL is a subject independent CAI authoring package with class
156. The 6502 6809 Journal Ae LOVER OUT IMPEDEHCE LOWER INPUT VOLTAGE RAISE LOWER VOLT OUT RAISE CH mate OHMS IF UNKNOWN EL FL 1 amp 6 IF RL amp THEN BL 16Ts KS WITHOUT LORD QUT IP HITH LOAD HERTZ SHING 44 IF 0 THEN V BE vI GOTO 458 CALC BHING 470 IHPUT LORO IF GIVEH 0 456 REM CHECK GAIN FOR R REDUCE GAIN See IF 028 THEN G B VO BX VvI FLHhG Si REM PRELIMINARY SUPPLY COMDITION CHECK IF THEN REM LIMIT SET ON GAIN BY AMP VI MY SCOTIA FETE ER de eon noo te RH HERE CORRECT up VOLT LT E e is e CURRENT FROTOR FRCTUF e PREINT TZW CLASS A AMPLIFIER DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS 4 e e e MS RC SRC ENTER WITH IFE TOQ LOW 3 TRANSISTOR B continued SPECS 59 device the amplifier stage will be feeding Load impedence is a specifica tion requested by the program Choice of Transistor The transistor you choose must be NPN silicon the most common type and suitable for amplifying The only transistor specification used in the pro gram is static or DC current gain referred to as either called bet
157. The double high characters pro vide for 32768 dots 256 indexes 16 rows 8 dots per so obviously all the problems are taken care of right Wrong The problem is the memory the VIC chip itself can address As stated in the expansion modules the VIC chip as opposed to the VIC computer can only address memory from 4096 to 8191 hex 1000 to 1 While this 4096 bytes is sufficient to hold a full set of double high character memory we still need to take the 512 bytes of screen memory from this same area We ve discussed most of the infor mation you use to do graphics on the VIC There are a few minor technical details left and compromises concern ing the amount of graphics and memory needed for BASIC Character memory can start at one of four RAM locations 4096 5120 6144 or 7168 with a 12 13 14 or 15 in the last four bits of location 36869 Screen memory can be at any of eight RAM locations 4096 4608 5120 5632 6144 6656 7168 or 7680 bits 4 7 of location 36869 control which 1024 boundary and bit 7 of location 36866 controls whether it is an even 1024 or 512 boun dary Character and screen memory are set independently and can even oc cupy the same locations In fact for the maximum resolution graphics they have to overlap some If character memory is set to 4096 and screen memory to start at 7680 by POKE 36869 PEEK 36869 AND 240 12 there are 3584 bytes available for VIC RABBIT
158. U S Canada Edition 2 50 NO 56 JANUARY 1983 United Kingdom Edition 2 00 Advancing Computer Knowledge TAI 1 HY rus 11 D w TE W 4 ah VIC Hi Res Graphics APPLE Pascal Math Editor 68000 Instructions ES OFFIC 53 o lt gt Space hes NEW PRODUCTS 38 Pw WINCHESTER SYSTEM HARDWARE FEATURES x 2MHz 6809 CPU x 512KB Static RAM x 8 RS232C Serial Ports 2 Parallel Ports SOFTWARE FEATURES x OS 9 LEVEL TWO Multi User Operating System OS 9 Debugger 19 MB WINCHESTER SYSTEM HARDWARE FEATURES x 128K Static Ram x 2MHz 6809 CPU 19 MB 5 Winchester DMA Subsystem SOFTWARE FEATURES x OS 9 LEVEL TWO Multi User Operating System x OS 9 Text Editor 128KB MULTI USER SYSTEM HARDWARE FEATURES x 2MHz 6809 CPU p 2MHZ 6809 SYSTEMS GIMIX offers you a variety to choose from cog dl dua ird 17 498 99 DMA Double Density Floppy Disk Controller x Dual 8 DSDD Floppy Disk System x Dual Winchester Subsystem with Two19 54 Winchester Drives OS 9 Text Editor OS 9 Assembler ate loea reda ones 8998 09 x 4 RS232C Serial Ports 1 54 Floppy Disk Drive DMA Double Density Floppy Disk Controller x OS 9 Debugger OS 9 Assembler ee bici i Eo 6997 39 2 RS232C Serial Ports x DMA Double Density Flop
159. a CA 93120 805 966 1140 Name Interface System Apple II Plus Memory 48K Language Applesoft Hardware DOS 3 3 disk drive Description Interface reads numerical tables in three for mats transforms and arranges rows or columns fits curves to data and outputs files in several formats The program s primary function is to translate from VisiCalc to Apple Plot while adding flex ibility and preventing er roneous graphs It also sup plements VisiCalc with rank ordering alphabetizing and curve fitting and outputs tables to Apple Writer or VisiCalc itself Price 30 00 Includes instructions and copyable program disk Available Bill Starbuck 2100 E Edgewood Shorewood WI 53211 414 963 9750 Name Fractions System PET Memory 16K Language BASIC Hardware Cassette player or disk drive Description An overview pro gram and a placement test pro gram begin this carefully structured sequence of 24 in teractive programs Eleven tutorial programs each backed by a fun and challenging en richment game program help students grade five and up develop the confidence con cepts and skills needed to master fractions Price 175 00 for 12 tapes or 6 diskettes Includes teacher s guide and software Author Joanne Benton Available Quality Educational Designs P O Box 12486 Portland OR 97212 503 287 8137 Name Guadalcanal Campaign System Apple II Apple II Plus or Apple
160. a or hfe However if your amplifier will be handling high frequency signals over 1 MHz connected to high supply voltage over 25 V or so or dissipating high power over about 100 mW as calcu lated by the program you should be sure the transistor you intend to use can handle these extremes In general the for a dollar NPN small signal amplifiying transistors should be suitable for most applications Using the Program To use the program you will have to input the amplifier specifications described below Supply Voltage V Choice of supply voltage depends on the battery or other power source you want to use Minimum practical supply voltage is about three volts Transistor Beta determines the maximum po tential gain of the amplifer stage and in fluences the biasing characteristics Unfortunately transistor beta can be an enigma even transistors with the same component number have different betas Some transistor specifications mention minimum beta others refer to typical beta and grab bag transistors frequently come with no indication When in doubt you are probably safe to assume a value of 50 to 100 Output Impedence When you specify output impe dence you are actually determining the value of R Usually output impedence is set equal to or less than load im pedence If in doubt you might try set ting the output impedence at 100 to 500 times the supply voltage Load Impedence A
161. ables In most ap plications neither maneuver will be necessary because most applications do not mix types If you select Rightsize 2 then you are working with dollars and cents The BCDVAL function protects itself from abnormal input and is safe to use with READLN In other words your program will not crash if BCDVAL encounters non numeric characters duplicate decimal points etc If the in put is likely to cause a Long Integer range error which can have dangerously unpredictable side effects on the oper ating system then BCDVAL takes its normal error exit and returns FALSE along with the formal parameter 0 In the interest of program brevity there is no indication of what actually caused the error There is also a possibility that some valid inputs will take the overflow exit this occurs when the length of the in put plus the variable Rightsize ex ceeds the Long Integer parameter Max lint i e TYPE Lint Integer lint You may avoid the problem either by declaring a larger Maxlint and then re compiling or by writing a more intelligent overflow trap The trap provided is conservative and will correctly flag all overflow errors plus a few of the almost cases In Apple Pascal Maxlint may range as high as 36 refer to the Pascal Language Refer ence Manual for details David Oshel works as a consultant designing small information management systems for Democratic political candidates You
162. al point once the total number of seconds have been divided by the constant 60 line 120 If no decimal point occurs tested in line 130 the program prints out the results and concludes Line 140 uses the INSTR IN STRing command to locate the position of the decimal point allowing the necessary string Program A 10 REM TIMESTR BAS Time String 20 PRINT CHR 12 PRINT 30 H 60 W 1 P 40 REM Obtain input 50 INPUT How many items to add A 60 FOR X 1 TO A 70 PRINT Enter 1tem X 80 INPUT B 90 T T B 100 NEXT X 110 REM Caculate number of hours and minutes 120 H STR T H 130 IF T H INT T H THEN 180 140 I INSTR W H P 150 MNS RIGHTS H LEN H 1 W2 160 H LEFT H 1 W2 170 MN INT VAL MNS xH 5 180 REM Print out results 190 IF T lt THEN H Zero 200 PRINT PRINT 210 PRINT Total Time H t t Hours and MN Minutes 220 END maneuvering lines 150 160 The results are printed as hours and minutes and the program concludes Program B The formula approach is less com plex Hours minutes and seconds must be entered in strict order To enter 91 seconds use 0 0 91 This program is more extensive than the one used for program A It reports the total entered times as seconds minutes hours and days Line 250 is a representative example for the calculations The total seconds when divided by the constant 60 gives the number of minutes When
163. alue instruction loca tion and many others You can have as many named breakpoints as you wish in both ROM and RAM Some other features of the PTD 6502 include Fast subroutine execution calculator converter Hex ASCII memory dump Up to 16 machine lan guage cycle timers Ability to monitor specific labeled areas in memory whiie stepping Effective address Accessible monitor commands A documented mod ule for relocation of the PTD 6502 to virtually any loca tion source code supplied The debugging program shown on the monitor is a simple example it could be far more complex If you can think of it you can probably scan for it at 1000 instruc tions per second If you re a professional the PTD 6205 can pay for itself in the first few hours of use If you re a novice you ll soon be debugging like a pro ORDER PTD 6502 Debugger including DOS 3 3 Disk and instruction manual Note that disk is not copy protected Order only one for each business or institution In Califor nia add 6 5 sales tax PTD 6502 requires Autostart ROM for fast breakpoint PIERODACTYL SOFTWARE 1452 Portland Ave Albany CA 94706 415 525 1605 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal 37 e i H 3 4 4 a SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS Microcomputers in a College Teaching Laboratory Part 3 by Thor Olsen Howard Saltsburg Richard H Heist Process
164. amp Residual Plot Keyboard or Disk Data Input Case x Case Variable x Variable Input 99 95 Apple II 48K 1 or 2 Disk Drives 3 3 DOS ROM Applesoft Call 213 993 8536 to Order or Write HUMAN SYSTEMS DYNAMICS 9249 Reseda Suite 107 Northridge CA 91324 VISA 29 GEMINI FOR PRINTER VALUE THAT S _ OUTOF THIS WORLD Over thirty years of down to earth experi ence as a precision parts manufacturer has enabled Star to produce the Gemini series of dot matrix printers a stellar combina tion of printer quality flexibility and reliabil ity And for a list price of nearly 25 less than the best selling competitor The Gemini 10 has a 10 carriage and the Gemini 15 157 carriage Plus the Gemini 15 has the added capability of a bot tom paper feed both models Gemini quality means a print speed of 100 cps high resolution bit image and block graphics and extra fast forms feed Gemini s flexibility is embodied in its diverse specialized printing capabilities such as super sub script underlining back Spacing double strike mode and emphasized print mode An other extraordinary standard SQ SU feature is a 2 3K buffer An additional 4K is optional That s twice the memory of lead ing comparable printers Gemini is compatible with most software packages that support the leading printers Gemini reliability is more than just promise It s as
165. and Schools by Gary W Orwig and William S Hodges Win throp Publishers Inc 17 Dunster Street Cambrdige MAJ 1982 203 pages 8 x 11 inches paperback ISBN 0 87626 147 0 10 95 Programming the 6809 by Rodnay Zaks and William Labiak Sybex 2344 Sixth St Berkeley CA 94710 1982 520 pages paperback ISBN 0 89588 078 4 14 95 No 56 January 1983 This REVISED EDITION of the famous Apple Atlas provides Apple computerists with a framework for understanding both the overall organization and structure of the Apple system and programming techniques that exploit that knowledge What s Where in the Apple contains the most complete memory map ever published as well as detailed information needed for actual programming All for only 24 95 plus 5 00 s h For owners of the origina edition MICRO is offering a companion book THE GUIDE to What s Where in the Apple for only 9 95 plus 2 00 s h THE GUIDE contains all new material that explains and demonstrates how to use the atlas and gazetteer published in the original volume of What s Where in the Apple VISA and MasterCard accepted Introduction to WordStar by Arthur Naiman Sybex 2344 Sixth St Berkeley CA 94710 1982 220 pages paperback ISBN 0 89588 077 6 8 95 Data Communications for Micro computers With Practical Applications and Experiments by Elizabeth A Nichols Joseph C Nichols and Keith R Musson
166. and eight pages for graphics use 2 Choose the mode you want The mode determines the resolution and color combinations displayed There No 56 January 1983 CoCo Bits continued are three two color modes and two four color modes PMODE identifies the mode and page on which the im age will be placed 3 Choose the color set you want and call the graphics screen Use the SCREEN command to set this up You can choose from two text screens and two color sets 4 Select the foreground and back ground colors you want This step allows you to create a display without specifying color in in dividual commands COLOR sets this parameter All Extended Color BASIC graphics programs use these commands in one form or another to set up the display Efficient use of these commands makes high speed high resolution graphics programming available to the BASIC programmer Next month in addition to news I will take a look at some hooks to RAM from the BASIC ROMs A list pager program will demonstrate the use of these hooks MICRO INICRO New Publications Survey consists of three sections Per sonal Computers Engineering and General Interest It is published bi monthly For further information and to receive a sample pre publication issue send name and address with 2 to KVA Associates 2821 Camino del Mar Del Mar CA 92014 Phone 714 755 0041 The Computer Tutor Learning Activi ties for Homes
167. asing values of time Suppose the list contains three dif ferent types of events It is ordered ac cording to time not type so it may be possible for several events of one type to occur before an event of another type occurs Figure 1 is a flowchart of a typical control program and in effect oversees the simulation process After initialization select an event from the event list and perform the ac GETANEVENT FROM THE FRONT OF THE EVENT LIST PERFORM A TYPE 2 EVENT COLLECT STATISTICS 21 BES PUNE BARR Ra RI SE oe E ea Shree ra ee a tions dictated by the type of event until the simulation is over Keep notes on the effect of the actions The actions you perform often generate more events that are added to the event list by order of increasing time After the run is completed print the statistical results and conclude the program run We discuss each portion of this flowchart in detail and develop utility procedures that allow you to actually write a program based on figure 1 Tools for Simulation To formulate a sample program you must first develop several tools to use in the discrete simulation program This section explains two such tool packages 1 managing the event list keeping the events in increasing order of time getting the next event from the list and properly adding new events in the list and 2 discussing various ran do
168. ater than 8 bits Fast machine language input routines callable from a BASIC pro gram are included Price 49 95 Includes interface card power supply documentation and sample software Available Systems Corp Edmund Place Ann Arbor MI 48103 3131 662 4714 Name The Spectrum Stick System Color Computer Memory 4K 64K Language Microsoft BASIC Hardware Joystick Description The Spectrum Stick has the following features hair trigger firebut ton swivel ball type compo nent joystick to give you a smooth and true feel red LED power indicator to remind you to shut off the Color Computer after the TV brush aluminum knob and extra long cable Price 39 95 plus 2 00 S H Includes joystick firebutton case and cable Available Spectrum Projects 93 1586 Drive Woodhaven NY 11421 212 441 2807 Name RS 232 Expansion Cable System Color Computer Memory 4K and up Hardware Y cable Description The RS 232 Ex pansion Cable allows two devices to be connected to the serial I O port at the same time A printer and modem can be hooked in line without constantly swapping cables Price 19 95 plus 1 00 S H No 56 January 1983 Available Spectrum Projects 93 1586 Drive Woodhaven NY 11421 212 441 2807 Voice 212 441 3755 Computer Name BUSMAN System Commodore PET CBM Description BUSMAN pro vides dual IEEE 488 busses one for local peripherals used e
169. ayment rate is competitive with the leading magazines in the industry Documentation Well written concise and attractively packaged Skill level required Knowledge of BASIC and a desire to learn structured programming We welcome articles on any aspect of Reviewer Richard Vile 6502 6809 68000 hardware and software for the Apple Atari CBM PET VIC OSI TRS 80 Color Computer 6809 or 68000 Product Name ColorZAP Equip req d TRS 80C RS disk system Price 49 95 Manufacturer Software Options Inc 19 Rector Street New York NY 10006 Description ColorZAP is a BASIC program with machine language routines that allow the user to examine change or copy data on Color Computer diskettes ColorZAP will access four drives and remains in memory so that all drives 1983 Editorial Schedule are available for program use The program will display all sectors or display sectors in a given file Sectors can be verified for accuracy Month Feature Deadline for Articles April Communications December 17 Pluses ColorZAP quickly moves from sector to sector ve Camus jay dd forward or backward by pressing the or key Direct ae aaa cdd P access to any sector is allowed A cursor controlled screen June Operating Systems February 16 editor modifies individual bytes All changes are made in July Hardware March 18 memory and transferred to the disk only when you are August Word Processing April 15 ready
170. binary number passed to the in put of the R 2R network is maintained after the flow controller interface is isolated from the data bus by using CMOS 4042 latches figure 7 The latch passes a binary number from the input to the output connections upon command and then on command atches or holds that number on the output connections irrespective of what happens at the input Thus when one of the flow controller interfaces is selected a number is placed on the I O port reflecting a desired setting for the controller This number is latched so SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS 0 1 ceramic LF356 500 1K trimpot 560 0 2N2222 heat sink oH now n ow Figure 8 Schematic of the current source used to actuate the flow controllers described in the text The LOAD indicated in the schematic represents the flow controller The circuit is designed to produce a linear variation in output current from 4 mA at zero volts 0 binary to 20 mA maximum 255 binary See text for additional details MARDWARE SOFTWARE THE TACKLER DUAL MODE PARALLEL INTERFACE FOR THE APPLE 2 BOARDS IN ONE FOR NO MORE COMPATIBILITY PROBLEMS An intelligent board to provide easy control of your printer s full potential Plus a standard parallel board at the flip of a switch your assurance of compatibility with essentially all software for the APPLE Hires printing with simple keyboard commands that replace hard
171. board con sists of 48K RAM with four banks of 4K RAM addressed above the 48K limit to insure that the 48K is continuous and 52K RAM is always available It also means a ROM cartridge will never affect the availabil ity of the bank select RAM The 4K RAM banks allow for a larger hard wired RAM size and all Atari software and peripherals are compatible Price 249 95 suggested retail Available Mosaic Electronics P O Box 708 Oregon City OR 97045 800 547 2708 Name Computer Case System Commodore 64 Description CM703 holds the Commodore 64 computer one or two 1541 disk drives power supply and other equipment CM704 holds the Commodore 64 computer and dataset pro gram recorder plus other equipment These cases pro vide portability and a conven ient method of storage free MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal from possible damage and dust accumulation The computer and software are protected from tampering and unauthor ized use by replacing and lock ing the lid Price 119 00 CM703 109 00 CM704 Available Computer Case Company 5650 Indian Mound Court Columbus OH 43213 800 848 7548 Or most computer stores Name NOVADAPTER Description NOVADAPTER consists of two 25 pin D connectors 25 short wires with pins crimped on some B crimps and a hood Using the short wires you can wire between the pin positions and create the cable connection quickly Ideal for extension cables g
172. ce new delights and new challenges as you receive an original adventure on tape or disk ready to load into your computer The cost A six month membership is only 29 for the adventures on tape 4 83 each or 49 on disk 8 16 each If you re not sure you can handle six full months of excitement you can order a single adventure on tape for 7 or on disk for 10 You can choose from Black Hole Adventure Windsloe Mansion Adventure Klondike Adventure James Brand Adventure Witches Brew Adventure Arrow One Adventure Arabian Adventure Alien Adventure Treasure Island Adventure Jack the Ripper Adventure Crime Adventure James Brand Adventure Robin Hood Adventure The Mouse that Ate Chicago Adventure Around the World in 80 Day Adventure To order use coupon provided or write to Adventure of the Month 6 South Street Milford NH 03055 No 56 January 1983 ee SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS MM Microcomputer Design of Transistor Amplifiers by Andy Cornwall The class A transistor amplifier is the most common circuit in analog electronics This article presents a BASIC program that takes the mystery and tedium out of designing practical small signal amplifier stages Amplifier Designer requires BASIC written for PET but easily convertible Computer hobbyists often have a wide interest in electronics It is not unusual for a home microcomputer to be used for electronic circuit design The pro gra
173. cept in regions of x where F x is very small a general defect of the Newton Raphson method To safeguard against this rare eventuality the computer prints the answers after each stage of iteration so that a quick visual inspection can be made When this occurs a simple remedy is to re run the program with a different initial trial root In the hundreds of equations I have solved using this method I have seldom found it unworkable I ll leave it to the experts to do a rigorous analysis of the convergence and stability or other wise of the iteration It is enough to mention that the method will be inac accurate only if both the equations F x 0 and F x 0 happen to share the same root At the same time a very high level of accuracy approaching the computer s own accuracy limits ER 1076 is expected For ex ample when AIM POWER COMPUTECH All prices Postpaid Continental U S otherwise 2 credit Check the outstanding documentation supplied with AIM65 Top quality power supply designed to Rockwell s specs for fully populated AIM 65 includes overvoltage protection transient suppression metal case and power cable PSSBC A 5V 2A Reg 24V 5A Avg 2 5A Peak Unreg 64 95 Same but an extra at 5 volts to drive your extra boards PSSBC 3 5V 3A Reg 24V 5A Avg 2 5A Peak unreg 574 95 The professional s choice microcomputers AIM65 1K RAM AIM65 4K RAM
174. character size a character is 16 rows of 8 dots per row No 56 January 1983 By telling the VIC chip that character memory is located in RAM which dots are turned on or off can be controlled from a program This is how special characters are created So how does this lead to graphics you ask Good question If I were to POKE the values 0 through 255 in the first 256 screen memory locations all the possible characters would be displayed in order Now let s take a moment to look at where the bits for each character come from The first 8 by 8 square of dots an 9 comes from the first 8 bytes of character memory at the rate of 8 bits per byte The second 8 Listing 1 100 PRIHT UIC SRAFHICS DEMO 110 PRIHT EY HICK 1290 4 E REM 120 140 REM 150 160 REN 170 2 HR 16 SF RCTTHRERSOI I REM REM ZERO FUTURE D REM ALL 172 FOR M CMeRC CEMHR TETS PORE REM SET REM i REM 400 410 320 S10 TIA enn 610 620 640 enu 1000 YRE V HE 1010 2 IHTZYRI CcE 1020 1020 BY CM CH HF h 1040 EIZ7 X XE IHTGCOLu 22 1050 FOKEEvV FEEEZBEY3 OR 29 1000 REM me a gt REM 1060 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal SAVE CURRENT ENC SET MEW EMD TO 4
175. ciates Thomas H Knorr Jr 333 N Michigan Avenue Suite 707 Chicago Illinois 60601 312 726 2633 serving Ohio Oklahoma Arkansas Texas North Dakota South Dakota Nebraska Kansas Missouri Indiana Illinois lowa Michigan Wisconsin and Minnesota MIDDLE ATLANTIC AND SOUTHEASTERN STATES Dick Busch Inc Richard V Busch 6 Douglass Dr R D 4 Princeton NJ 08540 E Atlantic Beach NY 11561 201 329 2424 516 432 1955 serving New York Pennsylvania New Jersey Dela ware Maryland West Virginia Virginia D C North Carolina South Carolina Louisianna Tennessee Mis sissippi Alabama Georgia and Florida NEW ENGLAND Kevin B Rushalko Peterboro New Hampshire 03458 603 547 2970 serving Maine New Hampshire Vermont Massachu setts Rhode Island Connecticut and Kentucky ADVERTISING MANAGER Cathi Bland address materials directly to MICRO INK Advertising 34 Chelmsford Street Chelmsford Massachusetts 01824 617 256 5515 Dick Busch Inc Eleanor M Angone 74 Brookline No 56 January 1983 Advertiser s Index Aardvark Technical Services Ltd 68 ABC Data 79 Anthro Digital 24 62 Appletree 17 Ark 20 Attsci Hic ihe CERO RP PV eue Un IFC
176. concrete as a 180 day war ranty 90 days for ribbon and print head a mean time between failure rate of 5 million lines a print head life of over 100 million characters and a 100 duty cycle that allows the Gemini to print continuously Plus prompt nationwide service is readily available So if you re looking for an incredibly high quality low cost printer that s out of this world look to the manufacturer with its feet on the ground Star and the Gemini 10 Gemini 15 dot matrix printers MAKING FOR OURSELVES 1120 Empire Central Place Suite 216 Dallas TX 75247 For more information please call Bob Hazzard Vice President at 214 631 8560 SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS Listing 1 10 REM Program ROCKET 1 20 REM Copyright C 1982 30 REM 40 REM Determines flight performance of model rockets 50 REM 60 REM Altitude at burnout in meters 70 REM Velocity at burnout in meters second 80 REM Coast time and Total flight time in seconds 90 REM Maximum altitude in meters 100 REM 110 Gg 9 89665 120 DEF FNA X 130 DEF FNB X 140 REM x 150 CL CHR 11 CHR 24 160 PRINT INPUT Launch site altitude Meters H1 170 PRINT INPUT Launch site temperature Deg F K1 190 PRINT INPUT Thrust duration Seconds T1 200 PRINT INPUT Total impulse Newton seconds I1 210 PRINT INPUT Initial mass Grams M1 220 PRINT INPUT Propellan
177. constantly referring to them as MID STR drive needed 2 I also suggest opening the disk error channel in the setup module and leaving it open throughout the package since it is used often To do this leave out lines 1240 and 1242 above and change line 1241 to 1240 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal Several chores within the mail list are handled in machine language One of the most important of these is user input Using the ordinary INPUT com mand of BASIC it is fairly simple for a user to foul up data by hitting the wrong keys The mail list prevents this by monitoring the keys as they are hit and excluding those which could cause trouble The first time the user en counters this new input is in line 1180 1180 SYS 64 16 1 This line displays a row of 16 asterisks on the screen with the leftmost one flashing rapidly This area is the input field and users are forced to remain within it until they hit return The 64 is a mask to indicate which characters are allowed in the input The response is placed in the variable L Parameters for the input follow the SYS command If SYS were left out the line would cause a SYNTAX ERROR Fortunately the machine language module reads the extra characters and ups the BASIC text pointer so BASIC never sees the il legal syntax In part 6 of this series I will explain how this is done and sug gest changes for those with BASIC 2 Meanwhile those without BASIC 4 may substitut
178. continued Mnemonic Data Size CCR Name Comments Opword Format a 15 1413 32 11 10 9 8 T 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Immediate The bit number that is to be tested and changed is contained in the immediate word following the opword The effective ddress specifies the destination location The following effective address modes cannot be used 2 10 11 12 13 14 BCLR 8 32 Test a The state of a particular bit in CCR Bit and is tested and its state reflected in the Z bit of the XNZVC Clear CCR The particular bit is cleared i in He i eci cna destination opwor Format i 151413121110 9 8 1 6 5 4 3 207 BSET 8 32 Testa CCR Bit and XNZVC Set 2 3 s j The dinis specifies t location The effective address xpit personal check sonal or com for shipping 3 esidents add d phone number factory cartons with manu anty Equipment subject to price all or write for price list No 56 January 1983 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal 17 HYPERCARTRIDGE for ATARI 400 800 EPROMs ROMs lt FOR SOFTWARE DEVELOPERS AND HOBBYISTS e extend memory of 16K RAM and 32K RAM computers ecreate 16K cartridges easily with an EPROM programmer e combine ATARI9 BASIC ROMs with your own subroutines on ROM EPROM e eliminate need for disk drive and extra RAM for lengthy programs CONFIGURATIONS 1 A
179. control is illustrated using two simple experiments an air bath and a simulated chemical reaction in an industrial type chemical reactor Circuits presented include an LED training device AC power controller and PET parallel port multiplexer Part I of this series MICRO 53 53 pro vided an overview of the undergraduate Chemical Engineering laboratory pro gram at the University of Rochester Part II MICRO 55 59 focused on the use of computers for data acquisition in a laboratory environment This article emphasizes the output of signals from the computer that together with data acquisition enables you to close the loop so a process or an instrument can be controlled with a microcomputer Closing the Loop Process Control During the sophomore laboratory course students learn to generate and control digital output signals from the microcomputer A light emitting diode LED module that attaches to the parallel port of the PET computer and maps the data bus to eight LEDs is the primary tool The module is battery operated and completely self contained see figures 1 and 2 Although the module is simple its effectiveness in visualizing operator control of the out put port is remarkable With this device it is easy to demonstrate that the computer can be used to control any external device that requires sim ple on off operation The use of the LED mapping illus trates a primitive form of control in which the ey
180. cs two 16 bit timers counters an on board RF modulator and a parallel port with handshaking The SEB 2 gives OSI 48 pin BUS users an OSI hardware software compatible Disk controller and an RF modulator that can be user populated FOR OSI 1P 2 4P 2 8P C8P until now SEB 1 SEB 2 SEB 1 SEB 2 Assembled and Tested 249 00 5K RAM 239 00 1K pee Bare Board amp Manual 59 00 59 00 Kit 165 00 No RAM 199 00 No Manual only 5 00 5 00 COMING SEB 3 80 x24 Video Disk Controller C2 4 8 SEB 4 48K Memory C2 4 8 SEB 5 8K RAMiDisk Sound Clock Voice 8 Superboard Write for FREE catalog International Requests please supply 2 international Response Coupons ORION 106 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journa SOFTWARE ASSOC 310 OSSINING NY 10562 914 762 5636 No 56 January 1983 INICRO 6809 Bibliography 93 Color Computer News August 1982 Lester Lane P Mileage Monitor pg 40 42 An automotive program for the Color Computer Bogan John R Digits pg 44 45 Mix alphanumerics with your graphics programs with this program for the Color Computer Phelps Andrew Comment pg 46 48 Documentation of the next character routine of the TRS 80 Color Computer Sullivan Steve Venus Lander pg 49 54 A game for the 6809 based Color Computer Hawks Christopher R Homebrew 64K
181. cts Smooth movement is obtained by clever use of the OSI character set Some programs even let the player record his initials when he makes a new high score just like the arcades Minuses The programs with graphics are written specifically for the 1P screen and ROM BASIC These pro grams will need modification to run on any other OSI machine The keys used to move UP DOWN LEFT and RIGHT are not consistent among the various games The user will have to modify the programs to fit his particular joystick hook up The utility programs are not of wide general interest however you may find one or two that fit your needs Documentation A brief description and rules for each game are provided Program listings are available at addi tional cost Skill level required Good hand eye coordination and fast reflexes Reviewer E D Morris Product Name Basic Equip req d Apple II or Apple II Plus One disk drive Price 129 00 Manufacturer Delta Micro Systems Inc P O Box 15951 1022 Harmony Street New Orleans LA 70175 504 895 1481 Description This program development system for BASIC consists of a text editor a preprocessor a menu program and a special disk operating system that detects the presence of a special protection chip that plugs into the game I O socket of the Apple The heart of the software is a preprocessor program that accepts a program written in the Basic language a structured
182. cution speeds and a cryptic character set This article discusses APL s history and advantages with specific reference to the Waterloo version on the SuperPET Parameter Passing in Assembly Language The author describes various methods for passing parameters to and from assembly language programs The Motorola 6502 6809 68000 and National Semiconductor 16032 are emphasized EDIT A FORTH Screen Oriented Editor EDIT uses the Atari 800 display as a text window into a FORTH disk screen and allows full use of the Atari special function keys to prepare FORTH applications 20 OFF Your money goes farther when you sub scribe During the course of a year when you subscribe you save 20 in the U S i Pay only 24 00 2 00 a copy for 12 monthly issues of MICRO sent directly to your home or office in the U S MICRO 34 Chelmsford Street P O Box 6502 Chelmsford MA 01824 Please send me MICRO for 1 year __ 2 years NOTE Airmail subscriptions accepted for 1 year only Check enclosed Charge my VISA account Mastercard account No Expiration date Plus FORTH for the 6809 LISP for the APPLE OSI PROM BASIC IEEE Control with Logical Files on the PET OSI Renumber BASIC Applesoft BASIC Routine for CAI Columns APPLE Slices PET Vet From Here to ATARI CoCo Bits Departments Reviews in Brief Software and Hardware Catalogs New Publications FORTH Data Sheet More MICRO f
183. d of schedule procedure initialize var newtime integer begin departcount f arrivecount queuelength 9 maxqueuelength time 0 oldtime 0 oldqueuelength eventcounter time 0 timequeuelength 9 9 head nil p nil oldptr nil q nil schedule the initial event newtime time round rnexp 1 uariv schedule a newtime randomize the random number generator this 1s how to do it on the APPLE randomize end procedure statistics this collects the statistics begin if you want LOTS of output you can remove the comment symbols around the following if kindofevent a then write arrival else write departure writeln at time seconds update the event counters eventcounter eventcounter 1 if kindofevent a then arrivecount arrivecount 1 else departcount departcount 1 update the queuelength if maxqueuelength lt queuelength then maxqueuelength queuelength update the time averaged queuelength timequeuelength timequeuelength time oldtime x oldqueuelength update the accumulation stuff oldqueuelength queuelength oldtime time end of statistics procedure makereport this procedure reports all of the results Continued on next page MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal 23 SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS Program Bank continued Program Bank
184. d in industry for determining how products will stand up to various kinds of stress Discrete Event Simulation by Anita and Bill Walker p 21 discusses techniques that can be applied to simula tion programming with a microcomputer The Walkers use as an example a program written for the Apple I that simulates the flow of customers in a bank line Rocket I a program by David Eagle 31 predicts the perfor mance of a model rocket engine given its specifications Sun and by Svend Ostrup p 35 is a high resolution simulation of the apparent orbits of the sun and moon with respect to the earth Phases of the moon are simulated along with lunar and solar eclipses In this month s editorial Editor in Chief Bob Tripp describes his experience with simulations Accompanying our simulation feature are applications a more familiar use of the computer The computer s use in a non computer activity may be as little as perform ing calculations or as much as actually operating a scien tific experiment The second part of Jim Strasma s series on package pro gramming using the CBM disk operating system It s All Relative Part 2 page 52 will be of particular interest to the business user Engineering applications are included in Andrew Cornwall s Microcomputer Design of Transistor Amplifiers p 59 and Microcomputers a College Teaching Laboratory by Thor Olsen et al p 38 In
185. dW2 aans xis usr XdWO Yody vuoa WLS yug dans 085 VdWO vans a XIS vaav VHO voav vyoa avis a viia a VONY a aans voas VdWO a vans ysg vady voav 4 vHO3 vla VANY 8 vogss VdWO 4 vans 6089 OUDIW nuu Ll a za ene LOA LNIOd 1331 3SAOn wig 403 HHO oSv WA NO 85 15 N31 viva 33d Jl NIS 3513 usn 59 o9 INI 21578 161 86 251 16 191 96 091 S6 6 gri 6 n 26 orl 18 Stt 06 52 38 39 21 17 o8 orl 98 ve 68 m 99 18 sei 98 vti 58 ZEL LEL cg 18 6 08 m i E 3 a r T E F z 8 m g 3 LU ul al 46 691 36 891 Q6 451 lt m 9 D il m uU i a ueelosg XeH o udsJ5 eweg 3 419 151 JONI 3 3 10H 315115 5 3 HOY 3us1 3 WOOD 3 419 awe 151 ISSY usv ust WOO 18479 18151 8ONI 18104 8751 851
186. ders give us some feedback about SoftSide Hints amp Enhancements programmers and readers provide us with enhancements to our programs and programming tips Use coupon to order Mail to SoftSide Publica tions 6 South St Milford NH 03055 As you can see you ll receive pages and pages of information and entertainment from SoftSide Here s the best part A subscription to SoftSide is just 24 a year That s 12 issues for only 2 each What a value oking For Quality Software READ THIS If the high price of commercial soft ware and the lack of clear information about your microcomputer has got you down here s the solution you ve been waiting for SoftSide Magazine SoftSide is a favorite of computer users and hobbyists alike They rely on it as a prime source of programs reviews and articles for the Ap ple ATARI9 and TRS 80 microcomputers SoftSide is the magazine for the microcom puter owner who wants to learn BASIC pro gramming learn MORE about BASIC pro gramming or just wants to have FUN SoftSide gives you the BASIC code listings of several programs adventures utilities games simulations you name it for your computer EVERY MONTH There s more Reviews of the software and hard ware products you want to know about 9 Articles about all aspects of BASIC programming Tutorials on graphics use of im portant commands and more 9 Programs
187. designed for the Commodore PET CBM Rockwell AIM and Synertek SYM It features high performance simple reliable design and IBM for mat SOFTWARE FOR PEDISK II 1295 COPYWRITER Pro Word 185 MAE Macro Assembler Editor by EHS 170 FLEXFILE Data Base Manager 80 PAPERMATE Word Processor 60 DISK UTILITY FASTFILE Data Base s FILEX IBM Access Routines MENU LOAD fullFORTH Commodore Communicates COMPACK 129 Intelligent Teminal Package including ACIA based interface DB25 cable STCP software v Remote Telemetry XON XOFF Control v Transfer to fr Disk User Program Cntl v Printer Output Status Line 139 COLOR CHART AIM SYM system video display 64 x 16 characters 8 colors plugs into ROM socket 4K RAM Multiple modes semi graphics alpha PET CBM color graphic display 128 x 192 pixels generate color bar graphs on one screen with data on main screen RS170 video color chart 6847 based video output COLOR VIDEO FOR PET CBM AIM SYM ROMSWITCH 4 ROMS IN 1 SPACEMAKER 39 95 Switch 4 ROMs into the same socket A slide switch activates one of four Electronic controls insure no glitches and allow ROM switching under soft ware control ROMs can be switched from the keyboard fullFORTH for APPLE PET FULL FIG FORTH implementation plus
188. e ADD ONS for ATARI PRINTER INTERFACE This construction article comes with printed circuit board and software You can use the EPSON printer without the ATARI printer interface Works with gameports 3 and 4 Order 227211 19 95 RS 232 Interface for your ATARI 400 800 Software with connector and construction article Order 77291 19 95 EPROM BURNER for ATARI 400 800 Works with gameports No additional power supply needed Comes compl assembled with software 2716 2732 2532 Order 7042 EPROM BURNER for ATARI 400 800 KIT Printed circuit board inct Software and extensive construction article Order 7292 49 00 EPROM BOARD CARTRIDGE Holds two 4k EPROMs 2532 EPROMs not included Order 7043 179 00 EPROM BOARD KIT Same as above but bare board only with description Order 7224 14 95 ATARI VIC 20 Sinclair Timex and OSI New for your ATARI 400 800 Astrology and Biorythm for ATARI cass or disk Order 7223 29 95 Birth control with the ATARI Knaus Ogino Order 7222 cass or disk 29 95 Books Software for 20 requires RAM Exp 4870 Wordprocessor for VIC 20 8k RAM 19 95 4883 Mailing List for VIC 20 16k RAM 7141 Tricksfor VICs The VICstory Progr 4880 TIC TAC VIC 4881 GAMEPACK 3 Games 4885 Dual Joystick Instruction INPUT OUTPUT Programming with your VIC Order 4886 4896 Miniassembler for VIC 20 4881 Tennis Squash Break 4894 Runfili for VIC Universal Expe
189. e Cartridge there are two good sources One is Atari BASIC by Albrecht Finkel and Brown Wiley 1979 which is written to teach you how to program in BASIC The BASIC Refer ence Manual from Atari outlines the available BASIC commands and has some handy reference tables One table labeled Memory Locations provides vectors shadow locations and hardware locations that you can PEEK or POKE for special actions These two books come with the BASIC cartridge in a programmer s kit from Atari Your next step in acquiring litera ture from Atari is a reference book called De Re Atari which was written by several Atari staff members and is available at most computer stores that carry the Atari In addition to the fea tures I listed above this book also ex plains how Atari BASIC uses memory then does the same for the resident operating system and disk operating system Other topics include vertical blank interrupts cassette operations television artifacts and the GTIA chip if you aren t familiar with this chip you are in for a pleasant surprise In the middle of digesting De Re Atari you will probably become in terested in machine language I know of no machine language book available from Atari but almost any book on the No 56 January 1983 6502 should work I use Programming the 6502 by Rodnay Zaks Sybex 1978 Another is Lance Leventhal s 6502 Assembly Language Program ming Osborne McGraw Hill 19
190. e You will need superior maneuvering ability great courage and a welcome aquatic ally to survive Price 29 95 Author Ed Hobbs Available Broderbund Software Inc 1938 Fourth Street San Rafael CA 94901 1415 456 6424 Continued dios S ite PNE des Software Catalog continued Name DSS F Decision Support System Finance System Apple Memory 64K Language Pascal Hardware Disk drive serial interface Hewlett Packard one two four and eight pen plotters or Houston Instrument plotters Description Micro Decision Support System Finance DSS F is a financial model ing and graphics system that assists managers planners and others with no previous computer knowledge to per form financial forecasting and reporting investment analy sis cash flow forecasting budgeting consolidations and strategic planning Features in clude English modeling lan guage financial function graphics report generator and sophisticated power Price 1500 00 Includes manuals software and support Available Ferox Microsystems 1701 N Fort Myer Drive Arlington VA 22209 Attn Phil Evans 703 841 0800 Name Real Estate Analysis Package REAP System Apple Apple Plus Memory 48K Hardware One disk drive and printer Description The Real Estate Analysis Package performs property income analysis cal culates after tax results if sold or exchanged highlights
191. e 160 by 176 dot graphics 68000 Shift Rotate and Bit Manipulation 1 5 1 5 5 Joe Hootman More detailed coverage of the 68000 MATH Extending Newton Raphson s Method to Evaluate 1 Complex Roots sotto a P P Ong Compute the complex roots of a polynomial equation 76 Signed Binary Multiplication is Unsigned Timothy Stryker Put this mathematical curiosity to work 78 APPLE Math Robert D Walker Easy construction editing and printing of mathematical formulas 86 Using Long Integers for BCD Numbers in Pascal David C Oshel Bullet proof string conversion MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal 5 E um E 23 Emulates these terminals exactly 3101 DEC VT100 VT52 Data General 0200 ADDS Regent 20 25 40 Hazeltine 1400 1410 1500 Lear Siegler ADM 3A ADM 5 TeleVideo 910 Teletype Model 33 KSR Apple is a trademark ol Apple Computer Inc Your host compute won t know the difference Softerm provides an exact terminal emulation for a wide range of CRT terminals which interface to a variety of host computer systems Special function keys sophisticated editing features even local printer capabilities of the terminals emulated by Softerm are fully supported Softerm operates with even the most discriminating host computer applications including video editors And at speeds up to 9600 baud usi
192. e III Memory 48K minimum Apple II 128K minimum Apple III Language BASIC and 6502 machine language Hardware At least one disk drive printer optional Description OMNIPACK con sists of three separate pro grams for which data files are fully interchangeable OMNI FILE is a powerful RAM based file management system and report generator with global editing built in statistical functions and flexible output formatting OMNIGRAPH is a versatile data plotting program for constructing X Y plots bar charts and pie charts OMNI TREND is a powerful multiple regression trend analysis program Price 129 95 Apple II 169 95 Apple III Includes two diskettes and user s manual Author M K Booker Available Educational Computing Systems 136 Fairbanks Road Oak Ridge TN 37839 615 483 4915 Name A S A P System Apple II Apple II Plus Memory 48K Language Apple Run Time Environment for Pascal Hardware One disk drive 54 THE MILL 6809 co processor Description The system aliows a wide variety of popular programs to utilize the power of THE MILL Similar to the Pascal Speed Up System A S A P works with software intended for the Run Time En vironment including PFS and VisiSchedule It increases speed in processing compila tion and printing Price 295 00 Includes A S A P software and THE MILL Author SB Programming Available Stellation Two The Lobero Bldg P O Box 2342 Santa Barbar
193. e acts as a sensor and the 38 operator can respond manually to an er ror by making a change to correct the situation This is in fact a form of open loop control For laboratory and engineering purposes however the im plementation of automatic so called closed loop control is of more interest In closed loop control the operator de fines a quantity called the process vari able such as the temperature and selects a desired value the set point at which this variable should be main tained The difference between the pro cess variable and the set point i e the error is used to determine how the de vice that influences the process vari able should respond to correct the error The home thermostat is a simple form of control it controls the room temperature the process variable simply by turning the heater or air con ditioner on and off As is commonly ex perienced with this type of control the room temperature will vary automati cally and continuously about the set point Without intelligent devices it is difficult and expensive to utilize more sophisticated control strategies which would give less variation about the set point The microcomputer however is an ideal device for such tasks as it can be used in complex decision making modes In contrast to conventional analog control devices where the con trol strategy often is implemented by mechanical means the microcomputer allows strategy to be easil
194. e addressing modes will be covered in future issues MICRO Announcing THE GUIDE A Complete Guide to the Apple Computer If You Own the Original What s Where in the APPLE You Will Want THE GUIDE only 9 95 The Guide provides full explanatory text to lead you through the most complete Apple memory map ever published MICRO makes it easy to order Send check payable to MICRO to THE GUIDE The Guide explains and demonstrates how to use the atlas and gazeteer published in the original volume Add 2 00 shipping per book MA residents add 5 MICRO INK P 0 Box 6502 Chelmsford MA 01824 Call our toll free number 1 800 345 8112 In PA 1 800 662 2444 VISA and MasterCard accepted MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal No 56 January 1983 INICRO From Here To Atari By Paul S Swanson This month s column covers technical literature available for Atari com puters The term technical of course means different things depending on your programming level of expertise For non programmers who want to learn there is one general book on the market that provides a good introduc tion to programming This book Karel the Robot by Richard E Pattis Wiley 1981 was intended as an introduction to Pascal but is well written as an in troduction to almost any computer language For those who already know some thing about programming and own an Atari computer and a BASIC Languag
195. e an INPUT statement 1180 INPUT 1 1181 IF LEN 1 gt 16 THEN UP GOTO 1180 The CURSOR UP returns overlong in puts to the original line to be redone As soon as the diskette is formatted about a 20 second process on a 4040 drive the relative file is created by line 1260 1260 DOPENfH F D DD L RL ON U UN No 56 January 1983 nn SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS The L parameter tells DOS that this is a relative file If the file already exists it will be opened for use However if the file on the diskette has a different value for L than line 1260 a DOS error will result To prevent any possibility of this line 1260 is the only place in the mail list where L is set Everywhere else the value stored by the disk is used This shortens the program slightly but more important it eliminates a poten tial error The value RL contains the desired record length for the file preset by the setup module Currently it is set at 150 characters including all carriage return characters This is not enough to allow the user to fill every field in the record to its maximum length However this is rarely a problem since only the part of each field actually used is added to the record length along with a leading quotation mark and a trailing carriage return Most addresses can be written easily in under 150 char acters leaving room on the diskette for more records If the concept of files records and fields is
196. e eight components collector resistor R emitter resistor voltage adjusting resistor R two base bias resistors and R and three capacitors input output and bypass The values of these eight components are calculated by the program Also included in the schematic is load impedence the input impedence of the circuit or Listing 1 REM VERSION EXP n PROGRAM FOR CLASS AMPLIFIER CESIGH BY CORNWALL 66 LANORACE CRES DARTMOUTH K z WITH LOAD FL 2 X GHIHM REDUCED BY SL HIGHER GAIR C r1 2 LOM TRANS B D c15 RRISE TRANS 67 C czo TRRHS IHTERH RESIS 0 2 430 psc 36 16 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 21 e a 9 e e e a LOM SUPPLY VOLTS RAISE SUP VOLT NL NUN OPERAT IHG M 5 REM APPROX J 10 REM BIAS RES 38 REM EMIT FRIMT SEHTER AMPLIFIER INPUT SUPPLY VOLTAGE YCC INPUT SITRAMSISTOR INPUT OUTPUT IMPEDEHCE 47 IMPEDEHCE RK 2 SIGHAL FREG 20 INPUT SAK INPUT VOLTAGE INPUT OF SELECT GAIN IF G 2 S THEH 438 456 PRINT IA GUTPUT YOLTAGE 450 G zV VI REM DESIRED GRIN S36 GO G MICRO
197. e for which the computer would be very efficient otherwise An illuminating consequential trend is found in the usage of the well known Newton Raphson numerical procedure to solve an algebraic equation With the widespread use of the micro this No 56 January 1983 method has become so popular that it has by and large superseded the more conventional method of resorting to complicated mathematics to produce exact solutions The greater accuracy of the latter method is not always re quired for real life problems in any case there is often no possible solution by the exact method A standard Newton Raphson pro cedure for complex roots is also available e g see W E Grove Brief Numerical Methods Prentice Hall 1966 pp 9 14 yet it is seldom used in practice This is because the numerical evaluations usually become too protracted and rarely conclude suc cessfully In fact very few textbooks on numerical analysis treat complex root evaluations seriously I have developed a system to extend Newton Raphson s method using de Moivre s theorem It is now my stan dard routine and is applicable for both real and complex roots of any poly nomial equation with real coefficients The computer itself does not need to handle complex quantities only standard trigonometric functions such as sine cosine and arc tangent which are all built in BASIC functions A detailed mathematical formula tion is presented for those who
198. e is required The said condition however is not sufficient for an eclipse to occur If it were we would have an eclipse every fortnight In the case of a lunar eclipse the moon must pass through the shadow of Earth not above or below itl Earth and moon must thus be in line within certain limits This hap pens only when the sun and thus also the moon are sufficiently close to one Sun and Moon Listing 10 REM SUN amp MOON 20 REM BY SVEND STRUP 30 REM x LINDEVANGSVEJ 12 40 REM 3460 BIRKER D 50 REM DENMARK 100 REM SET LOMEM AND OR HIMEM IF NEEDED 105 REM Arrays X Y and A contain plotting coordinates 110 DIM X 4 2 DIM Y 4 2 DIM A 4 2 DIM S 12 120 GOTO 6000 199 REM Calculate andgle VV from coordinates XX YY by ATN 200 IF XX AND YY gt THEN VV PI RETURN 210 IF AND YY lt THEN VV 3 x PI 2 RETURN 220 VV YY XX 230 IF XX lt THEN VV VV PI 240 RETURN 290 REM Calculate Coordinates and Angle 200 2 8 0 0 2 210 MA V O E1 MA 320 EA MA E x SIN E1 of the nodes Therefore conditions of eclipses are studied by investigating whether or not the sun is sufficiently close to one of the nodes at the moment when the sun and moon are in conjunc tion or opposition The location of the perigee is of in terest when judging the extent of cen tral solar eclipses Will they be total or annular Remember that the
199. e output file Line 90 goes back for the next program line This is not a particularly friendly program in that it simply stops on er rors and requires the file names to be written into the program But it will get the job done After the file is up in Waterloo BASIC it will probably not run right away You ll need to do light to moderate editing Numerical Rounding Chuck Muhleman Computer ease Box 806 Marion IN 46952 You may calculate numbers properly using all possible digits internal to a computer or calculator You should not state the answer with all the digits shown The accuracy of any answer is only as good as the accuracy of the least accurate input to the problem Thus when the calculation is completed the answer usually must be rounded to show the proper accuracy I say usually because some calculations give exact values 2 3 or 2 33 3 6 99 When you do a series of calculations involving several formulae the answer Bailey Conversion Routine B z PRINTSS LEFT GoTo4a by Jerry D Bailey by Chuck Muhleman Short Subjects should be rounded For financial prob lems such as computing an amorti zation table the answer should be rounded to the nearest cent For in stance in an amortization computation the interest due for a specific month is computed rounded to the nearest cent subtracted from the monthly payment and the balance applied to the prin
200. e sum of terms in volving proportionality time integral and time derivative of the error PID although the hardware is unchanged The additional computations relative Temperature to proportional control present no problem for the microcomputer even when controlling a device with as short response times as the air bath The response to this project has been gratifying The students apply the material they have learned during the semester and acquire confidence in the use of the computer in a laboratory en vironment The concept of the com puter being a tool is re emphasized by its use in the solution of a realistic engineering problem Figure 5 High resolution dot matrix printer output from an air bath experiment The straight center line represents the set point temperature the trace is the actual temperature in the bath and the load markings Indicate when the damper was opened and closed respectively see text The time between the two load markings approximately 12 minutes The time for the bath to respond to a load change typically around 5 10 seconds The type of control procedure used in this experi ment was PID proportional integral derivative See reference 3 for details concern Ing control strategies 40 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS EBENEN The Continuous Stirred Tank Reactor The air bath just described plays an important role in the students
201. e the function to produce longer sequences before it repeats itself The function RNEXP is used to generate numbers with an exponential distribution whose average is U This distribution is often more useful in simulation than the uniform distribution of RND Since the function RNEXP depends on the function RND the exponential distribution generator will also repeat after a short sequence If you have a random number generator available for your machine the func tion RNEXP can be used directly Other Tools Other necessary tools include pro cedures to accomplish an action demanded by an event to keep statistics on the state of the system after each event and to report the final results of the simulation These tools are ex ceedingly sensitive to the nature of the MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS actual system being simulated and as a rule cannot be generalized How to Write a Simulation Program Although each simulation program is different it is possible to make a few general statements First an event is something that causes the state of a system a set of data to change Note that we are talking about discrete simulations only For example con sider the case of a line of people waiting for service at a bank teller s window At any given point in time the system state is completely described by count ing the number of people in the line The state changes when someone
202. e variable DELAY was set to zero Thus every unit of time counted by the USR functions represents 37 machine cycles Since the Atari 800 runs with a clock frequency of 1 79 MHz this loop has a resolution of 20 67 microseconds To accurately use the timing loop all video Direct Memory Access and Atari operating system interrupts must be disabled For a complete ex planation refer to my previous article A D Conversion Using a 555 Timer IC MICRO 52 14 as well as the manuals Atari Operating System User s Manual and Atari Hardware Manual The second function of SHUTTER Velocity allows the user to measure the velocity of the focal plane shutter curtain and compute the value of ER ROR The Velocity function uses the calibration distance CDIST which TIRED OF TYPING MICRO has the solution Order a diskette of three recent utility programs for the Apple For only 10 00 plus 2 00 shipping and handling you will receive a DOS 3 3 diskette containing the assembled listings of Applesoft Variable Dump by Philippe Francois MICRO April 1982 Straightforward Garbage tion for the Apple by Cornelis Bongers MICRO August 1982 COMPRESS by Barton Bauers MICRO October 1982 Please send check money order or VISA or MasterCard number Only prepaid orders accepted If you missed the above issues of MICRO they can be ordered now Include 2 50 for each issue Send orders to Apple Utility Disk MICR
203. e without notice No 56 January 1983 ES SIM ULATIONS APPLICATIONS Measurement of a 35mm Focal Plane Shutter by Mike Dougherty The program SHUTTER uses inexpensive hardware to measure the accuracy and repeatability of the focal plane shutter found in most single Jens reflex cameras SHUTTER requires Atari 800 may be modified for others and a few electronic components Acting as the logic controller for hard ware sensors a computer can be used to measure events beyond human capa bilities One such event is the move ment of a camera s focal plane shutter A typical focal plane shutter is capable of exposing film from 1 1000th of a second to a full second However it is difficult to determine the shutter s ac curacy The following program accom panied by simple hardware gives the computer photographer hobbiest a means to measure the accuracy and re liability of a focal plane shutter Although SHUTTER was written for an Atari 800 personal computer the basic concepts are transportable to other sys tems and the program can be converted Definitions A focal plane shutter consists of two opaque curtains that move in front of the photographic film Light comes through these curtains which form a window or opening and strikes the film The amount of exposure is deter mined by the distance between the two curtains and the speed that the curtains move across the film Looking from the back
204. eck Plus conversation mode Only one package needed for transfers Compatable with all DOS file types requires Hayes Micro Modem 59 00 THE APPLE CARD ATARI CARD Two sided 100 plastic reference card Loaded with information of interest to all Apple and Atari Owners 3 98 NIBBLES AWAY II AGAIN Ahead of all others e AUTO LOAD PARAMETERS Free s the user from having to Manually Key in Param values used with the more popular software packages available for the Apple Il e EXPANDED USER MANUAL incorporates new Tutorials for all levels of expertice Beginners Flowchart for where do begin to Advanced Disk Analysis is included TRACK SECTOR EDITOR An all new Track Sector Editor including the following features Read Write Insert Delete Search and impressive Print capabilities e DISK DIAGNOSTICS Checks such things as Drive Speed Diskette Media Reliability and Erasing Diskettes e HIGHEST RATED Best back up Program in Softalk Poil Rated 8 25 out of 10 e CONTINUAL UPDATES avaitabie from Computer Applications and new listings on the source 69 95 Dealer and Distributor Inquiries Invited me IGRO MARE DIST ING 201 838 9027 No 56 January 1983 ee SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS 54 60 2 o n e wo 0 at Figure 9 Typical high resolution dot matrix printer output from a control experiment using the CS
205. effrey R Weber Weber Systems 8437 Mayfield Road Cleveland OH 44026 1982 324 pages paperback ISBN 0 9604892 8 2 14 95 Basic BASIC English Dictionary for the Apple PET and TRS 80 by Larry Noonan dilithium Press Beaverton ORJ 1982 150 pages paperback ISBN 0 918398 54 1 10 95 93 INICRO Reviews in Brief Product Name The Disk Doctor Equip req d TRS 80C disk 32K Price 49 95 Manufacturer Superior Graphic Software 406 Little Mountain Road Waynesville NC 28786 Description The Disk Doctor is disk salvage program for the Color Computer The doctor will assist in transferring files from a crashed disk onto a different disk Programs can be recovered even if the disk directory and allocation tables have been destroyed Included with the package are an eight page operation guide a sample crashed disk and the system disk Disk Doctor is written in BASIC and can be easily modified Pluses The program is capable of reconstructing lost disk files in their entirety no matter what their file type Run ning Disk Doctor on machine language files before the disk crashes gives a printout of ML start end and execute addresses A wealth of information on preventative main tenance of disks is provided Minuses The Disk Doctor has only one minor limitation when salvaging a file larger than 12 288 bytes and you try to continue the transfer operation past the last graphics
206. egin Truncate extra digits right of radix J Pos Radix Temp If J lt gt then Begin If Lengtn Temp J 1 gt Rightsize then Temp Copy Temp 1 J Rightsize End End Truncate Procedure Goodstring Shift all chars that belong in legal Bed numbers into a temporary string accumulator amp chop the remainder VAR Okset Charset Begin Goodstring Okset Numeric Radix Ignore commas etc For I 1 to Len do Begin If Numstr I Okset then Begin If Numstr I in 4 then Begin Okset Okset If Numstr I then Minus True End Else If Numstr I in Numeric Radix then Begin If Numstr I Radix then Okset Okset Radix Ti 1 Numstr I Temp Concat Temp T1 End End End End Goodstring Procedure Normalize Begin While J lt Rightsize do Begin Bed Bed x19 J J 1 End End Normalize Begin Bedval BCDVAL False Numeric 0 9 SPACE Temp NULL No 56 January 1983 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal BCDNUMS Demo continued Bed 9 Len Length Numstr Minus If Len then Exit Bcdval If Rightsize lt or Rightsize gt Maxlint then Rightsize 9 Goodstring Zap spaces commas any extre garbage If Length Temp Rightsize gt Maxlint then Valerr Truncate Drop extra digits on the right Len Length Temp New length If Len 9 or Temp Radix then Exi
207. ender changers and null modems It replaces all existing cables with 25 pin D connectors Price 30 00 Available Innovative Supplies amp Accessories Inc P O Box 61149 Dallas TX 75261 214 641 8090 Name ROM Simulator Description This is a new fast responding ROM simulator that is capable of emulating virtually any ROM program mable ROM or erasable PROM The simulator oc cupies one card slot of any IEEE standard S100 bus com puter The P amp E board also simulates memory response time for experimenting with various timing possibilities When not in use as a simu lator the board can function as additional RAM for the micro processor or as an I O port driven memory extension unit Price 600 00 Includes 2K RAM and complete manual Available P amp E Microcomputer Systems Inc P O Box 2044 Woburn MA 01880 617 944 7585 No 56 January 1983 Hardware Catalog continued Name PET Joystick Interface System Description This versatile in terface card adds joystick pad dle capabilities to all PET CBM computers The device enables the PET to accept in put directly from two Apple joysticks four Apple game paddles or two Atari joysticks The interface is complete and ready to plug into the user port All modes of operation are software selectable The device features short access time less than 10 milli seconds joystick and high resolution digitization gre
208. ent Mailing by Michaei APPLE CONCORDANCE Track Variable and Line s b LOW SCORE II Strategy Game by Rudy A Guy HOW TO WRITE GAMES THAT LAST by Mike Harvey IMPROVING THE MULTIPLE ARRAY SORT by Rick Coni APPLE UPPER LOWER CASE PRINTING by Mike Harvey WILL O THE WISP High Adventure by Mark Capella NIFFUM DOS 3 3 to 3 2 Conversion by C J Thompson BLAST AWAY Lo Res Shooting Gallery by Andrew Be FUN WITH MONITOR How to Enter Assembly Languac ORDER NOW All programs and Articles are centered on the Apple Computer family NIBBLE P O Box 325 01773 Yest 1 want NIBBLE EXPRESS Vol 1 in my library Here s my Check O Money order for 12 95 plus 1 75 postage handling Outside U S add 2 75 Surface Mail or 55 00 Airmail Also send me NIBBLE EXPRESS Vol 2 at 14 95 plus 175 postage handling Outside U S add 2 75 Sur face Mail or 55 00 Airmail Master Card amp Visa Accepted Card PLEASE PRINT CLEARLY Signature Expires Telephone Name Street City ______ State__Zip Yaur check or money order must accompany your order to qualify Outside U S Checks must be drawn a U S Bank Apple trademark of Apple Computer N 2 SAR PRAIRIES computer mail order Non Ram N BK STIT 810 Disk Drive 822 Printer 825 Printer
209. ephen G Color Scripsit Word processing for the TRS 80 Color Computer Barden William Jr Color Computer on Parade Part pg 82 87 All about graphics on the 6809 based Color Computer Stark Peter A Income Tax Estimator pg 168 182 Use your 6809 based Color Computer for the IRS IAICRO MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal 107 In The Beginning Was The MICROCOCCUS MICROLITER micrococcus mi kro kok us a microscopic organism of a round form Microcomputing mi kro kom put ing n Gr mikros small and L computo to calculate The multi system monthly journal for computer enthusiasts containing all the information needed to turn your microcomputer into a powerful machine Includes dozens of new pro grams articles on innovative computer applications buyer s guides new programming techniques accurate reviews of hardware and software complete coverage of new products tips on your system s hidden capabilities hardware modifications tutorials utilities book reviews industry news Plus features on computers in business science education and games Written in understandable language by experts in the field of com puting Special emphasis is placed on the Apple Atari Commodore Heath and IBM systems but not to the ex clusion of other systems Ed note 4A one year subscription to MICROCOM PUTING is only 24 97 Call 1 800 258 5473 Or send in the coupon bel
210. es Data Products i tormeriy ABM 8868 CLAIREMONT MESA BLVD SAN DIEGO CALIFORNIA 92123 ORDERS ONLY 800 850 1555 INFORMATION 619 268 3537 ITT TELEX 4992217 79 PRINT was specifically written for the Epson MX 80 equipped with Graftrax This procedure takes about 100 seconds to print the formula display area of the screen The C lear command is used to erase the current formula from the screen This allows the user to start from scratch The Q uit command simply verifies that the user wants to quit the program Conclusions This program has the capacity for future expansion For instance an am bitious programmer might include a procedure for drawing variable size symbols such as parentheses and brackets In addition you might want to rewrite the editing procedure so that characters could be erased in any order Both of these modifications increase the size of the program dramatically You may contact the author at 2850 Delk Rd Apt 2B Marietta GA 30067 Listing 2 MATHCREATE TEXT x L PRINTER 33090900 0700070 8O7XHOWYOHOO EHOHOOIBOIOOOIKOOOOUOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOUOOHOHOOHOOOOOOOOOOHOGOG OO This program creates the 5 file from the MATHSET TEXT file MATHSET DATA file is used by MATH EDITOR ppipgea aped eded eddd dedpep pgd dOHOHOHOOHHOHOOBOBUBHOOHOOUOOHOOHOUHOUOOUOOOOOOOHOHOBOHOHBE
211. es screen can go from 32 x 16 alphanumerics to 256 x 192 point graphics in 11 software selectable modes The standard video of your computer is left intact so that none of your current software library is outmoded Use the graphics for Business Scientific Education or Gaming displays that were impossible columns handle 50 Hz European formats accomodate custom characters or character cell sizes larger or smaller than 8x8 and transparently access the screen to eliminate screen glitches In short the SEB 3 will meet any demands your system may place on it now and in the future The SEB 3 also supports an OSt style floppy disk interface which can handle two 5 or 8 drives Like all of the boards in the SEB series the SEB 3 simply plugs to your machine there are absolutely NO hardware changes The SEB 3 is designed to replace your outmoded 540 board so you don t even lose a backplane slot Your keyboard input now also plugs into the SEB 3 load one of the software drivers and you re ready to go SEB 3 Assembled 259 00 Bare Board 59 00 Manual only 5 00 Kit 220 00 Installation of either board requires absolutely NO modification of your computer they just plug in Nor do they preclude your using any other OSI compatible hardware or software In addition to the Hi Res Graphics the SEB 1 gives C1 amp Superboard users 16K of additional user memory over and above that memory devoted to the graphi
212. et p 69 offers more observations on the new Commodore 64 and some how to information on transferring programs from one Commodore machine to another Bits by John Steiner p 92 provides news relating to the Color Computer lists several programming books and discusses the set up for a high resolution graphics display Tim Osborn in Slices 64 presents a program ALTERNATE INDEX that expands the capabilities of BINARY SEARCH a program discussed in his previous column MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal 3 INDUSTRIAL CONTROL MICROCOMPUTERS 6502 AND Z80 MICROCOMPUTERS ARE DEDICATED COM PUTERS DESIGNED FOR CONTROL FUNCTIONS THESE BOARDS FEATURE e 4096 BYTES EPROM e 1024 BYTES RAM ALL BOARDS INCLUDE COMPLETE DOCUMENTATION 50 PIN CONNECTOR INCLUDED e EPROM AVAILABLE SEPARATELY 8502 MICRO 80 163 Ld 5 z a E 5 3 z x Led 2 gt amp 9 JOHN BELL ENGINEERING S 6502 MICROCOMPUTER FEATURES OCOMPUTER FEATURES e 1024 BYTES RAM i SOFTWARE COMPATIBLE WITH e 4096 BYTES EPROM USES ONE 6522 VIA 2 8 BIDIRECTIO 216 BIT PROGRA COUNTERS e SERIAL DATA POR LATCHED I O WIT AND CMOS 80 153A LIST 100 499 EPROM NOT INCLUDED 110 95 66 57 780 PIO DOC INCL 2 8 BIT BIDIRECTION LIST 100 499 YOUR HOME HEAT CONE e
213. eters to be used Online Update Service The Softronics Online Update Service is pro vided as an additional support service at no additional cost to Softerm users Its purpose is to allow fast turnaround of Softerm program fixes for user reported problems using the automatic patch facility included in Softerm as well as a convenient distribution method for additional terminal emulations and 1 0 drivers which become available User correspondence cari be electronically mailed to Softronics and user contributed keyboard macros file transfer macros and host adaptations of the Softrans FORTRAN 77 program are available on line Most advanced communications software available Just check Softerm s 300 page user manual You simply can t buy a more sophisticated package or one that s easier to use Available now for only 150 from your local dealer or Softronics Inc SEIFTRONICS 6626 Prince Edward Memphis TN 38119 901 755 5006 No 56 January 1983 About the Cover OF SEIERS CURRENT EXTRALIFT LIMITED TICKETS 4 2 4 19 28 WAITING TIME IN MINUTES The skier on our cover this month flies gracefully down a snowy Waterville Valley slope His face reflects the ex hilaration every skier feels while out in the sun and crisp air See our editorial for a discussion on queuing something many downhillers experience before they hit the slopes Cover photo by Joan Eaton Waterville Valley
214. ets inbetween Caretuliy designed 5 and GND planes provide tor the minimum electrica noise low impedance hi capacitance and maximum versatility in the layout of IC s capacitors discretes and 1 0 connectors that allows you to see what is on the disk modify it and if possible recreate it Menu driven ColorZAP is extremely easy to use and well documented A good offering The RAINBOW September 1982 About the manual A 24 page manual is included that describes program operation in detail also provides valuable information on the important disk system pa rameters MICRO December 1982 For the TRS 80 Color Computer Available on disk with an accom panying manual from Software Options 19 Rector Street New York N Y 10006 212 785 8285 Toll free order line 800 224 1624 Price 49 95 plus 2 00 per order shipping and handling New York State residents add sales SOFTWARE fax Visa Mastercard accepted OPTIONS INC Wire wrap technique documentation inctuded Terms 45 00 6 Cal Res tax 2 00 S amp H All payments must be in U S lunds drawn ona U S bank Outside U S add 10 Cashier check money order allow 30 day ARO Personal checks add 2 weeks No credit cards or cash Please Spectrum Systems P D Box 2262 Santa Barbara Ca 93120 89029209944 TEERREHET 959 Apple il is a trademark of Apple Computers 80 MICRO The 6502 6809 Jour
215. event count exceeding 500 How to Make Use of the Simulation Program Run the program many times so the random number generators provide dif ferrent sequences of events each time This is usually accomplished simply by changing the SEED of the function Each run of the program provides a number that represents the maximum length of the queue during that run If you run the program ten times you have ten different numbers An average of these numbers gives you meaningful data about what to expect from the ac tual physical situation The results of a single simulation run however are unlikely to provide much information No 56 January 1983 Figure 2 Trial Average Maximum Number of Number of Number Queue Length Queue Length Arrivals Departures 1 2 78938 13 281 280 2 4 14340 17 301 301 3 2 81646 15 273 271 4 2 34562 10 277 271 5 3 67563 13 259 258 6 1 74604 8 264 261 7 3 17368 15 282 276 8 2 41681 12 259 258 9 6 13910 22 314 308 10 3 58667 19 261 260 11 2 83958 10 279 275 12 1 71257 7 261 260 13 4 14527 15 294 293 14 3 32611 14 285 282 15 7 24937 19 331 315 16 1 93847 9 264 262 17 3 52042 12 312 309 18 7 25556 22 305 304 19 3 92014 10 304 304 20 4 29167 16 297 296 21 3 45194 12 283 277 22 4 97257 16 302 299 23 2 65333 10 282 279 24 3 04583 10 302 299 25 7 77750 20 322 316 26 8 19340 25 303 293 27 2 57618 12 286 285 28 3 48049 15 293 291 29 3 67924 14 292 284 30 12 89966 26 333 322 31 4
216. f month years 330 IF ABS 1 EA gt 0005 THEN 1 EA GOTO 320 1699 REM and leap years into account 340 YY SQR 1 E x E x SIN EA 1700 IF D gt 5 THEN D D S M M M 1 350 XX COS EA E 260 RA SQR XX x XX x 370 GOSUB 200 1710 IF M gt 12 THEN M 12 AA AA 1 T T 1 380A VV O 1720 IF T 4 THEN T 390 X HU K x RA x COS A 400 Y ET K x RA x SIN A 410 RETURN 499 REM Calculate plotting coordinates and longitude 1760 PRINT RIGHTS STR INT 5000 0 2Z2xH 510 X K x COS 0 0 x SIN 0 1730 IF T 6 THEN S 2 29 GOTO 1750 1740 S 2 28 1750 HOME VTAB 22 HTAB 29 D 100 2 1765 RIGHT STR 100 2 1799 REM Plot current day 520 RETURN 1800 DRAW 1 AT 0 1 0 1 598 REM Calculates and prints elongation and draws 1810 DRAW 2 AT 1 1 1 1 599 REM picture of moon showing phase at current date 1820 DRAW 3 AT X 2 1 Y 2 1 600 DA A 1 1 0 1 605 IFDA gt 2 x PI THEN DA DA 2 x GOTO 605 610 IF DA lt THEN DA DA 2 x PI GOTO 610 615 EL DA 620 IF DA gt PI THEN DA DA PI W 1 GOTO 640 630 0 640 VTAB 24 29 PRINT ELONG 650 SV RIGHT STR INT EL x F 5 1000 3 660 HTAB 36 PRINT SV HTAB 1 670 FORI S1TO 51 5 1 680 RR SQR S2 Ix I 690 IF W THEN HCOLOR 3 GOTO 710 700 HCOLOR 0 710 HPLOT RR x COS DA ET
217. f two s com plement arithmetic causes the sign computations to come out right with out any need for explicit sign handling on your part Under these conditions there is no difference between a signed and an unsigned integer multiplication routine This applies whether you use a shift and add algorithm Booth s algo rithm or any other basic multiplica tion algorithm Most programmers will snort in derision at such a proposition it seems to run counter to all logic The idea that in the case of 16 bit numbers for example multiplying a number by 2 and then inverting it should give the same result as multiplying it by 65534 ignoring all but the low order 16 bits of the product seems ludicrous Never theless that is the case This article discusses why 76 Remember that when you encode a negative integer in two s complement notation you are actually using the sum of that number with 2 to the power of the number of bits in your word In mathematical terms you are encoding as 2 n where m is the number of bits in the word When you add a pair of two s complement numbers together the reason that you don t have to special case their signs is that you ignore all Listing 1 MULT A9 00 MULT LDA t0 48 PHA 48 PHA BA TSX AO 10 LDY 16 5E 08 01 MLOOP LSR 108 X 7E 07 01 ROR 107 X 90 13 BCC SHIFT 18 CLC BD 01 01 LDA 101 X 7D 05 01 ADC 105 X 9D
218. ff Most control strategies however call for the use of fractions of full power Fortunately such fractional power operation can be simulated by dividing the operating time into short control intervals e g one second each and turning the power on for that fraction of each control interval that corresponds to the fraction of full power called for by the control algorithm Thus a variety of more complex control strategies can be im plemented even with this simple type of hardware The air bath is also small enough so that the response time for a load change is only a minute or so and the time re quired to reach a desired set point tem perature of 50 degrees Celsius starting from room temperature is about five minutes Although this response time is much shorter than that of most chemical process equipment it is use ful in the laboratory The fast response provides a highly interactive situation promotes independent efforts in devel opment of the required control No 56 January 1983 Figure 2 Schematic of the LED module circuit parallel port Prato PET connections IC2 7404 B 9V battery strategies and permits exploration of alternative control modes With typical operating tempera tures from 45 to 60 degrees Celsius typical responses of the bath tempera ture to load changes are shown in figures 4 and 5 In figure 4 the PET is programmed to display data including the measured a
219. g TSC s XBASIC Doing Time requires BASIC with string functions Pennies automatically add up to dollars but seconds refuse to add up to minutes If Thomas Jefferson had planned our way of telling time the following programs would have been unnecessary Telling time is confused just enough to need special handling in your BASIC programs Adding seconds minutes and hours may be done with string manipu lations see program or by using a simple formula program B The for mula approach is faster and applies to almost any BASIC The string approach uses TSC XBASIC s INSTR command which searches for a substring within the main string As such program A would be limited to more advanced BASICs The object of each approach is to add similar time units subtract the next higher full unit leave the re mainder and increment the next highest full unit So 91 seconds would be reported as 1 minute and 31 seconds Each approach is presented as a usable program You may adapt the program to work as a subroutine or keep it as a handy time adder I have found the programs useful in adding the lengths of video disk movies and multi 28 record stereo sets If The Godfather runs 171 minutes and The Godfather II runs 200 mintues dare I try to watch both in one evening Program A Although manipulating strings to add time may be the long way home it does demonstrate the scenic route The idea is to locate the decim
220. g exponentially distributed pseudo random numbers with an average value of u It depends greatly on function RND above and if RND repeats its sequence of numbers fairly often so will this function this function selects random numbers from two different lists which are generated by RND above rnexp u xin rnd list end procedure getevent var typeofevent char var newtime integer this procedure gets the next event from the event list begin if head lt gt nil then begin typeofevent headt eventtype newtime headt eventtime head headf link end end procedure schedule typeofevent char newtime integer this procedure enters a new event into the event list var quit boolean begin first we create the new event and initialize it new q qf link nil qt eventtime newtime qt eventtype typeofevent now we place the new event in its proper place in the event list if head nil then head q else begin if newtime lt headt eventtime then begin qt link head head 4 end No 56 January 1983 Program Bank continued else begin p head quit false while pf eventtime lt newtime and quit false do begin if pf link nil then begin pf link quit true end else begin oldptr pf link end end of the while if quit lt gt true then begin oldptrt link q qt link p end end end en
221. get real information about the length of the lift ride average time down the slope number of customers and so forth My first real simulation was of a microprocessor We needed to know if the processor could successfully handle eight operators simultaneously typing on individual keyboards Unfortunate ly the PDP 10 was not available I located a PDP 9 and converted GASP from the PDP 10 to Wheeze on the PDP 9 The conversion was not dif ficult and I think it could be easily converted to run in BASIC on almost any of the current micros Converting the program wasn t a problem but running it became a nightmare A simulation of this nature where the event is the keystroke of one of eight operators will be necessarily slow The actual event might average one occurrence every 10 milliseconds or so eight operators typing at twelve characters per second each while the simulation processing might take one to three seconds per event creating a 100 to 300 fold time expansion A simulation of five minutes of typing could take between 500 and 1500 minutes to run Since the PDP 9 was not being used for anything else that should not have been a problem but it was Everytime the program was run it would work for a while but would crash before completion I noticed that the crashes seemed to occur at about 11 30 AM and 3 30 PM A little in vestigation revealed that the machinists in the shop on the floor above quit for
222. gram will halt if the module begins with variables cleared The other menu feature is an un documented command When the menu appears no mention is made of a format module even though it is callable from the menu The format module was omitted to protect against accidentally erasing data 52 To create a relative file select the unwritten menu option 3 This loads the program 4040 format which creates the files needed by the mail list package Because the user could get here by hitting the wrong key at the menu this module begins with its own menu limited to either returning to the main menu or formatting a new data disk If the user elects to continue he is asked to provide a name for the data diskette which is then completely formatted The format command in Commodore BASIC 4 0 is HEADER as seen in line 1240 1240 HEADER D DD F IML ON U UN The BASIC 2 equivalent also used by VIC and the CBM 64 is 1240 OPEN 15 UN 15 1241 PRINT 15 N MID STR DD 2 F ML 1242 CLOSE 15 Notice that the diskette ID number is not preset by the setup module BASIC 4 0 does not allow the ID to be a variable You may alter it but only by changing line 1240 In BASIC 2 you could predefine the ID as ID in the setup module Then instead of ending line 1241 with FUMMLUC you would end it with FUSSS ID While you are at it preset the program and data drive numbers as string variables to avoid
223. h the stack program or I O QUICK TRACE is relocatab e to any free part of memory Its output can be sent to any slot or to the screen QUICKTRACE s completely compatible with programs using Applesoft and Integer BASICS graphics and DOS Time dependent DOS operations can be bypassed It will display the graphics on the screen while QUICK TRACE is QUICK TRACE is a beautiful way to show the incredibly complex sequence of operations that a computer goes through in executing a program QUICK TRACE requires 3548 5 00 bytes 14 pages of memory and some knowledge of machine language programming QUICKTRACE was written by John Rogers It will run on any Apple Il or Apple 1 Plus computer and can be loaded from disk or tape It is supplied on disk with DOS 3 3 QUICKTRACE is atrademark of Anthro Digital Inc QUICKTRACE DEBUGGER Disassembly HAA Top seven bytes of stack Processor codes User defined location amp Contents 32 DS 43 D4 NV EDIZC Last address Last instruction 59 8 AA LDA Stack pointer Contents Ciz Xt j GF FZ FPS5zlO1160 4 Processor status of referenced address DD Disassembly Reference address ipii Anthro Digital Inc STA 0033 P O Box 1385 Pittsfield MA 01202 413 448 8278 Next instruction 24 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal No 56 January 1983 SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS In the following section we simulate the c
224. hat are sometimes the bane of ordinary floating point variables The price you pay is twofold first bcd numbers have a large overhead in terms of memory and disk space Second the Pascal interface to bcd numbers is an exponential function of aggravation Two procedures are outlined in this article The first a function called BCDVAL scans an input string con verts it to a bcd number and returns the boolean value TRUE if conversion was successful The second procedure called STRBCD provides the inverse utility by converting a bcd number to an ASCII string You may also select whether to affix the minus sign ahead of or behind the number consistent with business practice The normalization constant Right size is actually a variable as used here It is global to both BCDVAL and STRBCD Note one subtle point all bcd numbers entered with a particular Rightsize are actually typed variables but the Pascal operating system will have no inkling of the fact because all it sees are Long Integers If you wish to inform Pascal that you are working with typed variables you should de clare a Record type which maintains the bcd variable and its associated implied decimal point together If program logic allows you may still MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal avoid the Record type and attendant overhead by normalizing short num bers the to the longest re quired Rightsize before you attempt arithmetic on the vari
225. he A SCII command is used for putting text on the display From the main program this procedure is called by typing A The user will then be prompted to enter the string This tQ CED mis yt B No 56 January 1983 Listing 1 MATHSET TEXT Partial EOD E 9 CURSOR XXe 1 ALFHA XXXXXX XXXXX 2 BETA should be ended with a return character The string will then be drawn in the lower left corner of the formula display area Next the moving menu will be displayed The user will then use the keyboard for moving the string on the display The moving menu consists of six commands U p D own software are required disk changes Modular Systems No 56 January 1983 Disk Users Double your disk storage capacity Without adding disk drives Now you can more than double your usable floppy disk Storage capacity for a fraction of the cost of additional disk drives Modular Systems DiskDoubler is adouble density adapter that doubles the storage capacity of each disk track The DiskDoubler plugs directly into an OSI disk interface board No changes to hardware or The DiskDoubler increases total disk space under OS 65U to 550K under OS 65D to 473K for 8 inch floppies to 183K for mini floppies With the DiskDoubler each drive does the work of two You can have more and larger programs related files and disk utilities on the sa
226. he HSD statistics specialists with complete confidence Any program that doesn t suit your needs can be retumed within 10 days for full refund NEW STATS PLUS 200 00 Complete General Statistics Package Research Data Base Management Design and Restructure Your Files Count Search Sort Review Edit Add Delete Merge Files Compute Data Fields Create Subfiles Interface with other HSD programs Produce Hi Res bargraphs plots 1 5 way Crosstabulation Descriptive Statistics for all Fields Chi Square Fisher Exact Signed Ranks Mann Whitney Kruskal Wallis Rank Sum Friedman Anova by Ranks 10 Data Transformations Frequency Distribution Correlation Matrix 2 way Anova r Rho Tau Partial Correlation 3 Variable Regression 3 t Tests ANOVA II 150 00 Complete Analysis of Variance Package Analysis of Covariance Randomized Designs Repeated measures Designs Split Plot Designs 1 to 5 Factors 2 to 12 Levels Per Factor Equal N or Unequal N Anova Table Descriptive Statistics Marginal Means Cell Sums of Squares Data File Creation Data Review Edit Data Transformations File Combinations All Interactions Tested High Resolution Mean Plots Bargraphs HSD REGRESS Complete Multiple Regression Analysis Up to 25 Variables 300 Cases Voriable Correlation Matrices Descriptive Statistics Predicted amp Residual Scores File Creation Regression on Any Subset of Variables Regression on Any Order of Variables Hi Res Scatterplot
227. here he can develop and test his program No 56 January 1983 SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS MEM The Air Bath The air bath consists of a box 12 x 9 x 4 inches The front cover is plex iglass all other sides are made of wood covered on the inside with aluminum foil The box has a vertical partition open at the top and bottom to allow cir culation of air Mounted inside the box is a light bulb which is painted black heater and a fan to circulate the air There are ventilation holes at the bot tom on each side of the box and a sliding damper which in one extreme position blocks the air exhaust vents and in the other the recirculation opening of the center partition By moving the damper the operator can impose a load change on the operating conditions of the box A thermistor located near the exhaust vents is used with the 555 timer circuit to monitor the air temperature of the bath The AC power control circuit for the heater is shown in figure 3 The operation of the circuit can be described as follows When the output line from the PET is high logic 1 the 2N2222 transistor Q1 is turned on allowing current to flow through the LED of an optoisolator When the LED is emitting the photoconductor element of IC1 a TRIAC will allow control cur rent to flow to the power controlling TRIAC 02 and the heater is turned on This circuit permits only two operating states power on and power o
228. ible tape to disk conversion information is in cluded Minuses Not all programs are usable on all machines You must have Extended BASIC to run most of the programs Documentation Provided in the accompanying newsletter typically four to six pages Skill level required Programs are provided for all levels from novice to hardware hacker Reviewer John Steiner Product Name VIC Expansion Module Equip req d VIC 20 5K or more Price 49 95 Manufacturer Parsec Research P O Drawer 1766 Fremont CA 94538 Description The VIC Expansion Module plugs into the ex pansion port in the back of your VIC and enables you to have up to three cartridges operable simultaneously Using this module you can add up to 32K of additional RAM memory or combinations of RAM and utility cartridges like the toolkit or machine language monitor Pluses It works reliably The module is well made with double gold plating throughout It is designed to rest flush with the table so inserting cartridges will not put any stress on the VIC expansion connectors Minuses The unit s black color does not go well with the rest of the VIC s color scheme Documentation Clear and concise The module also comes with a detailed memory map and instructions on how to set the DIP switches in Commodore s 8K RAM car tridges to correspond to any 8K block Skill level required None Reviewer David Malmberg Product Name 80 Disassembler
229. ice end begin main program initialize while time lt endtime do begin getevent kindofevent time case kindofevent of arrive d depart end Statistics end makereport end EVER WONDER HOW YOUR APPLE Il WORKS QUICK TRACE will show you And it can show you WHY when it doesn t This relocatable program traces and displays the actual machine operations while it is running and without interfering with those operations Look at these FEATURES Single Step mode displays the last instruction next instruction registers flags stack contents and six user definable memory locations Trece mode gives a running display of the Single Step information and can be made to stop upon encountering any of nine user definable conditions Beckground mode permits tracing with no display until it is desired Debugged routines run at near normal speed until one of the stopping cond itions is met which causes the program to return to Single Step Price 50 QUICK TRACE allows changes fo the stack registers stopping conditions addresses to be displayed and output destinations for ail this information All this can be done Single Step mode while running Two optionat dispisy formats can show a sequence of operations at once Usually the information is given in four lines at the bottom of the screen QUICKTRACE is completely transparent to the alive program being traced it will not interfere wit
230. icon was determined and subtracted from the measured shutter time To measure this time er ror the velocity of the shutter curtains and the size of the light sensitive area were measured The light detector width WIDTH was measured by an accurate drafting scale and found to be 0 5 mm For the purposes of this arti cle I shall assume that this measure ment contains no error To measure the shutter velocity only the velocity of the left curtain had to be measured The right curtain must move at the same speed or one side of the film would receive more exposure 46 WEN SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS NENENEEEENEENEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEN Listing 1 Continued e e mm 4 04 C4 64 C4 0 2000 2001 2004 2005 2006 2007 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4110 4120 4130 4149 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal REM GRAFHICS O POSITION 5 5 Select function POSITION 7 7 FRINT M Monitor FOSITION 7 8 FRINT V Velocity POSITION 7 9 S Shutter POSITION 22 5 INFUT INFUT USER CHOICE IF KEYS S THEN GOSUR 2000 60 0 1310 IF KEYS V THEN GQSUR 3000 GOTO 1319 IF THEN 50506 4006 1310 REM REM SOUND ERROR INFUT REM SOUND 0 150 10 8 FOR WAIT 0 TO SO NEXT WAIT SOUND 0 0 0 0 GOTO 1320 REM REM Shutter Function REM REM This function measures the REM actual exposure time of the REM shutter and c
231. ics printer when the Epson MX 80 came along in 1981 And now witness what s bappening to the MX 80 as the ProWriter cometh to be the foremost printer of the decade SPEED 80 80 cps for 46 full lines per minute throughput PROWRITER 120 cps for 63 full lines per minute throughput GRAPHICS MX 80 Block graphics standard fine for things like bar graphs PROWRITER High resolu tion graphics features fine for bar graphs smooth curves thin lines intricate details etc PRINTING MX 80 Dot matrix business quality PROWRITER Dot matrix correspondence quality with incremental printing capability standard FEED MX 80 Tractor feed standard optional friction feed kit for about 75 extra PROWRITER Both tractor and friction feed standard INTERFACE MX 80 Parallel interface standard optional serial interface for about 75 extra PROWRITER Available stan dard either parallel interface or parallel serial interface WARRANTY MX 80 90 days from Epson PROWRITER One full year from Leading Edge PRICE Heh heh Marketed Exclusively by Leading Edge Products Inc 225 Turnpike Street Canton Massachusetts 02021 Call toll free 1 800 343 6833 or in Massachusetts call collect 617 828 8150 Telex 951 624 LEADING EDGE For a free poster of Ace fProwriter s pilot doing his thing please write us SIM UL ATIONS APPLICATIONS Model Rocket Simulation in BASIC b
232. icture permit you to print only desired parts of a picture The manufacturer s standard backup facility pro vides a maximum of three copies to be made Pluses Pictures can be positioned on a page both horizon tally and vertically A magnification feature allows you to blow up and print just a portion of a picture subroutine permits printing under Applesoft control Minuses None noted Documentation Well written numerous illustrated ex amples speed the familiarization process Skill level required A beginning BASIC programmer should have no trouble Reviewer Chris Williams Product Name Chromasette Magazine Equip req d TRS 80C w Extended BASIC Price 45 00 year or 5 00 each Manufacturer Chromasette Magazine P O Box 1087 Santa Barbara CA 93102 Description Chromasette is a monthly magazine with ap proximately six programs on cassette for the Color Com puter Programs range in nature from games to utilities or home management software All tapes include a graphics cover program Some programs are written especially for the CoCo disk system continued No 56 January 1 Reviews in Brief continued Pluses An interesting newsletter that accompanies the cassette provides information on using the programs bugs found in previous issues reader modifications and short program listings not found on the tape It is an inexpensive source of CoCo software for a wide variety of applications Where poss
233. ind the first key higher or lower than the search key you can write your own serial search routine instead of using BINARY SEARCH The advantage of MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal using ALTERNATE INDEX in these cases is that you only go through the overhead of pulling out the key sub string once instead of each time you search for a value To access an element in the base ar ray search the key array either with BINARY SEARCH or your own rou tine for a desired value Once the key element is found you then take the value found in the integer array ele ment ZZ that has the same element number as this key element This is the number of the element in the base array that contains the desired data For example say we used the following statement to build the alternate index amp S QQS RR 2 5 RR96 and there is an element QQ n that contains the following string 504134AWIREHOUSINGS There would be an element RR i that points at the substring 4134 and an element RR96 i that contains the integer value n We then use this in teger to access the proper element in the base array Once the alternate index is built elements in the base array can be found very quickly when BINARY SEARCH is used to locate the keys in the key ar ray An even bigger plus to this system is that it allows you to access quickly the same data with more than one key substring without duplicating the data Subroutine Hints ALTERNA
234. ing MA 1969 6 Lewis T G and Smith M Z Ap plying Data Structures Houghton Mifflin Co Boston MA 1976 7 Payne James A Introduction to Simulation Programming Tech niques and Methods of Analysis unpublished notes copyright by J A Payne 1979 8 Schriber T J Simulation Using GPSS John Wiley amp Sons New York NY 1974 9 Wirth Niklaus Algorithms Data Structures Programs Prentice hall Englewood Cliffs NJ 1976 Bill Walker is an assistant professor of electrical engineering and computer science at the University of Oklahoma He has a B S from West Texas State University and an M S and Ph D in mathematics from Texas Tech University Anita is a teaching assistant and Karcher Fellow at the University of Oklahoma She has a B A in German and a B S in mathematics from SMU and an M A in mathematics from the University of Oklahoma She is currently pursuing her Ph D in mathematics You may contact the Walkers at Box 2806 Norman OK 73070 ACRO No 56 January 1983 Lyco Computer Marketing amp Consultants TO ORDER TOLL FREE 800 233 8760 CALL US In PA 1 717 398 4079 810 Disk Drive 429 00 ATARI 32K RAM 79 00 SPECIALS 400 32K RAM 179 00 800 48K 539 00 ATARI TERCOM ATARI HARDWARE A ere cosets com Single Drive CALL Dual Drive 410 Cassette Recorder x Read ali Atari Disks 825 Printer THIRD PARTY SO
235. ing array name 2 YY is the key array any legal string array name 3 B is an Applesoft arithmetic expres sion that represents the beginning position of the key in the base array This is relative to the beginning of the base string so that O is the first byte and LEN XX n 1 is the last byte of the base array element n If B is greater than LEN XX n 1 J then a null key element will result 4 E is the ending position of the key It can be replaced with any legal Apple soft arithmetic expression If B is greater than E then a syntax error will result If E is greater than LEN XX n 1 for any element n in the base array then the value of LEN XX n 1 will be substituted for E 5 The value contained in ZZ n will be the element number in XX where the key in YY n can be found as a substring Any legal in teger array name can be substituted for ZZ96 6 The number of elements contained in each array must be the same or a syntax error will result 7 All arrays must be one dimensional or a syntax error will result ALTERNATE INDEX is pro grammed so that you can use the amp GET command of BINARY SEARCH directly If BINARY SEARCH is not in memory upon encountering the amp GET command a syntax error message will be produced To use amp GET with ALTERNATE INDEX you must BLOAD BINARY SEARCH instead of BRUNing it If you will be using arrays that may contain duplicate keys or wish to f
236. ing and more fun Why spend extra hours working on a BASIC program when the MONKEY can do it for you Plugs in the RIGHT cartridge slot and works with ATARI BASIC The Monkey Wrench provides 9 new BASIC direct mode com 49 95 mands They include AUTO LINE NUMBERING DELETE LINE NUMBERS CHANGE MARGINS MEMORY TEST RENUMBER CURSOR EXCHANGE HEX amp DECIMAL CONVERSION and MONITOR The monitor command gives access to a machine language monitor with 15 commands used to interact with the powerful features of the 6502 microprocessor ATARI AND PET EPROM PROGRAMMER xm Programs 2716 and 2532 ag emu EPROMs Includes hardware and software PET 75 00 ATARI includes sophisticated machine language monitor 119 95 i Prowriter Printer Excellent dot matrix print Parallel Serai 600 00 IEEE 589 00 THE MONKEY WRENCH 489 00 astern pouse There is only one more major obser vation to make As everyone knows the VIC screen is 22 characters by 23 rows for a total of 506 characters being displayed at one time How can I fill a screen of 506 characters with only 256 unique combinations The trick is double height characters The double height characters don t change the dot size displayed on the screen so each character covers twice as much screen area To put things a little differently the VIC screen is 176 dots wide by 184 dots high for a total of 32384 dots 4048 bytes
237. intenance Local file transfers allow files to be displayed printed or even copied to another file without exiting the Softerm program Numerous editing options such as tab expansion and space com pression are provided to allow easy reformatting of data to accommodate the variations in data formats used by host computers Softerm sup ports automatic dialing in both terminal and file transfer modes Dial utilities allow a phone book of frequently used numbers to be defined which are accessed by a usef assigned name and specify MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal New File Transfer Language BREAK CATALOG M CHAIN i M yr CONNECT CONVERSE DIAL END HANGUP LOG MONITOR NOLOG ONERR PAUSE PROMPT RECEIVE REMARK RETRIES SEND SPECIAL SPEED TIMEOUT XMIT WAIT Supports these interface boards Apple Communications Card Apple Parallel Printer Apple Serial Interface Apple Super Serial Card Bit 3 Dual Comm Plus CCS 7710 7720 7728 Hayes Micromodem 117 Hayes Smartmodem 300 amp 1200 Intra Computer PS10 Mountain Computer CPS Card Novation Appie Cat 300 amp 1200 Orange Micro Grappler Prometheus VERSAcard SSM ASIO APIO AIO AIO IL Supports your 80 column hardware ALS Smarterm Bit 3 Full View 80 Computer Stop Omnivision MER Sup R Terminal STB Systems STB 80 Videx Videoterm Vista Computer Vision 80 Wesper Micro Wizard 80 the serial interface param
238. ion Hockey is a high speed video action game for two three or four players It is played on an enclosed rink with scoreboard including clock overhead Game players use joysticks to control the ac tion Offensive players skate with the puck pass and shoot Defensive players steal the puck and intercept passes Goalies block shots Hockey includes smart players who perform automatically Price 29 95 Available Gamma Software P O Box 25625 Los Angeles CA 90025 213 473 7441 Name AMPER SORT MERGE II 5 System Apple II Memory 48K Language Applesoft BASIC and machine language Hardware DOS 3 3 disk drive Description AMPER SORT MERGE is a general purpose disk sort merge utility for Apple DOS text files Its machine language file can sort 1000 records in seconds alpha numerically ascending or descending order on up to five fields random or sequential text files and merge two to five pre sorted files into a single file It is compatible with most data base programs that create standard DOS 3 3 text files New features are S amp H s super fast VisiFile index sort callable from within VisiFile for effortless use and a fast random access file in dex sort Price 69 95 Includes disk and documentation Author Alan G Hill Available S amp H Software 58 Van Orden Road Harrington Park NJ 07640 201 768 3144 Name OMNIPACK System Apple II Appl
239. ir bath temperature on the left side of the screen and plot the temperature on the right side The set point temperature is represented by the 5 1KQ Q1 2N2222 Q2 TRIAC T2300PB or equivalent IC1 MOC 3010 MSS 1 22 2 1 DISPLAY mE gt B B common anode Da straight vertical line in the center of the plot The time between successive screen display updates is about six seconds although the temperature is measured and the heater power updated several times between consecutive screen updates The peak in the tem perature profile shown on the screen display reflects a momentary increase in temperature when the damper was closed The control algorithm power to heater proportional to the error Figure 3 Schematic for AC power controller on the air bath unit MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal 39 heater power and 555 circuitry heater thermistor Figure 4 Photograph of the microcomputer air bath combination used for process control experiments by our students See text for description proportional control gradually reduced the temperature toward the set point A graph of the response of the bath tem perature to a load change is shown in figure 5 Again the center line in dicates the set point temperature Note that the control algorithm used to gen erate the data in figure 5 involves cor rections that are th
240. ith all vi us with 1140 PHOTOTRANSISTOR sually acceptable i 1150 shutter errors below 15 this par 0627 A000 1160 LDY 00 FOR INDIRECT INDEXED MODE ticular camera is reasonably accurate 0529 BICE 1170 SENSOR LDA PORT Y GET 1 0 FORT O562B 25CD 1180 AND MASKI ISOLATE THE SENSOR LINE Notice that the shutter yields excellent 62D 1190 SENSOR STILL IN THE DARK accuracy for 1 60th and 1 30th of a 16 MEASURE THE SHUTTER SAMPLE CL C TIME COUNT THIS LOOF 504 LDA COUNT 6901 ADC 01 8504 STA COUNT ASDS LDA COUNT 1 6900 00 8505 STA COUNT 1 BOGE ECS PULSE TOO LONG RETURN ZERO AACE LDX DELAY GET DELAY VALUE FOOA GETIO NO DELAY NEEDED CA WAITLF DEX DELAY FOR LONG PULSES DOFD BNE WAITLF WAIT SOME MORE EA NOF ADJUST TIMING EACH GETIO LDA PORT Y GET I O FORT 25CD AND MASE1 ISOLATE SENSOR FOES EEQ SAMPLE SHUTTER STILL RESET ATARI 064C A960 1420 RET LDA 60 064 SDOED4 1450 STA NMIEN ENABLE REAL TIME CLOCK 0651 A922 1440 LDA 22 06553 SD2FO2 1450 STA SDMACT ENABLE VIDEO DMA 0656 60 1460 RTS RETURN COUNT 0657 1470 END Table 1 Results of SHUTTER Shutter Expected Measured Standard Normalized Relative Speed Time Time Deviation Standard Error Seconds ms ms ms Deviation 1 1000 1 00 1 122 0 048 4 263 12 296 1 500 2 00 2 268 0 050 2 208 13 4 1 250 4 00 4 359 0 067 1 543 9 096 1 125 8 00 8 516 0 037 0 429 6
241. itialize the interface Once in itialized communication with any IEEE device is by direct commands or from within a program Pluses The VIE is reliable and extremely easy to use It takes no memory away from the VIC nor interferes with normal operation It s attractively packaged and comes in a hard plastic case that matches the VIC s case and color Minuses The expansion slot on the VIE is positioned so that added cartridges are vertical Inserting cartridges into the VIE can cause stress on the VIC s expansion connec tion Adding a piece of wood under the VIE will solve this problem Documentation The VIE comes with a single page of documentation that covers everything quite well Skill level required The user should understand the com mands needed to communicate with his IEEE devices Reviewer David Malmberg Product Name Talk Text to Speech Synthesizer Equip req d Virtually all personal computers Price 249 00 plus cable Interface cable for VIC and 64 34 95 For other computers 24 95 Votrax Inc Federal Screw Works Division Consumer Products Group 500 Stephenson Highway Troy MI 48084 Description Type N Talk is a completely self contained text to speech synthesizer that attaches to your computer via an RS 232C serial port When you open a file and write to this port using BASIC or other languages the text you write is converted to speech The speech sounds mechani cal but the o
242. ittleton CO 80123 ANCRO 51 AEN ATE SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS M It s All Relative Using CBM s Relative Records Part 2 by Jim Strasma In this second part of his series Contributing Editor Jim Strasma discusses how to set up relative files and records The first article of this series MICRO 55 37 explained a variety of tech niques useful for setting up a program package that uses relative files In this installment I create a relative file If you have Chris Bennett s Mail List 4040 you may want to have it handy as you read In part 1 I discussed how to set up most variables needed by the mail list and how to prepare to chain between the various program modules After the setup module finishes it chains to a short program called 4040 menu This serves two functions to separate the menu ensuring that the setup module is run only once per use all other modules chain to and from the menu and to make sure the menu is short enough to load quickly as it is called often Before you create a relative file there are two features in the 4040 menu that you may want to add to other programs First there is a safety line 1020 IF DI 2 0 THEN END REM Guard against cold start here If you were to begin the program at the menu rather than at the setup module the preset variables would be incorrect and the package would fail Line 1020 ensures that the pro
243. krit or Roman Author W C Jones Diskette 89 95 BASIC LEARNING PACKAGE An introduction to the Apple Il or Plus Computer Teaches beginner to program in BASIC Author J J Sudikatus Diskette 49 95 Both require an Apple Il with 48K plus disk drive Epsom printer with Graftrax is optional Apple II or Plus and Appiesoft are trademarks of Apple Computer Inc No 56 January 1983 NENNEN SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS Sample Run CLASS A AMPLIFIER DESIGN xk amp x ENTER AMPLIFIER SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY VOLTAGE 14 TRANSISTOR 250 OUTPUT IMPEDENCE OHMS 2 LOAD IMPEDENCE 7000 OHMS ENTER ZERO IF UNKNOWN 30 LOWEST SIGNAL FREQ HERTZ 20 MAX INPUT VOLTAGE SWING 5 MAX OR SELECT GAIN M S S OUTFUT VOLTAGE SWING WITH LOAD IF GIVEN 2710 COMFONENT VALUES RESISTORS 000 OHMS RC RE RV RB RX 2 08218 71758 84 77 26 06 CAPACITORS MICROFARADS INPUT OUTPUT BYPASS 273 26 7 05 PRESS SPACE TO CONTINUE FARAMETERS IMPEDENCES 7000 OHMS INFUT OUTPUT OUTPUT WITH LOAD 10 77 2 1 87 QUIESCENT CURRENT MILLIAMPS COLLECTOR BIAS 2 935 011 QUIESCENT VOLTAGES SUPPLY COLLECTOR 14 8 133 EMITTER BASE 2 358 3 058 SIGNAL VOLTAGES MAX SWING INFUT OUTPUT 15 10 LOAD PRESS SPACE TO CONTINUE GAIN 20 WITH LOAD MIN DESIGN FREQ HERTZ 20 TRANS PWR DIS MW
244. l three devices from the data bus Since the parallel port is in use the 4556 decoder is connected to the IEEE 488 port which is also available on the back of all PET computers This port can be used as a data port in much the same manner as the parallel port The only difficulty arises when the IEEE 488 port is to be used to communicate with another device such as a printer or disk drive Since the 4556 is also connected to the IEEE 488 bus the different devices attached to the 4556 would be accessed whenever the state of the two data lines D101 and D102 changed This problem is circumvented by using the enable command on the 4556 decoder If the enable command is not activated the chip automatically ig nores all input Thus irrespective of the contents of the IEEE 488 data bus the devices multiplexed to the parallel port will not be disturbed if the enable command is not activated The CB2 control line available at the parallel port and accessible to the computer program is used to control the 4556 Figure 7 Schematic of the PET parallel port multiplexing circuit described In the text D101 D102 PET parallel Port 2 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal M power Vo OUTPUT ADJUST 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Vo OUTPUT 0 1 ADJUST oy 41 enable command Details concerning the PET input output ports are avail able from a variety of sources references 4 6 8 and will
245. lassic bank line problem The example is instructive and pro vides an opportunity to apply several of the concepts we have discussed The Example In this example we make several assumptions 1 the waiting line is a queue no one butts in no one leaves early service takes place at the front of the line only and new arrivals join the end 2 arrivals occur with an exponen tial distribution interarrival time of 50 seconds and 3 the time it takes for the teller to serve a customer is also ex ponentially distributed with an average time of 40 seconds The next step is to measure the state variables parameters in this case the average length of the line and the longest length of the line Listing 1 provides a simulation of the bank line situation The program can be adapted to most single server queue systems although it probably will be necessary to change the characteristics of the pseudo random number generators to suit other physical situations The exponential distributions used here are not unrealistic for this situation The listing is written in UCSD Pascal on an Apple II Note there are many languages available for simulation pro grams We chose Pascal as the most commonly available language suitable to the hobbyist With other versions of Pascal you could take advantage of the dispose function of standard Pascal The program runs to completion in about three minutes for a four hour simulation with a typical
246. lden 3495 824 95 Slarlleet Orion 52495 19 95 compatible with Pascal Basic CP M Sete zin ete 5 The 5 Eye 524 95 19 95 Z 80 Softcard 259 95 Hires Cribbage 524 95 819 95 Tues Morning Quarterback 2995 821 95 Hires Soccer 529 95 919 95 Jabbertalky 29 95 21 95 Joyport 59 95 Hives football 3995 829 95 Sorcerer of Siva 29 95 821 95 2 Sabotage 524 95 619 95 Rescue at Rigei 29 95 821 95 AR K Special 295 00 Jawbreaker 29 95 819 95 Crush Crumble and Chomp 29 35 821 95 539 95 824 95 Temple Apshai 39 95 829 95 includes Wiz 80 Lazer Keyboard Plus Lazer aoe cosas INS Wario 539 95 929 95 Crosstire 29 95 819 95 Star Warrior 39 95 829 95 Lower Case us Pegasus 29 95 819 95 Hi res goll 52995 021 95 Warp Destroyer 2995 921 95 Race for Midnight 29 95 821 95 On Line Systems General Manager 99 95 52495791995 Midnight Music 524 28 814 98 4 lure k E Star Biazer 31 95 824 95 Diskettes w hubring 10 19 95 52438418468 Apple Panic 52998 81995 Cyber Strike 39 95 829 95 Space Quark 29 95 819 95 Hi Res Secrets 84 95 Phantoms Five 29 95 821 95 Red Alert 29 95 819 95 4 2 Space Eggs 29 95 819 95 Track Attack 2995 819 95 Expediter Il 59 95 Autobahn 29 35 821 95 Genetic 29 95 819 98 The Di ti Pulsar It 29 95 821 95 Arcade Machine 544 95 829 95 iction Orburon 529 95 821 95 Raster Blaster 29 95 821 95
247. ll else being equal the effect of load impedence is to reduce voltage gain If load impedence is entered into the program the program compensates 60 SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS Listing 1 continued Sea CBE FNPME AL B B 12 REM BETA FACTOR FOR CALC RE TABLE HERDING FOR MONITOR TABLE VALUES DURING CALCULATION 0 WE DEF AAS 16 IE RE REM CHECK FOR NON CFPERATIONAL GUTPUT VOLTAGE CONDITION IF THEN HFLRG 1 GOTO1228780 REM PRINT MONITOR VALUES PRINT FHMHEMHV FAME VE REM CALCULATE CURRENTS IG tok4 VO zo MN S RE CALC TRANS INTERNAL RESISTHHCE RESISTOR FE RPZ VPSIE EE RL EK G REM CHECK FOR TRANS INTERHAL RESIS CONG REM IF RE IS NEG LOWER GAIN VorsREFIGURE IF REZ 1 THEN G RHLX KK A RF FLhG z v O Gx VvI GO0TO 58 IF REZ amp 8 THEN REM CALC VOLTAGES IGkREK IEX REE VEZVK VTEG wVP REM CHECK TO SEE THAT ALLOWS IHPUT w OLTRHGE SHING REM IF NOT LOWER GAIN VO VWEo REPIGURE IF VE gt VI 2 THEH Sea IF E VI z THEN U zW 9 5 2G 40 VI sFLAG 3 GOTO Sie REM CALC VOLTAGE REM CHECK FOR SLIFFICIEHT SUPPLY VOLTAGE REM IF NEG LOWER GAIN A
248. m actually pseudo random number generators emphasizing the generation of numbers on 8 bit machines with the possibility of expanding the generators to run on other machines The Event List Manager The event list manager consists of several procedures designed to handle the event list Remember the event list consists of a series of events kept in chronological order for this example If a new event is created with a sched uled time of occurrence it must be placed properly among the other events already in the list The important thing to remember is that when the new event is inserted into the list the list still must be in chronological order You may insert events anywhere in the event list but typically events are removed from the list one at a time and from one end of the list only In other words when you reach the point for an event to occur that event is removed from the front of the list and a pro cedure is executed to carry out the ac tion dictated by that event In this discussion we maintain a linked list using pointers which con tains the events of a simulation in chronological order Two procedures are necessary SCHEDULE which in serts an event into its proper place in the event list and GETEVENT which removes the next front event from the event list To facilitate writing the pro cedures we define an event as a Pascal record structure with three fields One of the fields is linked to the ne
249. m described here is for the design of a transistor class A small signal amplifier stage Essentially you tell the program what you want the ampli fier to do and component values and amplifier operating parameters i e voltages currents and impedences calculated in return At the least the program removes the need for tedious calculations and you need only a mini mal knowledge of transistor amplifier theory However the program also pro vides simulation capability to deter mine quickly how changes in amplifier specifications alter component values and parameters Class A The small signal class A amplifier is the most common building block in analog electronics It is basically a voltage amplifying device with a low voltage signal going in and a corre sponding higher voltage signal coming out If the gain from one amplifying stage is not enough two or more can be chained together or cascaded The term small signal in this context means that the maximum output of the No 56 January 1983 amplifer stage is usually less than watt High power class A amplifier stages can be designed using this pro gram but more efficient though more complex circuits are available for high power situations Generalized Model Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the amplifier The circuit is intended to amplify AC inputs such as audio radio or television signals In addition to an NPN transistor there ar
250. made that challenge you to change and write program routines Order 164 7 95 GAMES for the ATARI Computer This book describes advanced programming techniques like player missile graphics and use of the hardware registers Contains many ready to run programs in BASIC and one called GUNFIGHT machine Language Order 162 7 95 SOFTWARE IN BASIC FOR ATARI Invoice Writing for Small Business This program makes writing invoices easy Store your praducts in DATA statements with order number description and price The program later retrives the description and price matching to the entered order number The shipping cost and the discount may be calculated automatically depending on the quantity ordered or entered manually The description to the program tells you how to change the program and adapt it to your own needs Comes with a couple of invoice forms to write your first invoices on to it Order 7201 cassette version 29 95 Order 7200 disk version 39 95 Mailing List This menu driven program allows the small business man to keep track of vendors and customers You can search for a name or address of a certain tawn or for an address with a certain note 50 addresses are put into one file Order 7212 Order 7213 Inventory Control This program is menu driven It gives you the fallawing options read store data define items entry editing inventory maintenance incoming outgoing reports The product
251. may contact him at 1219 Harding Ave Ames IA 50010 No 56 January 1983 Listing 1 BCDNUMS Demo Program Bednums Demo f Demonstrating the use of Apple Pascal 1 1 Long Integers as Binary coded decimal numbers with implied decimal points David C Oshel 1219 Harding Ave Ames Iowa 50010 March 17 1982 CONST Maxlint 16 Occupies 19 bytes NULL Concatenation constants SPACE 5 ZERO RADIX Decimal point char in Bednums MINUSIGN TYPE Charset Set of Char Bednum Integer Maxlint BCDVAL normalizes these to Rightsize VAR Rightsize Integer Number of dec places in Bednums default 2 Demo program variables follow P Q Bednum S String Loop Integer Num Minusloc Boolean Function BCDVAL VAR Numstr String VAR Bcd Bcdnum Boolean All BCDVAL s are normalized e g Dollar values 9 99 are represented internally as multiples of 100 8 Normalization is then a simple function of Rightsize as is radix insertion The default is Rightsize 2 for Dollars and cents note that input range errors when working with Long Integers cause a fatal SYSTEM erash VAR I J K Len Integer Got radix Minus Boolean Numeric Charset Temp String Ti String 1 Procedure Valerr Overflow or near enough to Begin Write chr 7 Exit Bedval Conditions on Exit Bedval False Bed 9 End Valerr Procedure Truncate B
252. me System Memory MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal Name Executive Compu Cover System All microcomputers Description The Executive Compu Cover is an attractive high quality leatherette cover for computers disk drives monitors printers and other peripheral equipment These covers will prevent dust and foreign matter from entering and damaging equipment when not in use Price 14 95 ppd Apple II Other prices on request Available Executive Compu Cover 76 51 169 Street Queens NY 11366 212 969 1079 Name Apple Verter Model APX 800 System Apple II Description This plug in video to RF modulator for Apple II operates in high VHF band Ch 7 10 tunable It at taches inside the Apple II w VELCRO then plugs into an existing video power con nector The die cast aluminum housing executes frequency stability with no assembly needed Built in 5V regulator allows use with other com puter systems Price 29 75 Available ATV Research or local dealers Name BUBBLE System APPLE II Memory 128K Bubble memory Hardware Intel 7110 Language DOS 3 3 with patches for Pascal and CP M 128K Non volitile memory with on board boot prom eliminates disk and operates in any environment It is three to four times faster and 1000 times more reliable than Flop py Bubble boots directly from the module or operates in con junction with disk system Price 875 00 Includes software for
253. me disk for easier operation without constant Your OSI system is an investment in computing power Get the full value from the disk hardware and software that you already own Just write to us and we ll send you the full story on the DiskDoubler along with the rest of our growing family of products for OSI disk systems DiskDoubler is a trademark of Modular Systems Post Office Box 16C Oradell NJ 07649 0016 Telephone 201 262 0093 L eft and Rjight move the string on the display When these commands are first encountered they move the str ing ten dots on each keypress The S mall movement command is for small movement of the string This command causes the string to be mov ed only one dot per keypress Once the string is in the desired position it is frozen by using the F reeze com mand This causes program control to return to the main menu The M athset command is used to draw math characters on the display When this command is invoked it displays the entire math character set in a table see figure 1 The user selects the character by entering the row number followed by the column letter Once this is done the character will be displayed and moved as explained above Some characters such as paren theses brackets and the integral sign must be drawn at different sizes These characters are drawn as two halves The D ots command described below is then used to draw
254. n our Reviews in department There are a few things I don t like about my new C64 Perhaps the biggest gripe is that as soon as I bought the computer I had to buy more equipment to get a workable system I was able to get through an orientation period with a feeble old black and white TV and a borrowed CBM cassette The first move was to purchase a C64 Link so I could use the CBM disk and printer from work Then I bought a color TV When I get tired of carrying the disk drive back and forth I ll want my own All the other computers in the C64 s price range are designed in a similar modular fashion so I must have been spoiled all this time by the PET s com pleteness Two other gripes BASIC 2 and the lack of a machine language monitor were solved with the addi tion of the C64 Link It would also be nice to have a numeric keypad All in all I m happy with the pur chase The C64 will satisfy my needs for a computer that is both practical and recreational I predict it will have a big impact on the market Apple and Atari will have to make some ast moves to compete PET VIC and C64 BASIC Compatibility If you own more than one Com modore computer you will eventually want to be able to load programs writ ten on one machine into another If you are writing programs your develop ment software and firmware assem bler editor disassembler Toolkit POWER etc is likely to be concen trated
255. n 10 Long word operation Register field Specifies data register to be shifted Bit Manipulation Instructions Table 2 describes the bit testing and manipulation instructions which exist in the 68000 Bit manipulation instruc tions are used to test test and set bit test and change or test and reset a bit The result of a test is found in the Z bit of the CCR The bit to be tested is specified by a bit number in a specified data register or by a bit number in the extension word Notice that BCHG BCLR and BSET all test bits and then may change the state of the bit These instructions do not apply directly to the address register Contact Professor Hootman at the University of North Dakota Dept of Electrical Engineering University Station Grand Forks ND 58202 Interesting Software is presents OS C4P MF SOFTWARE YOU MUST PILOT YOUR WWII VINTAGE AIRCRAFT ACROSS A SCROLLING LAND SCAPE AND RESCUE POW S IN ENEMY TERRITORY SOME OF THE SMOOTHEST GRAPHICS EVER SEEN ON AN OSI IT ALSO USES A NEW TECHNIQUE OF USING LARGE MULTI CHARACTER SHAPES FOR A REALISTIC GAME YOU WILL REALLY LOVE THIS ONE PLEASE SPECIFY WHETHER YOU WANT JOY STICK OR KEYBOARD OPTIONS THIS GAME 15 SO EXTENSIVE THAT IT TAKES UP THE ENTIRE DISK ALL THIS FOR ONLY 19 95 SEND TO INTERESTING SOFTWARE 21101 S HARVARD BLVD TORRANCE CA 90501 213 328 9422 Calif residents add sales tax No 56 January 1983 Table 2
256. n is that the actual deviations from the Kepplerian method are not always negligible and might vary a few degrees The user should be aware of this inherent inaccuracy that has an impact on the prediction of eclipses Thus when an eclipse warn ing like the one you have just seen is given the actual eclipse might in rare cases take place the day prior to or the day after the date foreseen by the program I am aware that you could include the official predictions of eclipses say for the past and next ten years as a look up table in the program However I have found it more interesting to relate the warnings to the locations of the sun moon and the nodes as calculated and drawn by the program Eclipses can occur only when the sun and moon overlap conjunction as seen from Earth or when they are ex actly opposite from each other opposi tion as seen from Earth Therefore a prerequisite for the occurrence of a solar eclipse is that the longitude of the moon is equal to the longitude of the sun A prerequisite for the occurrence of a lunar eclipse is that the difference between the solar and the lunar longitudes equals 180 degrees In other 35 icr o DP aA neo dabo SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS words the moon is overtaking the sun or its opposition on the day of an eclipse This condition is investigated in line 2010 by looking at the sign of the sinus of the said difference A sign chang
257. n the final article of this series will discuss the interfacing of micro computers to complex scientific instru mentation Specific examples involving gas chromatography and converting a single beam spectrophotometer into an No 56 January 1983 effective dual beam instrument will be presented REFERENCES 1 H Saltsburg R H Heist and T Olsen Microcomputers in a Col lege Teaching Laboratory Part 1 MICRO 53 53 October 1982 2 R H Heist T Olsen and H Saltsburg Microcomputers in College Teaching Laboratory Part 2 MICRO 55 59 December 1982 3 R J Bibbero Microprocessors in Instruments and Control John Wiley and Sons New York 1977 Chapter 2 4 J M Downey and S M Rogers PET Interfacing Howard W Sams amp Co Inc Indianapolis 1981 5 See for example Motorola CMOS Integrated Circuits Motorola Inc 1978 2nd ed D Lancaster CMOS Cookbook Howard W Sams and Co Inc In dianapolis 1979 6 E Fisher and W Jensen and the IEEE 488 Bus Osborne McGraw Hill Berkeley 1980 7 See for example N Hampshire PET Revealed Com putabits Ltd Somerset England MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal 1980 C West Programming the PET CBM The Reference En cyclopedia for Commodore PET CBM Users COMPUTE Books Greensboro 1982 8 See for example Zaks 6502 Applications Book
258. nal No 56 January 198 177 7 OF lt gt 30VSSSWHIIUM a 1 H0VSSHW3LINM a 041412446 XIIJ HONS ON ADVSSAWALINA 0 INIT NO LON 4OIANG ON S9VSSXASLIHM WOOU ON ADVSSANALIUM f HRYNTIIJ IVOTTII XILIL GV AOVSSANALIUN AMOLOSUIG NI H3ONOT ON TIIA LSOT NOVSSHWSIIUM f SNIT NO ON 32IA3Q LSOT ADVSSHWALIUM NOILVYAdO TVDXITI HDVSSXASIINM Ava ADVSSAWALINM 40 I asvo HDVSSHWSIINM QN f 87 OT GOW 1 87 OT AIG I HHO HVHOM Lequnu O I 93TJA x HOUMA O I AOVSSAWALIUM 3oVSSSNUVTIO YVH YYA x 10118 O I XSTP Aetdstp H3DXINI 1 TUNGAIOYd O WNNANIT 0 gt AI 6 W NSNIT S DNIHISM W NSNIT O OLSAOR NIO3H e3epdn 3 adessaw e311 x f ONIULS S SDVSSSNSIIHM TUNGIIONd x doy ST STUL 06 f T6T 0 642 0 1HOdM3IA ov Ig N33HOSTTI4 f I0T O 642 0 18OdM3IA NIOSH x useios jo 1 x 30VSS3AHVXIO fana 161 0 6L2 0 1H0dM3IA XHQNIdSd dd VHSMVUC Od dSGWNN OL T XHQNIdSd O lt gt dASAWNN JI ODD IS NE3HOSTTI4 x
259. ncludes two 19MB Drives Interface and 6688 91 Contact GIMIX for systems customized to your needs or for more information 50 HZ Export Versions Available 1337 WEST 37th PLACE CHICAGO ILLINOIS 60609 INC 312 927 5510 GIMIX Inc reserves the right to change pricing and product specifications at any time without further notice TWX 910 221 4055 1982 GIMIX inc GIMIX and GHOST are registered trademarks of GIMIX Inc FLEX and UniFLEX are trademarks of Technical Systems Consultants Inc 05 9 is a trademark of Microware Inc Skyles Electric Works Presents PaRa e m LLEL PRINT The VicTree your new Vic CBM 64 with 35 additional commands Branches out to most BASIC 4 0 programs Roots into most printers New from Skyles the VicTree a coordinated hardware and software package that allows your Vic to branch out in unbelievable directions and makes it easier than ever to do BASIC programming debugging and to access your disk And the new VicTree provides routines to interface the Vic to the powerful ProNet local network 8kb of ROM 4kb for the BASIC commands 4kb for disk commands and interfacing to ProNet plus 4kb of RAM for miscellaneous storage Perfect not only for the new Vic but also for the Commodore 64 Unbelievably simple to use and to install the VicTree gives you all the additional BASIC 4 0 commands to allow mos
260. new to you think of a common 3 x5 card file box The entire box of cards is the file each card within the SIG FORTH V 1 0 The only stand alone Forth system for O S I serial machines Features box is one record and each line on a single card is a field It works the same way on the computer except that the cards and box are no longer visible For those with BASIC 2 the equiva lent of line 1260 is 1260 OPEN 1 UN 2 MID STR amp DD 2 FS US CHRS RL The secondary address 2 is of no great significance here Just be sure you don t assign the same secondary address to disk files that could be opened simul taneously Note the use of CHR to send the record length In order for the relative file to work reliably it is necessary to create the needed records in advance DOS is able to append new records to the end of a relative file later but initializing all that are likely to be needed at once avoids some errors including the possi bility of filling the disk It also ensures that the file will use at least two sectors on the diskette a necessity for up dating file data properly Line 1280 defines the maximum record 1280 Or in BASIC 2 0 1280 OPEN 15 UN 15 1281 B2 INT RL 256 1282 BL 256 B2 1283 PRINT 15 P 2 CHR BL CHR BH CHR 1 Note that the 2 in CHR 2 must be the same as the secondary address set in line 1260 B2 and
261. ng one plug connected at game controller 4 I set up a serial communication through half of one of the two PIA bytes The PIA can be directly accessed and programmed through hardware reg isters A register named PBCTL for Port B control at location D303 decimal 54019 allows you to set up game controller ports 3 and 4 as either input output or any combination on MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal the eight joystick pins From BASIC POKE 54019 56 then POKE 54017 with a bit map of which pins you want as input and which you want as output For input use a zero bit for output use a one Next POKE 54019 60 The joy stick pins on game controllers 3 and 4 are now set up the way the bit map specified The eight joystick pins are the top pins on each game controller jack ex cluding the far right pin on each The Port B byte includes the eight pins on jacks 3 and 4 The lowest order bit is the top leftmost pin on jack 3 the highest order bit is the fourth pin from the left on the top row of jack 4 If you are working on transmitting data from the Apple to the Atari I have another suggestion that will help things run faster The Apple clock runs at 1 MHz but the Atari clock runs at about 1 79 MHz therefore the Atari can process information about 75 faster than the Apple If you have con versions use the Atari To get the full advantage of the Atari s faster clock write a zero to location D40E and another zero to location
262. ng either a direct connection or any standard modem Unmatched file transfer capability Softerm offers file transfer methods flexible enough to match any host computer requirement These include character protocol with user definable terminator and acknowledge strings block size and character echo wait and the intelligent Softrans protocol which provides reliable error free transmission and reception of data The character protocol provides maximum flexibility for text file transfers Any type file may be transferred using the Softrans protocol which provides automatic binary encoding and decoding block checking with error recovery and data compression to enhance line utilization A FORTRAN 77 source program is supplied with Softerm which is easily adaptable to any host computer to allow communications with Softerm using the Softrans protocol Softerm file transfer utilizes an easy to use command language which allows simple defini tion of even complex multiple file transfers with handshaking Twenty three high level commands include DIAL CATALOG SEND RECEIVE ONERR HANGUP MONITOR and others which may be executed in immediate command mode interactively or from a file transfer macro com mand file which has been previously entered and saved on disk Built in utilities Softerm disk utilities allow DOS commands such as CATALOG INIT RENAME and DELETE to be executed allowing convenient file ma
263. nitor optional printer Description The ExecuwareTM Economic Order Quantity E O Q Package provides the businessman with a tool to minimize overall inventory costs The package calculates the Economic Order Quantity and the Order Point The sen sitivity analysis affords the user the opportunity to per form what if analysis and to determine which variables cause the EOQ and the Order Point to vary significantly Probability theory is used to simulate the variable demand thereby insuring realistic in ventory levels at all times Price 174 95 Includes instruction manual and diskette Author Execuware M Microcomputer Software Division of Aeronca Inc Available Apple and IBM Personal Computer dealers Name System Memory Name The Count System Apple II or Apple Il Plus Memory 48K Language Applesoft BASIC Hardware DOS 3 3 one or more disk drives Description A winning Black jack system an interactive program which teaches strate gies for playing card counting and betting for a winning Blackjack game Price 24 95 Includes disk and manual Author Pear Software Available Insoft Inc 10175 S W Barbur Blvd Suite 202B Portland OR 97219 continued Software Catalog continued Name Hockey System Atari 400 800 Memory 16K RAM Language Assembler Machine Hardware Two three or four joysticks cassette recorder or disk drive Descript
264. not be discussed here To carry out the control function the microcomputer must generate an analog signal that must be passed to the flow controllers and maintained even after the flow controller interface is removed from the data bus The method employed for digital to analog D A conversion utilizes an arrange ment of precision resistors called an R 2R ladder network Details of this method can be found in the literature in reference 9 Essentially the device produces a voltage output proportional to the value of the binary number applied to the network input The output from the R 2R network should be buffered What is done with the output depends upon the specific application at hand For example if a range of voltage is re quired the buffered output can be used with a Darlington network If a current range is required the buffered output is used to drive a current source In this particular example the flow con trollers for the cooling jacket and the steam line to the CSTR are current to pressure devices This means that a range of input current 4 mA to 20 mA in this case is required to control the rate of fluid flow from no flow to full flow The fraction of full flow is thus determined by the number 0 produces no flow 255 produces full flow placed on the PET parallel port by the com puter program The circuit currently in use with the CSTR that provides this range of current is shown in figure 8 The
265. nstructions prior to the condition Price 49 95 Includes relocator source code Author Edwin Rosenzweig Harlan Harrison Available Pterodactyl Software 1452 Portland Ave Albany CA 94706 Name El Diablero System Radio Shack Color Computer Memory 16K Language Assembly language Hardware Disk or cassette Description E Diablero is an adventure game extraordi naire You wake dazed and confused in the middle of a southwestern desert You had been learning the techniques of sorcery from an old man who told you that an evil sorcerer a diablero was his enemy Now your teacher is missing and you are alone You can t seem to remember the techniques you learned except MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal the curious verse Price 19 95 cassette 24 95 disk plus 2 00 S H Includes cassette or disk and instructions Author Kenneth Kalish Available Computerware Box 668 Encinitas CA 92024 714 436 3512 Name The Big Math Attack Apple II Plus Atari 48K Apple II 16K Atari cassette 24K Atari disk Language Applesoft Atari BASIC Description This program skillfully combines the excite ment and challenge of an ar cade game with basic math skills of addition subtraction multiplication and division An equation is launched from a spaceship The player must enter the correct answer before the equation lands on the city Grades one to six Price 25 00 disk 20 00 Atari ca
266. ny Technical In formation Report TIR 100 1968 David Eagle is an aerospace engineer with an undergraduate and graduate degree from the University of Michigan He presently works at Lear Siegler Inc in Grand Rapids MI on projects which involve the most fuel efficient way to fly airplanes You may contact Mr Eagle at 3759 76th St SW Byron Center MI 49315 No 56 January 1983 announcinc ElectroScreen the Superior Alternative to the Traditional Alphanumeric Terminals 49 A W Cox uy pt ram Fiscal 1981 Profits Na a RU a oo M 4 49 S et ye 5 wn ak oue x Widget A 19 estt Intelligent Graphics Board Features 60 Graphics 1 2 e 512 480 resolution bit mapped disptay e Terminal emulation on power up e Interleaved memory access fast snow free updates e 83 characters by 48 lines display Intelligence e Easy switching among user defined character sets 6809 on board e Fast hardware scrolling on board e 6K on board firmware Additional Features e STD syntax high level graphics command set e SS 50C and SS 64 compatible board e Removes host graphics software burden e Board communicates with host through parallel latcnes e Flexible text and graphics integration e Composite and TTL level video output e Multiple character sizes 1S 8 channel 8 bit A D converter e User programs can be run on board e Board
267. ny combination of 4 2532 EPROMs 2332 ROMs 2 Two ATARI ROMs and two 2532 s or 2332 s SPECIFY WITH ORDER Also order 2532 4K EPROMs 7 50 each with cartridge order only kokok k ok k k oe ke ke ke ke ke e ke e e e e e e e e e e e e CHAMELEON COMPUTING Dept of Physics amp Astronomy Box 119 M Dickinson College Carlisle PA 17013 717 245 1717 ok ok ok k ok e ke e e ke e de ke e ke de e e ke e e e e e Please add 1 50 shipping handling PA residents add 6 sales tax CHECK MC VISA Quantity discounts available Table 2 continued Mnemonic Data Size CCR Function Comments BTST 8 32 Test a CCR Bit XNZVC The state of a bit in the destination is tested and the state of the bit is reflected in the Z bit Opword Format 1514131211109 87 6 54 3210 o 0 OlRegister 1 0 Effective Address Mode Register Register The bit number is specified in the data register specified by the register field The effective address specifies the destination location The following effective address modes cannot be used 2 12 13 14 Opword Format 151413121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3210 ERE Bit number Effective Address Mode Register The effective address specifies the destination location and the bit number specifies the bit location The following effective address modes cannot be used 2 12 13 14 Th
268. occupies 4 address bytes See your dealer today The ElectroScreen manual is available for 10 credited toward purchase of the board e acm fom ier dae j EN Privac 671 3900 tus f 0 icd 3711 S George Mason Dr Falls Church Va 22041 No 56 January 1983 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal 33 OARS BERGE UY MOUSE EA AGRO AG Kaaa cud FIRST THINGS FIRST LEARN ALL ABOUT I When you don t know the first thing about your new Apple you need a friendly cheerful easy going teacher at your side And the ELEMENTARY APPLE is just that kind of book It sweeps away the confusion explains your Apple in everyday language shows you how to hook it up how to use the keyboard and work on the screen Gently and carefully it gives you an understanding of all the things your Apple can do And then it even shows how easy it is for anyone to write a simple program provides common sense answers about graphics utility programs and the how and why of word processors business programs and hardware like printers VISA MASTERCARD accepted 2 00 shipping handling charge California residents add 6 2 sales tax Apple a trademark of Apple Computers Inc Yes there s a lot of information But not one chapter one word is dull or difficult to follow or complicated Prove yourself Visit your computer store Open the ELEMENTAF APPLE Read a page of the introduction then flip it open anywhere and read a paragraph
269. ocking low force ROM sockets and 2K Static RAM MM 5 1110 E PzenNsvivANiA St Tucson AZ 85714 602 746 0418 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal master charge Pl 2 22 VIC 209 VIC 1011A VIC 1515 VIC 1530 VIC 1540 VIC 1111 VIC 1110 VIC 1210 VIC 1010 VIC 1311 VIC 1312 VIC 1600 VIC 209 Personal Computer 179 95 RS232C Interface 39 95 Printer 334 95 Datasette 67 50 Disk Drive 349 95 16K RAM Exp 99 95 8K RAM Exp 52 50 3K RAM Exp 34 95 Expansion Module 139 95 Joystick 9 95 Game Paddles 19 95 Telephone Modem 99 95 BUSINESS amp HOME APPLICATIONS WB101 WB102 WB103 WB104 PB105 PB106 WB107 WB107 WB108 WB109 WB110 WB111 WB112 WB113 WB114 WB115 WB116 WB117 WB118 WB119 WB120 WB121 WB122 WB123 WB124 WB125 WB126 WB127 WB128 WB129 PT130 PT132 WB134 WB135 PT136 WB137 WB139 WB140 WB141 WB142 5814355 Total Text 2 5 524 95 Total Labels 19 95 Total Research 24 95 Predicator Linear Regression 16 95 Billing Solver 20 amp 64 19 95 Utility Bill Saver 20 amp 64 12 95 The Gasoline UnGuzzler 20 amp 64 15 95 Accounting 29 95 Accounts Receivable 21 95 Calculator 12 95 Order Tracker 18 95 Business Inventory 19 95 Depreciation 10 95
270. of demo or utility software And they com municate with the host computer via RS 232 9600 baud max That s 1K byte sec Our board communicates over a parallel port with hardware AND software handshake at 71K bytes sec We ll call those other boards handicapped learners Our board is definitely not for everyone But some peopie find it very very useful Which group do you fit into DIGITAL ACOUSTICS 1415 E McFadden Ste F Santa Ana CA 92705 714 835 4884 Apple Applesoft and Apple I are trademarks of Apple Computer Company Pet is a trademark of Commodore Business Machines No 56 January 198 AN RECREATES IIL ELT MEN 68000 Shift Rotate and Bit Manipulation Instructions by Joe Hootman Our series on 68000 instructions continues Previous detailed tables appeared in September November and December The Shift and Rotate Instructions The shift and rotate operations im plemented in the 68000 are delineated in table 1 The distinction between shift and rotate is that shift does not preserve the bits as they leave the register except in the carry bit Rotate on the other hand cycles the bits around the register to the most signifi cant bit position or to the least signifi cant bit position depending on whether rotate is a rotate right or a rotate left Another interesting point is that registers can be shifted rotated any number of bits by denoting the bit count in a preas
271. of my camera the curtains move from right to left exposing a vertical slice of film This particular camera maintains a constant curtain speed while changing the distance between No 56 January 1983 the curtains for different exposures It is called a focal plane shutter because for the best performance the shutter must be placed as close to the plane of focus as possible The photographer is concerned with two inaccuracies in this type of shutter actual exposure and exposure con sistency Obviously for good photo graphic results the shutter should pro duce the desired exposure However any inaccuracy in the shutter may be corrected by changing the lens opening as long as the shutter is consistent Thus in practice consistency is usually more important than absolute accuracy Note that there is much practical latitude in the photographic process Exposure errors as large as 3396 V4 of an f stop may be unnoticed by some Further errors in exposure can often be corrected However each compensa tion or correction also compromises the final photographic result To achieve the maximum photographic quality possible every phase of the photographic process must be under stood and utilized to its fullest degree The first step exposure of the film is no exception Hardware The light sensor used by SHUTTER consists of two elements a phototran sistor and a 10K resistor The photo transistor Radio Shack
272. olor 99 0 9 Volt Power OO 648 33 1 wes z FRANKLIN I SYSTEM 35650 Printer S2099 PERCOM DRIVES E 5 160K Disk 329 5 320K Disk 449 64K RAM 310A Amber 780 KB Disk Storage El Drive Word Processing Ultracalc CP M C Basic Software Smith Corona TP1 Letter Quality Printer ACE 1000 ACE 10 with Controller Card ACE Writer Word Processor SOFTWARE 10 8 Easywriter 249 CALL 10 8 dux eS eiii 129 2995 FOR SYSTEM PRICE cea e HEWLETT PACKARD RANA DISK DRIVES Cal for price availability on the Ur PACKARD HP 41CV CALCULATOR new Rana Disk Drives for the Apple and Franklin Computer Systems commodore HTI S rara ose 1969 00 HP 85 16K Memory Module 169 00 5 Dual Master Disk Drive 1799 00 Hard Disk w Floppy s 4349 00 Hard Disk 3549 00 Sweet Lips Primer 1199 00 BO Column 4 D9060 5 Megabyte Hard Disk 09060 7 5 Megabyte Hard Disk 2699 00 8050 coerceri toons
273. ommodore machine it was SAVEd will automatically load at the current start of BASIC The PET CBM does not have this capability it loads a program at the original location but looks for it at 401 How do we get a program from 1001 or 801 to 401 where the PET expects to find it One way is to configure your C64 or VIC so that BASIC programs always start at 400 For the VIC you need the 3K RAM expansion that fills in 400 FFF The VIC automatically ad justs to start BASIC at 401 For the C64 you need to move the screen to 8000 where it is in the PET and move the start of BASIC to 401 There is a short program called C64 to PET included on the developers disk men tioned above that does this Another more general purpose proce dure is outlined below It works with all CBM SOFTWARE SELECT 8032 OR DISPLAY 4032 DISPLAY NEW SOFTWARE for TRS 80 Model Ill but the very longest BASIC programs l Type a one line program into your PET e g 1 REM 2 Load the VIC or C64 program 3 POKE 1025 1 POKE 1026 8 to move a program from 801 Or POKE 1025 1 POKE 1026 16 to move a pro gram from 1001 4 Delete the original single line by typing its number hit return and the whole program will move to 401 New Users Group and Newsletter for the SuperPET The SuperPET Users Group SPUG is putting out a newsletter called the SuperPET Gazette Membership is 10 year and include
274. omputes the REM relative error The variable REM ERROR should be set via the REM Velocity function prior to REM running this function REM GRAFHICS O PRINT Expected time in ms INFUT EXFECT ROUT INE 15236 REM 1ST USR FUNCTION MASK1 2 REM 1 FHOTOTRANSISTOR MASK 2 0 REM NOT USED GOSUR 9000 PRINT Shutter error s CEXFECT AVE EXFECT 100 GOSUR 8000 RETURN REM Velocity Function This function measures the leftward velocity of the shutter curtains This Speed is used to compute the error due to a finite sensor size The variable CDIST measured with the aid of the Monitor function is combined with the detector width to compute ERROR This function should be run prior to the Shutter function for every shutter speed with a different shutter curtain velocity GRAPHICS FRINT Detector width in mm INPUT WIDTH ROUTINE 1664 REM 2ND USR FUNCTION MASK1 1 REM 0 FHOTOTRANSISTOR MASK2 4 REM 2 FHOTOTRANSISTOR ERROR 0 REM COMPUTING NEW ERROR GOSUR 9000 ERROR WIDTHXAVE CDIST ERROR INT ERROR 100 0 5 100 PRINT Detector error SERROR ms GOSUER 8000 RETURN REM REM Monitor Function REM REM This function is used to REM assist measuring the distance REM between the velocity sensors REM This sensor distance CDIST REM should be edited into line REM 1250 of SHUTTER The Monitor KEM function monitors all three REM phototransistor inputs Fress KEM
275. on one machine Converting a program is usually a simple matter With the exception of the MAX P ET Vet continued machine all Commodore computers use essentially the same BASIC There are slight differences in the control characters implemented color and pro grammable function keys on the VIC and C64 screen editing and window controls on the 8032 unimple mented characters are ignored and in the screen format 22 VIC columns 40 for PET and C64 and 80 for 8032 BASIC 4 commands need to be replaced by BASIC 2 commands in the VIC C64 and earlier PETs Of course more serious problems arise with machine language programs and with BASIC programs that do PEEKs and POKEs to machine dependent locations The cassette format and handling is exactly the same from machine to machine Even though the VIC disk drive is serial rather than IEEE the ac tual diskette can be handled by the PET disk drives except the 8050 But even though BASIC programs on these machines are basically com patible there is a problem BASIC text starts at different locations in the dif ferent machines In the PET and CBM models programs always start at 401 In an unexpanded VIC it s 1001 but with the 3K expansion it s 401 In the C64 BASIC usually starts at 801 The situation is far from hopeless though The VIC and C64 both have relocating loaders a BASIC program no matter where it was originally located or from which C
276. oo formidable to attempt manually How ever with the present program the following set of answers all accurate to seven decimal places was printed on the screen in just over nine minutes including a 15 second pause for screen reading after each successful iteration X 0 5100436 0 3318626 0 44131791 1 0542850 0 3956750i 0 5187938 0 9907267i 0 9420515 0 3670825i 2 1458455 0 3315892 1 0217258i 1 7955200 1 76647811 As an aside it is worth noting that after the first stage computation the last set of roots was x 1 7955314 1 7664794i which differed from the ex act answers by about 1 part in 106 The accumulated propagated error in this il lustration was 0 000196 minimal considering the elaborate computations involved Example 2 Now try to solve the linear differen tial equation 23 MY 9779 799 dx 1 449 548 4275 0 dx No 56 January 1983 54060 REM Reset Coeffs of F X After Extracting tne Factor XxX HxX K 10 REM 54080 A g A 9 K 11 REM 54100 1 1 Hx A 9 K 12 REM EXTENDING NEWTON 54120 IF 1 THEN RETURN 13 REM RAPHSON S METHOD 54140 FOR I 2 TON 14 REM TO EVALUATE COMPLEX x 54160 A 1 Hx 1 1 1 2 K 15 REM ROOTS 54180 NEXT RETURN 16 REM 55000 REM Routine for Real Root
277. or Less Money When You Subscribe But on the newsstand if you can locate the issue you want you pay 30 00 a year 2 50 a copy Special Offer Subscribe for 2 years 42 00 and get 30 off the single issue price Subscribe to MICRO today Subscription Rates Effective January 1 1982 Country Rate United States 24 00 1 yr 42 00 2 yr Foreign surface mail 27 00 Europe air 42 00 Mexico Central America Mid East N amp C Africa 48 00 South Am S Afr Far East Australasia New Zealand 72 00 Airmail subscriptions accepted for oniy 1 year For U S and Canadian 2 year rates multiply by 2 eee eee Name Address Job Title City State Zip Type of Business Industry LL IQQ C Quen cu miam m m eed Rm GT oc KU C Rc am ed 112 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal No 56 January 1983 ge evolution in Computer Kn Complete Postage Paid Card and Mail Today owledge THE PROWRITER COMETH And It Cometh On Like Gangbusters Evolution It s inevitable An eternal verity Just when you think you ve got it knocked and you re resting on your laurels some body comes along and makes a dinosaur out of you Witness what happened to the Centron
278. other characters will show up as black Third the first image of this textfile must be the special cursor Fourth there cannot be a linespace between images Last there must be 81 images 648 lines in this textfile Additional lines will be ignored Creating the math character datafile requires a small utility program see listing 2 MATH MATHCREATE TEXT This program should be entered and compiled When executed this program MATH MATHCREATE CODE will read MATH MATHSET TEXT and create MATH MATHSET DATA 1 2 3 4 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal The major advantage of this storage method is that the textfile MATH MATHSET TEXT can easily be edited to suit the user s needs Once this is done the datafile can be created by simply executing MATH MATH CREATE CODE If you have followed all the steps up to this point then the following files should exist 1 MATH MATHSET TEXT 2 MATH MATHSET DATA 3 MATH CREATEMATH TEXT 4 MATH CREATEMATH CODE Math Editor Program Operation The Math Editor program uses the TURTLEGRAPHICS library unit to display the formulas and messages on the high resolution screen The math formula is displayed on the upper half of the screen while all messages are displayed on the lower half The program is entirely menu driven and calls on nine main pro cedures Once a procedure is called simply hitting the return key will return the program to the main menu T
279. ow microcopy mi kro i n A photographic copy of printed material or photographs MICROCOMPUTING The First Word in Computer Publishing Apple is a registered trademark of Apple Computer Inc EVER eae ia m YES I want to get the First Word in Computer Publishing Send me 12 issues of MICROCOMPUTINC for only 24 97 Check enclosed LJ MC 0 VISA Bill me 731 RMC Card Exp Date Interbank Name Address City CS tate Zip Box 997 Canada amp Mexico 27 97 1 Year Only U S Funds L MICROCOMPUTING Farmingdale Ny 11737 T Year Oniy 05 Fond Drawn on US Bank 108 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal No 56 January 1983 TRS 80C Data Sheet 12 MEMORY MAP Memory Contents 0 FF Direct page RAM TRS 80 Color Computer 6809E based computer 100 111 Interrupt Vector s manufactured by Radio Shack a division of Tandy 112 114 USRJMP Jump to BASIC s USR routine Corporation 116 117 RND Function SEED 11A Keyboard Alpha lock 0 not locked locked TRS 80C comes standard with 4K RAM color BASIC 118 116 Keyboard delay constant in ROM cassette and serial interface RS options in 11D 151 BASIC token directory clude expansion to 16K RAM joysticks cassette 152 159 Keyboard rollover table recorder printer disk system Additional options 15A 15D Joystick pot values expansion 64K FLEX and OS 9 15E
280. ows RAM and ROM to share the same address space with the processor switching only one in at a time For instance the I O devices VIC II SID CIA and color RAM are addressed exactly the same place D000 DFFF as the character generator ROM to mention the RAM available there The 6510 is able to do all the necessary switching at the right times to pull this off Unlike the 6509 to be included in the PET CBM No 56 January 1983 B P and the addressing range of the 6510 is still only 64K It is very encouraging that so much technical information is available on the C64 Before the C64 was released Commodore had an information kit including memory maps and develop ment software available to serious software developers The Programmer s Reference Guide should be available by the time you read this Unlike Com modore publications before the VIC Programmer s Reference Guide the Guide fot the C64 is thorough well done and very useful Availability of software for the C64 is not as much a problem as first an ticipated Most PET programs can be converted easily to run on the C64 Many already have C64 versions of such popular PET programs as WordPro 3 MAE and VisiCalc should be avail able shortly Over 300 educational pro grams are now offered by the Toronto PET Users Group I have already received review copies of C64 versions of Tiny BASIC Compiler from Abacus Software and Pascal
281. page the transfer program overwrites The Disk Doctor If this happens the transfer procedure must be restarted from the beginning This file size limitation is noted in the instructions and is easily avoided if you are careful Documentation The Disk Doctor is full of medical in formation on sick disks There are no lists of instructions but the operator is guided through a disk reconstruction using the included crashed disk Skill level required A knowledge of the disk file structure is helpful and the user is referred to the Color Computer disk system manual for preliminary information Reviewer John Steiner Product Name OSI Greatest Hits Equip req d OSI 1P or Superboard Price 29 95 plus 1 50 shipping Manufacturer Victory Software Corp 2027 A S J Russell Circle Elkins Park PA 19117 Description Greatest Hits is a collection of original pro grams for the OSI 1P computer The programs fill both sides of two cassette tapes Tape one cohtains 18 game pro grams Night Rider Cosmic Debris Minos Street Sweeper Ridge Cruiser and Worm are excellent games with good graphics effects The second tape contains 16 94 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journali utility programs The two tapes represent nearly two hours of programs at 300 baud Pluses The user can list study and modify these BASIC programs A number of machine code subroutines are used to increase the graphics speed and create some impressive effe
282. pro vides a simple but powerful alternative for systems pro gramming in assembly lan guage Pascal C and ADA Features include modules pro cesses separate compilation dynamic array parameters and low level machine access Price 550 00 Includes compiler librarian run time library and interpreter Available Volition Systems P O Box 1236 Del Mar CA 92014 714 481 2286 Name System Name TransFORTH System Apple II or Apple II Plus Apple III version sold separately Memory 48K Language Machine language Hardware DOS 3 3 one or more disk drives Description TransFORTH is a compiled programming lan guage similar to FORTH that features floating point capabil ity and scientific functions DOS 3 3 compatibility ver satile array structures exten sibility and structured in teractive programming Price 125 00 Includes disk and manual Author Paul Lutus Available Insoft Inc 10175 S W Barbur Blvd Suite 202B Portland OR 97219 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal Name The Filer System Apple II Apple II Plus Memory 48K Language 6502 Assembly Hardware DOS 3 3 one or more disk drives Description This is a general utility system for the Apple Features include FAST copy program disk speed and check copy delete lock unlock files change booting program and a catalog with space on the disk Price 19 95 Includes one disk with instructions Available
283. py Disk Controller Dual 8 DSDD Floppy Disk System x 128KB Static Ram SOFTWARE FEATURES Your choice of either UniFLEX or OS 9 LEVEL TWO Both are Unix like Multi User Multi Tasking Operating Systems 96KB FLEX 08 0 SWITCHING SYSTEM 4148 49 HARDWARE FEATURES 2MHz 6809 CPU x 56K Static Ram 2 RS232C Serial Ports SOFTWARE FEATURES DMA Double Density Floppy Disk Controller x 2 Built in 5 40tr DSDD Disk Drives 80 Track DSDD Drive Option add 400 00 GMXBUG monitor FLEX Disk Operating System x OS 9 LEVEL ONE Multi tasking operating system for up to 56K of memory WINCHESTER SUBSYSTEMS Winchester packages are available for upgrading current GIMIX 6809 systems equipped with DMA controllers at least one floppy disk drive and running FLEX OS 9 LEVEL ONE or OS 9 LEVEL TWO The packages include one or two 19MB unformat ted Winchester drives DMA Hard Disk Interface and the appropriate software drivers The Interface can handle two 54 Winchester Drives providing Automatic Data Error Detection and Correction up to 22 bit burst error detection and 11 bit burst error correction Dual drives can be used together to provide over 30 MBytes of on line storage or use one for back up of the other More convenient and reliable than tape backup systems 90 includes one 19MB Drive Interface and Software 2 4288 90 91 i
284. quired voltages Supplied without EPROMS DM816 CC15 A 15 position motherboard mounted in a 19 RETMA standard card cage with power supply KIM AIM and SYM versions DISK PROGRAM LIBRARY Offers exchange of user contributed routines and programs for HDE Disk Systems Contact Progressive Computer Software Inc for details HDE DISK BASIC A full range disk BASIC for KIM based systems Includes PRINT USING IF THEN ELSE Sequential and random file access and much more 175 00 HDE ADVANCED INTERACTIVE DISASSEMBLER AID Two pass disassembler assigns labels and con structs source files for any object program Saves multiple files to disk TIM AIM SYM KIM versions 95 00 HDE ASSEMBLER Advanced two pass assembler with standard mnemonics KIM TIM SYM and KIM cassette versions 75 00 80 00 cassette HDE TEXT OUTPUT PROCESSING SYSTEM TOPS A comprehensive text processor with over 30 commands to format and output letters docu ments manuscripts KIM TIM and KIM cassette versions 135 00 142 50 cassette HDE DYNAMIC DEBUGGING TOOL DDT Built in assembler disassembler with program controlled single step and dynamic breakpoint entry deletion TIM AIM SYM KIM AND KIM cassette versions 65 00 68 50 cassette HDE COMPREHENSIVE MEMORY TEST CMT Eight separate diagnostic routines for both static and dynamic memory TIM AIM SYM KIM and KIM cassette versions 65 00 68 50 cassette AVAILABL
285. r Computer Graphics is the least expensive book mentioned here TRS 80 Programs and Applications by Alfred Baker contains many beginner level programs for the CoCo If you are new to programming you will like the fully documented program listings This book is not for the in termediate or advanced programmer One of the first programs in the book is a joystick test routine that checks the keyboard to see if a joystick fire button has been depressed In ROM 1 0 this is acceptable In ROM 1 1 the keyboard is isolated from the joystick port and pressing the fire button will have no ef fect on this program For CoCo owners who want to learn machine language programming on the Color Computer there is little to choose from Two new releases may be available by the time you read this William Barden Jr is writing a book for use with EDTASM It will be available from Radio Shack Don In man who wrote an excellent book on machine language for the Apple will soon have one for the Color Computer Books covering the 6809 processor and machine language programming are more plentiful A good reference source The MC6809 Cookbook by D Warren TAB Books is written MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal for the experienced programmer up grading to the 6809 6809 Microcom puter Programming and Interfacing by Andrew Staugard Jr Howard W Sams amp Co discusses the 6820 and 6821 PIAs in addition to the 6809 The 6821 is
286. r inquiries welcome Name DISKBUB Description DISKBUB is a compact bubble memory board with 128K bytes of data storage It will interface to the FLEXTM operating system using a 68XX based micro processor with a 30 pin ss 50 I O bus DISKBUB acts like a disk but has the advantages of bubble memory high reliability data storage and operation in harsh environments DISK BUB can be used to boot up systems replacing the need for disks altogether Its appli cations include process con trol automation data logging and robotics It can be used vir tually anywhere a computer must withstand a harsh environment Price 995 00 Available Universal Data Research Inc 2457 Wehrle Drive Buffalo NY 14221 Name EPROM Pack System 5 80 Color Computer Memory and up Language BASIC or Extended BASIC Description The EPROM Pack is a plug in cartridge for the Color Computer that allows up to 16K bytes of user ROM to be added simply and quickly to the machine Four sockets are contained in the pack to allow 2732 type EPROMs to be in serted Additional programs like assemblers word pro cessors graphics and games can be permanently available to the computer Price 39 95 Includes EPROM Pack cartridge and full instructions Available Maple Leaf Systems Box 2190 Station Downsview Ontario Canada M2N 259 Name Atari Bank Select Memory System Atari 400 Memory 64K Description The
287. r when converting PET BASIC program files to Waterloo BASIC readable program files 1 The program file must be converted to a sequential file 2 Line numbers must be forced to five characters with leading blanks 3 Alphabetic characters must be con verted to lower case ASCII Use the following line in direct mode to convert a program in memory to PET ASCII Be sure the program does not start with line O since Waterloo BASIC will not accept a line 0 dopen 8 FILENAME w cmd8ilist When the cursor returns enter dclose xx This will give a syntax error but the file will be closed and the cursor will return properly Now you can use the following program to format the file for access by Waterloo BASIC s OLD command Be sure to substitute the appropriate names in lines 10 and 30 The two 8 in line 20 discard the carriage returns that CMD puts at the front of the file Line 40 checks for the in ready which marks the last line in the file All other lines will begin with a space Line 50 converts the alphabetic characters to true ASCII lower case No 56 January 1983 PET BASIC to Waterloo BASIC Numerical Rounding Line 60 builds the output string and checks for the end of line carriage return Line 70 searches for the space following the line number Line 80 pads the line so that the line number always occupies the first five spaces padded with leading blanks and writes the line to th
288. rams the widest possible coverage Quality is the keyword If your program is good and you want it presented by the best send it to Aardvark ESCAPE FROM MARS by Rodger Olsen This ADVENTURE takes place on the RED PLANET You ll have to explore a Martian city and deal with possibly hostile aliens to survive this one A good first adventure PYRAMID by Rodger Olsen This is our most challenging ADVENTURE It is a treasure hunt in a pyramid full of problems Exciting and tough HAUNTED HOUSE by Bob Anderson It s a real adventure with ghosts and ghouls and goblins and treasures and problems but it is for kids Designed for the 8 to 12 year old population and those who haven t tried Adventure before and want to start out real easy DERELICT Rodger Olsen amp Bob Anderson New winner in the toughest adventure from Aardvark sweepstakes This one takes place on an alien ship that has been deserted for a thousand years and is still dangerous Please specify system on all orders SINCLAIR TIMEX TUBE FRENZY by Dave Edson This is an almost indescribably fast action arcade game t has fast action an al new concept in play simple rules and 63 levels of difficulty All machine code requires Joysticks Another great game by Dave Edson TRS 80 COLOR ONLY 16k and Joysticks required 19 95 CATCH EM by Dave Edson One of our simplest fastest funnest all machine code arcade games Raindrop
289. rams for 6809 related equipment are cited Staff MICRO Hardware Catalog pg 117 Hardware for 6809 systems are listed 95 80 U S Journal 5 No 9 September 1982 Tangeman Richard Color Computer Assembler Dis assembler pg 38 45 Get inside your 6809E based Color Computer with this utility Davis Lynn Three Color Computer Video Tips pg 96 97 Several listings for the TRS 80 Color Computer involving switching PMODESs for effect 96 68 Micro Journal 4 Issue 9 September 1982 Anderson Ronald W FLEX User Notes pg 8 11 Notes on addition and subtraction routines with 6809 FLEX No 56 January 1983 Dr William R Dial 438 Roslyn Avenue Akron OH 44320 Notes on FORTH Pascal C BASIC and assembler languages Nay Robert L Color User Notes pg 11 12 Notes of interest to TRS 80 Color Computer users Distefano Tony Color Clinic pg 13 14 A hardware modification to alter the background color on the 6809 based Color Computer Commo Norm C User Notes pg 14 18 Discussion of initialization code for the C user Urie Paul M pg 18 20 Discussion of new utilities for 6809 systems Includes some benchmark tests Zeff Robert Simple Winchester Interface pg 20 21 Hardware and procedure for implementing a Winchester hard disk on 6809 systems Pass E M 6800 to 6809 pg 24 26 Converting 6800
290. reen memory defaults to location 4096 and the BASIC program starts at 4608 In order to use graphics with these sys tems the start of the BASIC program must be moved above the area used for the screen and character memory 1 above 8191 Under the right conditions it can be done by the BASIC program that is running but it is much simpler to do before loading the program The program included with this ar ticle is a sample of how to use high resolution graphics with the VIC If you look at it you will find that most of the program is involved in setting things up and that lines 500 to 530 are the ones that create the actual graph a sim ple sine curve The program as shown is for a VIC with the 3K expander If you have an unexpanded VIC change the following lines and remove all the REMs This will give a 136 by 144 dot field 150 56 5120 256 170 CM 5120 180 RC z 7 190 CR 17 If you have the 8K expander you should remove statements 150 and No 56 January 1983 160 since the end of memory is above screen memory You will also have to enter the following statements in direct mode before loading the BASIC pro gram These statements move screen memory to where it is on the standard VIC and also set the start of the BASIC program to just above screen memory This lets us use memory from 4096 7680 as character memory POKE 36866 150 POKE 36869 240 POKE 648 30 POKE 43 1 POKE 44 32 POKE 8192
291. resents no difficulties Some explana tions however might be of value for the user to get full benefit from the program Let us start looking at the firmament Type in the program and RUN You will be informed that you can 1 stop running the program at any date by pressing S stop 2 re start by pressing SPACE 3 get a prompt for a new start ing date by pressing M and 4 exit the program by pressing ESC You should be aware that nothing will happen until No 56 January 1983 the program has finished drawing the phase of the moon for the day in ques tion so some patience is required You will now be prompted to input a starting date note the sequence day month year Try 28 12 1981 The pro gram then draws a reference circle of dots spaced 10 degrees apart marks the center which is the location of Earth and the 3 and 9 o clock locations The starting date soon appears and the sun and moon and three other objects see below are drawn inside the reference circle Next the moon is drawn in its correct phase to the right of the refer ence circle Meanwhile the elongation of the moon angular longitudinal distance between sun and moon in degrees is printed After a pause the program goes on to the next day Let the program run briefly When you reach 03 01 1982 press S and wait for the program to stop so you can take a closer look at the various features The 3 o clock position of the reference circle is the eq
292. rformed without a lens mounted on the camera The three sensor outputs were connected from right to left looking from the back to the least significant bits bit 0 bit 1 and bit 2 of the Atari joystick 3 STICK 2 input port This joystick is located at the hardware register address 54017 PORTB All joystick ports are configured as input ports by the Atari operating system upon power up Both the 5V and ground are obtained from the 9 pin joystick port Here are the joystick pinouts 47 EN SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS Listing 1 continued Pin 41 Right velocity phototransistor Bit 0 Pin 2 Shutter phototransistor Bit 1 Pin 3 Left velocity phototransistor Bit 42 Pin 7 5V power Pin 8 Ground Be sure to read the Atari Hardware Manual available from Atari before blindly wiring to the joystick connec tors Damage to the Atari may result from improper use Therefore most of my hardware projects use PORTB in case of a faulty design PORTA joysticks 1 and 2 is still available for Star Raiders Software SHUTTER is divided into three functions that allow the calibration of the shutter sensor hardware and measurement of the focal plane shut ter The BASIC listing of SHUTTER is given in listing 1 The first function Monitor allows the user to measure the distance be tween the two velocity phototran sistors joystick I O bits 0 and 2 With an accurate scale mounted to
293. rget applications The software package includes a C compiler 6809 assembler linking loader run time library and library manager INTROL C 6809 supports vir tually all standard C as defined by Kernighan and Ritchie It is efficient both in terms of size and speed of execution Com piled programs are re entrant relocatable and ROMable Price From 475 Includes floppy disk user s manual and one year maintenance program Author Richard Pennington Available Introl Corp 647 W Virginia St Milwaukee WI 53204 414 276 2937 System Memory Name Filmtape System Apple II Plus Memory 48K Language Applesoft compiled by Microsoft TASC Hardware DOS 3 3 and printer Description Filmtape is designed to aid film editors and others who need tfapid frame accurate translation of film times into television time codes Working with a cut workprint and up to four O S rolls it can help trim up to 8096 from on line video editing times often paying for itself in one session Users may mix types of film and time code Price 395 00 Includes diskette manual full support Available Editing Services 615 Fairground Plymouth MI 48170 313 459 4618 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal Economic Order Quantity E O Q Package Apple or IBM Personal Computer 48K Apple 64K IBM Hardware Apple II disk II disk controller and at least one disk II disk drive IBM 80 column video mo
294. rimenter Board for the VIC 20 Save money with this great board This board plugs right into the expansion slot of the ViC 20 The board contains a large prototyping area for your own circuit design and expansion The construction article shows you how to build your own 3k RAM expander and ROM board Order 4844 18 95 Software for SINCLAIR ZX 81 and TIMEX 1000 2399 Machine Language Monitor 2398 Mailing List Programming in BASIC and machine language with the 2 81 82 or TIMEX 1000 Order 140 book Books for OSI 157 The First Book of Ohio 158 Second Book of Ohio 159 The Third Book of Ohio 160 The Fourth Book of Ohio 161 TheFifth Book of Ohio 151 8K Microsoft BASIC Ref Man 152 Expansion Handbook for 6502 and 6802 153 Microcomputer Appl Notes Complex Sound Generation New revised applications manual for the Texas Instruments SN 76477 Complex Sound Generator Order 154 6 95 Small Business Programs Order 156 Complete listings for the business user Inventory invoice Writing Mailing List and much more Intro duction to Business Applications 14 90 No 56 January 1983 INICRO Software Catalog Name Concentrated Chemical Concepts System Apple Memory 48K Language Applesoft Hardware 3 3 DOS disk drive Description This package of drill and practice programs covers the entire course in in troductory general organic and biological chemistry for health science majors
295. rity and better stick performance Full one year warranty Price 564 95 69 95 Available Contact Kraft Systems for name of nearest dealer 714 724 7146 Name MAC INKER Description MAC INKER automatically re inks ribbons for any printer at an average cost of five cents per ribbon Operation is simple The ink contains a special lubricant that helps improve the life of the print head Price 54 95 Includes one two ounce ink bottle approximately six months of intensive use Available Computer Friends 100 North West 86th Ave Portland OR 97229 503 297 3231 104 Name 6522 Parallel 1 0 Card System Commodore VIC 20 Language BASIC or assembly language Description This card is designed to plug directly into the VIC s expansion port It provides two programmable 8 bit ports with expanded handshake capability that allow the user to interface any parallel peripheral device to the VIC 20 It also includes two 16 bit programmable timer counters and a serial data port The on board switch selectable address feature allows the alteration of the card s memory location within the system and pro vides for the use of multiple cards when an expansion chassis is utilized Price 69 95 assembled and tested 59 95 kit Includes the user guide and application notes Available Fountain Intelligent Devices Company P O Box 913 Palo Alto CA 94302 OEM and deale
296. ro Signal 33 CST Ru Pg 13 Micro Ware Distributing 42 Modular Mining 9 Modular 5 79 Nibble e et DER evene 55 Orion 106 Perry 61 Power 63 Puyac Inc eere o er RS ara E ESI 33 Pterodactyl 5 37 Skyles Electric 2 Sottronics uis or kee tent ie EEUU dta 6 Softside 58 103 Software 80 Spectrum 5 80 Star 30 Universal Data 70 KPS Ine oie coisa e HR PY vee 67 MICRO INK is not responsible for claims made by its advertisers Any complaint should be submitted directly to the advertiser Please also send written notification to MICRO MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal 111 Next Month in MICRO February Language Feature APPLE Pascal Hi Res Screen Dump Use this high resolution graphics dump to send APPLE Pascal Turtlegraphics to an Epson printer with Graftrax APL on the SuperPET APL offers powerful features high exe
297. s Easily upgradeable to a fully intelligent printer board with graphics and text dumps Use with EPSON C ITOH ANADEX STAR WRITER OKI and others with standard Centronics configuration IF YOU WANT GRAPHICS AND FORMATTING THEN CHOOSE THE PERFORMER for Epson OKI NEC 8023 C ITOH 8510 provides resident HIRES screen dump and print formatting in firmware Plugs into Apple slot and easy access to all printer fonts through menu with PR command Use with standard printer cards to add intelligence 43 00 specify printer THE MIRROR FIRMWARE FOR NOVATION APPLE CAT 11 The Data Communication Handler ROM Emulates syntax of an other popular Apple Modem product with improvements Plugs directly on Apple CAT I Board Supports Videx and Smarterm 80 column cards touch tone and rotary dial remote terminal voice toggle easy printer access and much more List 39 00 Introductory Price 29 00 MINI ROM BOARDS DOUBLE DOS Plus Place your 2K program on our Mini Rom A piggy back board that plugs nto the disk Board Room forone2716 EPROM Useinany controller card so that you can switch select slot but zero Only 34 95 between DOS 3 2 and 005 3 3 DOUBLE 005 Plus requires APPLE DOS ROMS 539 00 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journai A communications system for the Apple Requires Hayes Micro Modem Transmit and receive any type of file between APPLES Automatic multi file transfer real time clock indicating file transfer time Complete error ch
298. s a subscription Paul V Skipski Secretary SuperPET Users Group 4782 Boston Post Road Pelham NY 10803 The second issue was ten pages and in cluded resource information utility programs and statements of purpose and direction MICRO and the Color Computer Church Contribution System Amherst NY 14221 716 631 3011 seas eu ct EPA a trademark of Commodore Business Machines trademark of Professional Software Inc FROM THE KEYBOARD OR PROGRAM designed to simplify and facilitate the tedi 1 NOW RUN WORD PRO 3 OR WORD PRO 4 ous chore of recording envelopes Provides 1 variety of reports Maintains its own data l FROM THE SAME MACHINE p em 150 Data Base Manager Available for either 4000 or 8000 Series designed to help organize yourdataandpro I vide you with meaningful reports Add or delete ALSO f information New files can be created and For 2001 3000 Series Computers old information transferred Only 150 Operate these Models a Full 8032 Like Single Entry Ledger 27 Display For Word Pro 4 designed as an uncomplicated control of p finances for home or small business Add de and all other 80 Column Software lete edit at any time Compatible with f All installation instructions included DBM Only 95 1 Write or phone for comple
299. s and an incredibe variety of other things come falling down on your head Use the Joy sticks to Catch em It s a BALL and a flying saucer and a Flying Y and so on TRS 80 COLOR 19 95 BASIC THAT ZOOOMMS AT LAST AN AFFORDABLE COMPILER The compiler allows you to write your Programs in easy BASIC and then auto matically generates a machine code equiv alent that runs 50 to 150 times faster It does have some limitations t takes at least 8k of RAM to run the compiler and it does only support a subset of BASIC about 20 commands including FOR NEXT END GOSUB GOTO IF THEN RETURN END PRINT STOP USR X PEEK gt VARIABLE NAMES 2 SUBSCRIPTED VARIABLES and INTEGER NUMBERS FORM 0 64K TINY COMPILER is written in BASIC It generates native relocatable 6502 or 6809 code t comes with a 20 page manual and can be modified or augmented by the user 24 95 on tape or disk for OSI TRS 80 Color or VIC ALSO FROM AARDVARK This is only a partial list of what we carry We have a lot of other games particularly for the TRS 80 Color and OSI business programs blank tapes and disks and hardware Send 1 00 for our complete catalog AARDVARK 80 2352 S Commerce Walled Lake MI 48088 313 669 3110 Phone Orders Accepted 8 00 a m to 4 00 p m EST Mon Fri 68 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal No 56 January 198 INICRO PET Vet By Loren Wrigh
300. s are stored with inventory number manufacturer reorder tevel present level code number description Order 7214 cassette version 19 95 Order 7215 disk version 24 95 Programs from Book 164 The programs from book no 164 on cassette Book included Order 7100 29 00 Game Package Games on cassette Bomber tennis smart cannon fodder etc Order 7216 9 95 cassette version 19 95 disk version 24 95 Microcomputer Hardware Handbeok 845 pages 4 Descriptions pinouts and specifications of the most popular micropro cessors and support chips A MUST for the hard ware buff Order No 29 514 95 Care and Feeding of the Commodore PET Eight chapters exploring PET hardware includes repair and interfacing information Programming tricks and schematics Order 150 9 95 Payment check money order VISA MASTER CHARGE Euroscheck Orders from outside USA add 15 shipping CA residents add 6 5 tax ATARI is a registered trademark of ATARI Inc VIC 20 is a registered trademark of Commodore SOFTWARE IN MACHINE LANGUAGE for ATARI This is machine language monitor that provides you with the most important commands for programming in machine language Disassemble dump hex and ASCII change memory location block transfer fili memory block save and load machine language pro grams start programs Printer option via three different interfaces Order 27022 Order 70
301. s now been sent from the disk You can take advan tage of this in line 1300 by writing the record with the same character 1300 PRINT PI REM Leaves null Normally writing a record takes only a moment Here however DOS has to first create all the records up to and in cluding number NR and fill them with dummy data In the standard mail list this function takes about three minutes and creates 1000 records After comple tion the file may be closed 1310 DCLOSE ON U UN DCLOSE without a file number closes all disk files on the named unit on unit 8 if no unit is given In BASIC 2 the file MICRO The 6502 6809 Journa must be closed by number with 1310 CLOSE 1 This concludes the relative file por tion of 4040 header There are still two other files to be created These are sequential index files which help the mail list find records in the relative file by name rather than number In BASIC 4 this is done with 1320 DOPEN 1 D DD INDEX W ON U UN In BASIC 2 it becomes 1320 OPEN 1 UN 3 MIDS STR 00 2 INDEX S W with a similar change line 1370 Remember also that in BASIC 2 you must end each PRINT statement to the disk with CHR 13 and a semi colon otherwise a linefeed will also be sent to the disk causing havoc when the file is read C is preset to CHR 13 so line 1300 becomes 1300 PRINT 1 PI C REM Leaves null Finally SYS PA in line 1540 cleans up the stack pointer
302. s represented by the horizontal line t 40 The average time between the ar rival of two consecutive customers T 50 seconds is represented by the line t 50 Given all the above you can evaluate the desired quantities and compare them to your computer results You can see immediately that T 50 seconds and T 40 seconds given quantities lead to the results 1 50 which means that on the average one person arrives every 50 seconds and 1 40 which means that on the 26 SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS M AVERAGE QUEUE LENGTH Figure 3 Analytic versus Computed Results INDICATED BY LISTING ONE 4 02 AVERAGE QUEUE LENGTH COMPUTED ANALYTICALLY 4 00 PERCENTAGE DIFFERENCE 96 average one person is served every 40 seconds and I 40 50 If I is less than 1 that indicates the bank teller is serving faster than the customers are arriving A traffic inten sity greater than 1 indicates the teller is serving slower than the customers are arriving We define in the following way a long period of time is represented by T the number of customers arriving at the system by n and the total service time by nT Therefore the time that the bank teller is busy is nT nT nT T T Here 40 50 4 5 The teller is busy 4 5 of the time The formula for the quantity L is L A ba 2 1 0 where ba n T If you evaluate this expression you learn
303. seven files used throughout this article For this reason I recom mend initializing a new disk using APPLE3 FORMATTER Once this is done change the volume name of this new disk from BLANK to MATH to make it easier to follow the article It will also make the file names compatible with those included in the program listings Creating the Math Character Set The math character set includes a special cursor used by the Math Editor the Greek alphabet math symbols not included in the ASCII character set and small digits used for subscripting and superscripting In addition there is room for two user definable characters These images 81 total are stored the textfile MATH MATHSET see listing 1 This textfile will be used to create the datafile MATH 78 MATHSET DATA which contains these same images in a form readable by the Math Editor Ed Note Listing 1 has three full size samples Figure 1 has a dot matrix reduction of the characters They should all be entered in format A few special rules must be follow ed when entering these images into the textfile First each image is an eight by eight dot matrix Accordingly each image occupies exactly eight lines of text with each line having at least eight characters Extra characters on each line are ignored and may be used for documentation Second the upper case character will show up as white dot on the screen All
304. signed data register Memory can be shifted rotated only one bit at a time This suggests there might be a time savings if the data in the memory were brought from mem ory to a register location before shift ing This is true and if three or more shifts are to be done on data in memory it should be put into a register for shifting Table of Definitions of Opword Formats for Shift and Rotate i r 0 Immediate shift count The shift count is specified by this to range between 1 and 8 shifts Zero in the count register results in a shift of 8 The rest of the bits denote a shift of 1 to 7 i r 1 Register shift count The shift count is contained in the data register denoted dr O Shift Right dr 1 Shift Left No 56 January 1983 Table 1 Shift and Rotate Instructions Mnemonic Data Size CCR Name Comments MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal 15 SASS GURUS GRECO NOSE GRE ses Table 1 Mnemonic ROL ROR continued Data Size CCR Name 8 1632 77 CCR XNZVC 9 0 Rotate destination ig rotated indicated below bit is not included in the rotation The number of times the rotate is performed without extenstion 1 gt register Comments can be specified immediately Lina rj p ROL ROR Destination Opword Format 15 14 13 12 H 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 cH byt yf
305. ssette Author Schreiber amp Schrebier Available T H E S LS P O Box 147 Garden City MI 48135 0147 or from dealers System Memory Name Alphabet Squares System Apple II Memory 48K Hardware Disk drive Description An ideal program for the young computer user learning the ABC s Excellent hi res color graphics present three familiar objects A is for airplane B is for bird etc You use the joystick or paddles to move a pointer graphic from the letter to the correct pic ture If correct the graphic will expand to full screen as a reward An exciting progam for that young user who would like to use the computer too Price 29 95 Includes floppy diskette user guide Available Versa Computing Inc Suite 104 3541 Old Conejo Rd Newbury Park CA 91320 805 498 1956 Continued 101 Softwa re Cata log continued Name Market Time System CP M Apple Z80 card IBM PC Osborne 1 etc Memory 34K Language A Compiled BASIC Hardware Requires Cursor Control and two disk drives Description Market Time an easy to use menu driven pro gram provides a data base of selected market statistics that can be analyzed with moving averages and plotted on screen or printer to spot market turn ing points It also features an expandable data base to allow entering additional market statistics of the user s choice Price 75 00 Includes program disk data file disk and user
306. t What s So Good About the Commodore 64 It looks almost exactly like the VIC 20 but the 595 list price is twice that of the VIC s There are a few external dif ferences The color of the case is light tan instead of off white the keyboard has a more comfortable feel there are two controller ports instead of one the power supply is considerably bigger and connects to a more elaborate jack on the computer the cartridge port is nar rower the modulator is built into the computer with a deeply recessed chan nel 3 4 switch When you turn on the C64 more dif ferences are apparent There are 40 col umns across instead of 22 and it comes up with 38911 bytes free more than ten times that of the VIC The graphics see last month s column and sound capabilities are considerably more ad vanced than the VIC s After that com parison to the VIC is not very useful The C64 actually has 64K of RAM and you do get nearly 8K more for BASIC than you do with a 32K PET For machine language there s another 8K at C000 CFFF However if you want to strip down the C64 s operating system to the essential routines or KERNAL get a character put a character etc you can gain access to a lot more RAM for machine language programs You can copy the BASIC ROMs into RAM make changes as you like and run from the new RAM copy The difference is the 6510 processor with its built in I O port and tri state address lines This all
307. t BASIC 4 0 programs to work on your new Vic or CBM 64 Now only 89 95 or 99 95 complete with Centronics standard printer cable Cable alone 19 95 Available now from your local dealer or order through your Visa or MasterCard toll free 800 227 9998 California Canada Alaska Hawaii 415 965 1735 or send check or money order directly to 231E South Whisman Road Mountain View CA 94041 Skyles Electric Works 415 965 1735 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal No 56 January 1983 INCRO January Highlights Due to the nature of our features on simulations applica tions and math in this issue many articles here will in terest users of a wide range of systems Even the programs written for a particular machine usually can be adapted to another Apple Commodore Atari VIC OSI and TSC XBASIC users will all find material of interest Simulations and Applications Simulations save time and money in business educa tion and research For instance a flight simulator pro gram available commercially for the Apple and other microcomputers allows the user to control a plane through keyboard commands Bigger computers coupled with replicas of actual airplane control panels allow stu dent pilots to log a considerable amount of flying time without renting a plane or jeopardizing lives Simulator programs are used in scientific research for testing mathe matical models e g of a predator prey relationship an
308. t BCDVAL J 9 For I 1 to Len do Begin If Temp I Radix then Got radix Else If Temp I in Numeric then Begin Bed Bedx1g Ord Temp I Ord If Got radix then J J 1 Count decimal places End End Normalize If Minus then Bed BCDVAL True End Bedval False Got radix False Non numeric input True Bed Procedure STRBCD VAR S String Bed Bednum Suffixsign Boolean Do the opposite of BCDVAL i e convert a bednum to an ASCII string If Suffixsign is True then affix the Minus Sign if required to the end of the string as 100 00 VAR I Integer Stemp String Sfix String 1 Procedure Padleft Begin Stemp 3NULL For I Length S to Rightsize do Stemp Concat Stemp ZERO S Concat Stemp S End Begin If Rightsize gt Maxlint or Rightsize 9 then Rightsize Sfix SPACE Str Bed S If Bed lt then Begin Delete S 1 1 Drop minus sign Sfix MINUSION End If Length S Rightsize then Padleft Insert Radix S Length S Rightsize 1 If Suffixsign then S Concat S Sfix else S Concat Sfix S End Strbcd Do 9 222ZN Format BEGIN Main Rightsize 2 Must be declared in Initialization part of a Unit DEMO CODE Page Output Writeln Demonstration of BCD numbers Pascal For Loop g to 5 do Begin Rightsize Minusloc 9 9 Repeat Writeln Write Input number Rightsize
309. t mass Grams M2 230 PRINT INPUT Frontal diameter mm G1 240 PRINT INPUT Drag coefficient G2 250 REM 260 REM Convert mass to kilograms and diameter to square meters 01 x G1 x G1 4E6 270 M1 991 x 1 280 REM x M2 991 x 2 290 REM Compensate for launch site altitude and temperature 300 R1 R x FNA H1 1 Ki 59 518 67 310 REM x 320 REM Determine analytic solution 330 F1 11 T1 340 M3 x G T1 x FNB K2 x F1 A M3 C EXP B 350 D EXP B E 5 x C D F C D C D 360 M3 K2 x LOG E 370 A M3 x 00 2 FNB M3 K2 x G x ATN V1 x FNB K2 A 380 X2 M3 2 x K2 x LOG K2 x V1 x V1 A 1 390 T3 1 T2 X3 X2 400 REM 410 REM Print results 420 PRINT CL PRINT 430 PRINT 440 PRINT 450 PRINT 460 PRINT 470 REM 480 REM Request another selection 490 PRINT 500 PRINT 510 PRINT 520 PRINT 530 PRINT CL END R 1 22557 LN 199 1 2 2556913 E 5xX 4 256116 5x SQR ABS X X SQR ABS X REM Clear Screen 155 PRINT CL PRINT TAB 5 Program Rocket 1 PRINT 3 M1 M2 2 K2 5 x x G1 x G2 Vil F x FNB Fi A K2 M3 M1 M PRINT 5 Burnout altitude Meters TAB 5 xi PRINT 5 Burnout velocity Meters second TAB 5g V1 PRINT TAB 5 Coast time Seconds 50 T2 PRINT T
310. t the end of the line and stops when he leaves the line after being served Waiting time is the time between arrival and service Use the following notations T average lapse of time between the arrivals of two consecutive customers average arrival rate of the customers given by the formula 1 1 average time needed to serve one customer u average service rate for each customer given by 1 I intensity of customer traffic given by any of the following 1 AT Q theamount of time a single bank teller needs to serve a customer usually a decimal or a percentage The following averages are useful when certain distributions and prob abilities are difficult to obtain L the average number of customers in the system length of the queue L the average number of customers in the waiting line T the average queuing time T the average waiting time In this example the values which determine T and T are exponentially distributed Consider the exponential curve Each service time 2 achieved in the problem lies on the ex ponential curve Hence every t is shown as t e for some number x x real The typical time needed to serve one customer is obtained by averaging a large number of individual service times of less than 40 seconds with a small number of service times of more than 40 seconds Thus the average service time T 40 seconds i
311. tax sheltering effects simulates inflation and enables you to know when to buy hold or dispose of property It allows up to 20 year projections and utilizes the Rule of 78 s ACRS Depreciation Methods and multiple and or assumable loans A must for investors tax advisors and accountants Price 274 95 suggested retail Includes user s manual and a diskette Author Execuware Available Computer retail stores No 56 January 1983 Name Super TextTM 40 56 70 System Apple II Memory 48K Language Machine language Hardware Disk drive Description You can choose a 40 56 or 70 column screen display without any additional hardware Super Text gives you the best features in word processing for easy text hand ling all the way through It in troduces the Character Designer for creative special display characters and includes Autolink the file linking system for one step search and replace or print functions Price 125 00 Includes tutorial documentation quick reference card and dual disk back up Author Ed Zaron Available Muse Software 347 N Charles St Baltimore MD 21201 or computer stores T MAKER Apple II IBM PC Osborn NorthStar or any system offering CP M Memory 48K minimum Description T MAKER uses a unique visual syntax to facilitate easy yet powerful word processing text editing list management tabulation spreadsheet scientifc calcula tions load unload data and
312. te software price list EXECOM CORP 1901 Polaris Ave i Racine WI 53404 Ph 414 632 1004 Dept MI 2 2457 Wehrle Drive 70 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal No 56 January 1983 Extending Newton Raphson s Method to Evaluate Complex Roots This article discusses a standard procedure to compute the complex roots of a polynomial equation using the microcomputer The accompanying program can be incorporated as a subroutine for applications programs An extension to cover non polynomial equations is also discussed N R s Method requires Any Microsoft BASIC although written in Applesoft Many scientific and engineering ap plications require handling complex numbers and computing the complex roots of equations Common practical examples involving complex quantities occur in wave attenuation calculations solutions of differential equations alternating current network Fourier transformation diffraction pattern analyses and plane vector algebra Most microcomputers are as yet not designed to handle complex numbers Indeed complex numbers are generally not covered in the standard or extended BASIC languages Users wishing to modify a language to include such quantities invariably encounter an almost insuperable obstacle posed by the limited RAM capacity of the micro computer This seems a drawback especially since the computations in volve an iterative procedur
313. ted into a sub program written explicitly in Applesoft BASIC It can be readily modified to adapt to other micro systems To assist the reader the pro gram is liberally filled with explanatory REMarks at each stage It can be seg mented at statement numbers 50000 51000 52000 etc The leading state ment of each segment clearly describes the purpose of the segment Because of the nature of the prob lem there are an inconveniently large number of initial parameters that need to be supplied by the user To mini mize this default values are automati cally chosen whenever possible The exact parameters describing the given equation must obviously be supplied by the user All the other parameters are defaulted as follow a Maximum iteration number allowed IM 30 b Maximum error tolerance allowed ER 1E 8 c Initial approximation of root real part P 1 imaginary Q i Provision is available to re select these defaulted values especially after an un successful iteration Since there is an inherent rounding error associated with any floating point number a perceptible though normally small error will be propagated after a large number of computation steps This magnification of errors is roughly proportional to the degree of the poly nomial the coefficients and the num ber of high power terms involved After many successive factorizations it is possible for the roots subsequently ob tained to be off by
314. that L 4 0 for this simulation You also have L L o which calculates as L 3 2 Similarly T Abs 2 1 0 0 evaluates to T 200 seconds is given by T Ab 21 and evaluates to 160 seconds Note that the average queuing time is equal to the average waiting time plus the average time needed to serve one customer Figure 3 compares the results of the analytic investigation with the numbers obtained from the computer simulation They seem to agree with each other in a reasonable fashion Conclusions Although the science of simulation is rather complicated we are able to draw some meaningful results from discrete event simulation techniques Hopefully you will study these tech niques further If you do not perhaps this article will serve to give you a speaking acquaintance with some of the procedures involved MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal Suggested Reading l Fishman G S Concepts and Methods in Discrete Event Digital Simulation John Wiley amp Sons New York NY 1973 2 Gorney Len Queuing Theory BYTE Vol 4 4 amp 5 1979 3 Jensen and Wirth N Pascal User Manual and Report Springer Verlag New York NY 1974 4 Kiviat P J Villaneuva R and H Markowitz SIMSCRIPT II Programming Language Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ 1969 5 Knuth D E Art of Computer Programming Vol 2 Semi Numerical Algorithms Addison Wesley Read
315. the line corresponding to the event DEPART Finally the report section should present a summary of the statistics that you collect with the procedure COL LECT STATISTICS Text continued on page 25 No 56 January 1983 NENNEN SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS Program Bank program bank input output uses transcend applestuff this is an APPLE statement Other computers can probably omit this statement entirely const starttime endtime 14499 4 hours in seconds uariv 50 0 average interarrival time userv 49 9 average service time type ptr tevent event record eventtype char eventtime integer link ptr end var kindofevent char departcount arrivecount queuelength maxqueuelength time oldtime oldqueuelength eventcounter integer timequeuelength real head p oldptr q ptr function rnd list integer real var x real begin This function should be replaced by an appropriate function for your system It s purpose is to generate uniformly distributed random numbers between and 1 X random if we want the first list access the generator 8 second time to try to remove some bias if list 1 then x random be sure not to generate as a number since the function RNEXP below would blow up if x then x x 1 rnd x 32767 end function rnexp list integer u real real begin This is a pseudo random number generator for generatin
316. the midsec tion of these split characters The D ots command allows the user to put dots on the screen The user MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal first moves the cursor to the position where the first dot will be drawn and then freezes its position The moving command is then used to determine where the next dot will be drawn The E rase command erases the last dot drawn To exit this procedure simply hit the return key If a mistake is made while drawing a formula then the E dit command can be used to erase the most recently drawn character For example if the last operation was drawing a string on the display then only the last character of the string will be erased Likewise if the last operation was drawing dots then only the last dot drawn will be erased There are two commands used for loading and saving formulas on a Math disk First the L oad com mand will clear the current display and load a previously stored formula The S ave command is used for saving the displayed formula Both of these commands are written to avoid pro gram interruption due to a disk I O error Once a formula is constructed the P rint command is used to print a hardcopy of the display The procedure Dysan ORPORATION better from inside out at the lowest price Call our Modem Hotline anytime 619 268 4488 for exclusive monthly specials Our free catalog contains more than 600 tantastic valu
317. their 6883 data sheet Later models of the PC board have a place on the PC board where you can UPGRADE YOUR AIM 65 connect the lead from the extra bunk of chips It would be best to connect to that place so as to avoid soldering directly to the 6883 What s Where in the Apple Atlas Updates The following subroutines have been relocated in the new Autostart ROMS Old New Monitor Autostart Subroutine Applesoft Applesoft HGR2 F3D4 F3D8 HGR F3DE F3E2 HCLR F3EE F3F2 BKGND F3F2 F3F4 HPOSN F40D F411 HPLOT F453 F457 HLIN F530 F53A A trademark of Rockwell Inc To A 6809 Development system With The MACH 9 From S Inc No 56 January 1983 Microbes The following change should be made in the review of Light Pen in Reviews in Brief 53 97 Under the minuses the first sentence should read programs require a machine language routine rather than The programs use a machine language routine Let us know if you ve updated an article or discovered a bug Send a note to Updates Microbes MICRO P O Box 6502 Chelmsford MA 01824 INICRO INSTANTLY INTRODUCTORY PRICE 239 Plus 6 U P S And Handling Includes 6809 CPU Plug in Assembly Super set of AIM Monitor Two Pass Symbolic Assembler Complete Monitor Source Listings Enhanced Cut amp Paste Editor 200 Page Manual Full 1 O Control 9 is assembled and tested with loca BUS 5 l
318. then be necessary only to sign extend each 16 bit input factor to 32 bits before doing the multiply yielding a fully general 32 bit result Unfortunately this finding does not apply to signed division At any rate whether useful to you or not the above is certainly a sur prising and illuminating result There is more elegance and consistency lurk ing within the concept of two s comple ment notation than most of us realize Timothy Stryker may be contacted at Samurai Software P O Box 2902 Pompano Beach FL 33062 MICRO No 56 January 1983 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal APPLE Math Editor by Robert D Walker This Apple Pascal program allows for easy construction editing and printing of mathematical formulas Math Editor requires Apple 1 with Pascal optional Dot matrix printer such as Epson MX 80 Anyone who has used a text editor for writing technical papers has en countered the problem of entering mathematical formulas into their text If the formula is simple it may be typed into the text using the ASCII character set More commonly however I find myself having to leave a blank area within the text and later writing the formula in with pencil If you want a professional appearance this method is unacceptable The following program written in Apple Pascal will solve this problem Although there is only one program here that does the formula editing there are
319. tility programs One of these will provide in conjunction with a suitable BASIC com piler such as PETSPEED Pet CBM or TASC Apple five to twelve times speedup of your BASIC program if you have read a serious compiler review you will have learned that compilers cannot speed up floating point operations especially transcendentals Our board and the utility soft ware we provide does speed up those operations Add this line in front of an Applesoft program 5 PRINT CHR 4 BLOADUTIL4 A 8600 CALL38383 That s all it takes to link our board into Applesoft assuming you have Applesoft loaded into a 16K RAM card Now run your program as is for faster number crunching or compile it to add the benefit of faster interpretation Operation with the Pet CBM is similar 68000 SOURCE CODE For Apple II users only we provide a nearly full disk of un protected 68000 source code To use it you will have to have DOS toolkit 75 ASSEM68K 95 both available from third parties Here s what you get 1 68000 source code for our Microsoft compatible floating point package including LOG EXP SQR SIN COS ATN along with the basic four functions The code is set up to work either linked into BASIC or with our developmental HALGOL language 85 sectors MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal 2 68000 source code for the PROM monitor 35 sectors 3 68000 source code for a very high speed interactive 3 D graphics demo
320. tion 001 95 Serial printer port dip switch baud rate settings Software available In IBM single density 8 format MICRO 80 COMPUTER Microsoft Basic 80 289 Basic Compiler 329 Fortran 80 410 Cobol 80 574 Macro 80 175 Edit 80 105 MuSimp Mu Math 224 MuLisp 80 174 Digital Research PL 1 80 459 Mac 85 Sid 78 Z Sid 95 C Basic 2 110 Tex 90 DeSpool 50 Ashton Tate dBasell 595 Micropro Wordstar 299 Mail Merge 109 Spellstar 175 SuperSortl 195 Pascal Pascal MT 429 PascalZ 349 Pascal M 355 Convert almost any static memory OSI machine to CP M with the D amp N 80 CPU Board Z80A CPU with 4MHz clock 2716 EPROM with monitor and bootstrap loader RS 232 serial interface for terminal communica tions or use as a ser al printer interface ina VIDEO system Disk controller is an Intel 8272 chip to provide single or double densi ty disk format 243K single density or 608K double density of disk storage on a single sided 8 drive A double sided drive pro vides 1 2 meg of storage DMA used with disk controller to unload CPU during block transfers from the disk drives Optional Centronics type parallel printer port com plete with 10 ft cable Optional Real Time Calendar Clock may be set or read using CALL function in high level languages Power requirements are only 5 volts at 1 4 amps Available with WORDSTAR for serial terminal systems INCLUDES CPM 2 2 D amp N 80 serial
321. tional phototransistors were added to the sen sor one at each edge of the film open ing These phototransistors were used to measure the time from when the left curtain passed the right edge of the first sensor until the left curtain passed the right edge of the second sensor The distance between the two photo transistors was determined by monitor ing the two light sensor I O pins via the SHUTTER Monitor function On my hardware sensor the distance Measured was 24 64 mm Again for this article I will assume that this Measurement contains error Once the focal plane curtain veloc ity V is known the time error may be computed ERROR WIDTH V My focal plane shutter curtain traveled the 24 64 mm of CDIST in 9 24 milli seconds ms This yields a velocity of V 24 64mm 9 24 ms 2 67 mm ms 5 97 mph For the 0 5 mm detector ERROR 0 5 mm 2 67 mm ms 0 19 ms With a 1 1000th of a second 1 ms shutter speed ERROR represents a 1996 relative error The final hardware sensor consisted of three phototransistors mounted horizontally in a cardboard case in expensive but effective This case was attached to the back of the camera behind the focal plane shutter with the phototransistors positioned in the film plane A 50 watt reflector lamp was positioned 50 cm from the front of the camera directing light toward the phototransistors mounted on the other side of the shutter The shutter measurement was pe
322. uinox the point of inter section between the orbit of the sun the ecliptica and a plane through the equator of Earth Thus when the sun passes this point 21 March the north ern hemisphere enters the summer season which will last until the sun passes the 9 o clock position The sun and moon both move counter clock wise the moon at about 13 degrees day and the sun at about 1 degree day The cross you find between 12 and 1 o clock is the perigee of the moon which is the point closest to Earth in the moon s orbit The perigee moves in the same direction as the sun and moon but more slowly The shapes you see opposite each other near 11 and 5 o clock are the nodes i e the points of intersection between the orbit of the moon and the ecliptica The ascending node is marked with a half cross that lacks the lower MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal bar while the descending node is marked with a cross that lacks the up per bar The nodes move in opposite directions from the sun and moon at very slow speeds Now continue the program by press ing SPACE When you reach 08 01 1982 and the drawing of the full moon is finished the program stops sounds the bell twice and in flashing letters informs you of a lunar eclipse While a program that simulates the movements of the planets around the sun by using Keppler s equation might be quite accurate this is not the case when you simulate the moon orbiting Earth The reaso
323. uper Expander Check Book Manager 13 95 Stuck Option 14 95 VIC Mother Loan amp Mortgage Amortizer 12 95 Se3 13p10 jew 133nduijo2 800 233 8950 east IN PA CALL 717 327 9575 east 477 E THIRD ST WILLIAMSPORT PA 17701 In stock items shipped same day you call Norisk no deposit on C O D orders Pre peid orders receive free shipping within the continental United States with no waiting period for certified checks or money orders Add 396 minimum 3 00 shipping and handling on all C O D and Credit Card orders NV and PA residents add sales tax All items subject to availability and price change NOTE We stock manufacturer s and third party software for most ali computers on the market Call today for our new catalogue Vag ANE ou of hee Month The Adventure is Waiting for You ADVENTURE OF THE MONTH B Six month subscription Cassette 29 Disk 49
324. user inputs the total thrust duration of the model rocket engine in seconds TOTAL IMPULSE NEWTON SECONDS The user responds with the total impulse of the model rocket engine in the units of newton seconds INITIAL MASS GRAMS The user inputs the lift off or gross mass of the entire model rocket in grams PROPELLANT MASS GRAMS The user responds with the pro pellat mass of the model rocket engine in grams FRONTAL DIAMETER The user inputs the maximum body tube diameter of the model rocket in millimeters DRAG COEFFICIENT The user responds with the drag co efficient of the complete model rocket This number is non dimensional After the program has run it will prompt the user for another selection A description of each prompt follows The user responds with if he she desires the particular selection or N if not ANOTHER SELECTION YES N NO The user responds with to exit the program ANOTHER LAUNCH SITE Y NZ NO The user responds with Y to compute the model rocket flight perfor mance at another launch site ANOTHER ROCKET ENGINE Y Z YES N2 The user responds with to compute a model rocket s flight perfor mance with a different model rocket engine DIFFERENT MASS OR DRAG YES LAUNCH SITE ALTITUDE METERS 0 LAUNCH SITE TEMPERATURE DEG F 59 THKUST DURATION SECONDS 1 2 TOTAL IM
325. ut product stream and the cooling jacket input and out put Two variables can be controlled by the computer 1 the flow rate of cool ing water through the jacket which controls the reaction and 2 the flow rate of steam into the reactor which effects the simulation The temperature Measurements are made using thermistors and the 555 timer A D The flow rates of cooling water and steam are regulated by two com mercial flow controllers An analog sig nal of 4 20 mA is required for each The controller design further requires that once a current is set at a certain level it must remain at that level until a change in controller setting is desired Since the design requires two out put ports for the two flow controllers No 56 January 1983 en SIMULATIONS APPLICATIONS EN Figure 6 Photograph of the continuous stirred tank reactor CSTR The actual reactor tank and cooling jacket comprise the oval portion of the device The bulky portion above the reactor contains the motor and variable speed transmission tor the stirrer and one input port for the three ther mistors it was necessary to multiplex the PET parallel port The circuit used is shown in figure 7 other versions have been described in the literature noted in reference 4 Details concern ing the individual integrated circuits can be found elsewhere but qualita tive description of their circuit func tion may be useful The 406
326. vely simulated before the first mission pro viding valuable insight into possible difficulties without risking loss of hardware or personnel One method of providing answers to hypothetical questions in a simula tion is to observe the situation in ques tion for a specific interval and take notes A less time consuming method is to program the computer to emulate the situation and answer the questions for you Although this process rarely gives exact answers it is possible to use the computer to gain valuable in sight This tutorial discusses some of the techniques used in discrete event simulation Do not expect the results to be the gospel truth It also suggests a few tools that might be useful to the simulator and provides an example How Do Discrete Simulations Work simulation that emulates physical system can be programmed for No 56 January 1983 the computer Within this system are various events that occur at particular points in time and affect the physical system in predictable ways often gen erating additional events To emulate a physical system you must first specify a list of possible events This is a crucial part of the process and will be discussed later in more detail As the events are generated they are placed in a line called the event list which is maintained sequentially GENERATE A REPORT MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal Think of the event list as being sorted according to incre
327. verall quality is good and understandable If you have a VIC 20 or Commodore 64 you will need a special cable available from Votrax that attaches to the user port The Type N Talk has its own microprocessor and buffer with enough capacity to hold a minute s worth of speech so speech can occur while the host computer is doing something else The text to speech synthesizer Manufacturer 96 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal creates speech from electronic phonemes that give an unlimited vocabulary and the ability to speak languages other than English The unit has a built in amplifier with volume and frequency controls and a jack to plug in a speaker not provided Pluses Type N Talk works well once you overcome the lack of any practical examples in the documentation The unit is fun especially for children and is an impressive demonstration of your computer s power Minuses See Documentation Documentation A 32 page manual primarily addressed to engineers and or hardware experts There is no additional documentation Skill level required None Reviewer David Malmberg Product Name Printographer Equip req d Apple II Plus Any of the popular printers Price 49 95 Manufacturer Southwestern Data Systems P O Box 582 Santee CA 92071 Description A versatile screen dump program designed for ease of use interfaces routines for most of the Apple compatible printers currently available Features to a p
328. we Ob wo we os Ws we we we os we wp os CAP 94 we os 8 799 wp 90 we 9 we VELOCITY USR FUNCTION LISTING 2 This function measures the time that a shutter takes to travel between the velocity phototransistors Call the Velocity Function by X USR 1664 PORT MASK 1 MASK2 DELAY where FORT 1 0 port address MASK1 AND mask to isolate the first sensor MASK2 AND mask to isolate the second sensor DELAY for the delay loop Velocity performs the following Initialize the variables Disable the Video DMA Disable the Real Time Clock interrupt Initialize the timer COUNT Wait until PORT AND MASK1 O DOUNTIL PORT AND MASK2 O Increment COUNT by one Wait in WAITLP DELAY times ENDDO Enable the Real Time Clock Enable the Video DMA Return the value COUNT The actual time of the DOUNTIL loop is 37 5 DELAY machine cycles With DELAY O and the Atari 860 runing at 1 79 MHZ each loop represents about 20 67 microseconds No 56 January 1983 EE SIM ULATIONS APPLICATIONS NENNEN Listing 2 continued OOCD OoCcF HODA 0014 O22F D40E 0680 0681 0682 0684 0685 0687 0688 A689 068H 068C 068D O 6B8F 0690 0691 9695 0695 0698 069A 069E 5 7 6 9 OGAR QAF O6HBt 2 O6H6 O6BR8 OARA OABC O6C2 06C4 26C5 96C7 O6C8 O
329. xcusively by the installed system the other allows multiple BUSMANS to be net worked together to share common peripherals It maintains the stand alone ability of Commodore systems plus networking Price 595 00 each Available Lem Data Products P O Box 1080 Columbia MD 21044 Name MULTIPORT System TRS 80 Color Computer Memory 4K 32K Language BASIC Description The MULTIPORT is a hardware device contain ing four sockets that allow Color Computer peripherals disks program cartridges I O cards etc to be on line at all times and selectable under software control Price 99 50 Includes fully assembled and tested MULTIPORT and documentation Available Maple Leaf Systems P O Box 2190 Station Downsview Ontario Canada M2N 2S9 SYSTEM 200 Apple II Apple III IBM PC etc Description These modular solid oak units feature con temporary design with unique disk storage capabilities allow ing random selection of any disk by label The units house disk drives manuals monitor and accessories as well All the units function individually or collectively with available add on modules in user customized configurations Price From 31 95 to 279 95 per module FOB shipping point Includes Floppy Fingers diskette holders Floppy Name System Drawers diskette filing system The Bridge hardware organizer Available Venice Woodworking Co 12810 Venice Boulevard Los
330. xed for only 59 95 Including 110 programs on one diskette 20 savings off individual purchase price If purchased separately 74 95 MICRO 2 Three Volume Gift Boxed Series 59 95 plus 5 00 s h Order TODAY Vol 1 Vol 2 Vol 3 24 95 pius 2 00 s h on the Check Enclosed C VISA O MasterCard ail to AP p LE Payable to MICRO MA residents add 5 sales tax Series exe LLLTTTTTTTTTEITI JAICRO Expires N 1 34 Chelmsford Street 26 Box 6502 Address i Enon Chelmsford MA 01824 6171256 5515 City I Call Today Toll Free State Prov Zip 1 800 345 8112 County 11111111111 M 1 82 In PA 1 800 662 2444 8 MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal No 56 January 1983 TRUE oot s m INICRO Updates and Microbes Homespun Revision John Beckett of Collegedale TN sent in this revision to Homespun 32K Color Computer 53 91 Do solder the chips together rather than expecting hand bent pins to make good contact Model I users will be happy to comment in favor of anything to improve the communication be tween your CPU and memory It is best to put a ferrite bead around the wire connected to the 6883 chip just before it reaches the 6883 Failing that use a 33 ohm resistor This is done in Tandy s 32K version and is recommended by Motorola in
331. xt event 22 and the other two fields contain the time the event occurred and the type of event Although it is not necessary to do so we use several global variables to implement our event list manager One of these is HEAD which is a pointer that returns NIL if the event list contains no events The procedure SCHEDULE see listing 1 schedules events properly in to the event list Procedure GET EVENT is a procedure that returns the type of event and its scheduled time of occurrence at the front of the list as well as deletes that event from the event list We make use of the event type in the control program It is possi ble to rewrite these procedures as func tions but we prefer the method chosen Random Number Generators The function RND see listing 1 generates a sequence of pseudo random numbers on most 8 bit machines that is distributed almost uniformly be tween the values of 0 and 1 Pseudo random means the numbers are not truly random numbers but depend in some manner on each other If you start with the same value for SEED each time you will get the same sequence of numbers However distribution of the numbers is more important than true randomness Uniform distribution means that a number is likely to fall equally anywhere between 0 and 1 The function unfortunately produces a numerical sequence that repeats itself every 64 numbers If you are using a longer word length for your machine you can arrang
332. y David Eagle This article describes a program to determine the altitude performance of single stage model rockets including burnout conditions flight time and maximum altitude of a model rocket ROCKET1 requires BASIC ROCKET solves the problem of ver tical model rocket motion by using several assumptions that allow the equation of motion to be solved exactly or analytically These assumptions in volve the boost phase of flight where an average thrust and average model rocket mass are assumed The atmospheric density and drag coefficient are also assumed to be constant during the en tire model rocket flight ROCKET also compensates for non standard launch sites that are not at sea level and launch ings on hot or cold days User Inputs and Selections ROCKET will prompt the user for the necessary inputs A description of these requests and a discussion of how the user should respond follows Infor mation that pertains to the model rocket engine characteristics is available from manufacturers catalogs LAUNCH SITE ALTITUDE METERS The user responds with the altitude of the launch site relative to sea level This altitude is input in meters and is positive for sites above sea level and negative for sites below sea level LAUNCH SITE TEMPERATURE DEG F The user responds with the temper ature at the launch site in decimal degrees Fahrenheit No 56 January 1983 THRUST DURATION SECONDS The
333. y changed as needed All that is required is modifica tion of the software Since the students have had ex perience in reading temperature with the thermistor 555 timer circuit and have learned to send digital informa tion to an external device such as the LED module it is a relatively simple matter to combine the two functions in a process control experiment Although the theory of process control is not MICRO The 6502 6809 Journal Figure 1 Photograph of the battery operated module used to map the PET data bus to eight LEDs usually taught until the senior year we have found that in the laboratory an in troduction to the topic can be given to the sophomores A simple recirculating air heater or air bath provides a practical applica tion of the theory The students are re quired to write a program in Structured BASIC to effect the desired temperature control of the air bath with on off and proportional control strategies The success of a strategy is illustrated by running the program with the air bath interfaced to the microcomputer Also the air bath allows operator control of recirculated air versus intake of cold room air so that sudden changes can be made in the heat requirement of the system load changes to further test the control strategy Because the air bath is simple and inexpensive each computer can be equipped with its own system Thus each student has easy access to an experimental station w
334. ynomial by truncating at some ar bitrary power Such series are con vergent only for ABS x lt 1 For cases where ABS x lt 1 a reciprocal trans formation y 1 x can often be tried successfully Dr P P Ong has a Ph D in ionic physics from University College London He is employed as a senior lecturer in the Department of Physics National University of Singapore and is a member of Institution of Electrical Engineers London You may contact Dr Ong at the Physics Department National University of Singapore Kent Ridge Singapore 0511 AKRO No 56 January 1983 BOX 120 ALLAMUCHY N J 07820 inc 201 362 6574 HUDSON DIGITAL ELECTRONICS INC THE TASK MASTERS HDE supports the TIM AIM SYM and KIM TASK with a growing line of computer programs and peripheral components All HDE component boards are state of the art 4 x 6 with on board regulation of all required voltages fully compatible with the KIM 4 bus OMNIDISK 65 8 and 65 5 Single and dual drive 8 and 5 disk systems Complete ready to plug in bootstrap and run Include HDE s proprietary operating system FODS File Oriented Disk System DM816 M8A An 8K static RAM board tested for a minimum of 100 hours and warranted for a full 6 months DM816 UB1 A prototyping card with on board 5V regulator and address selection You add the application DM816 P8 4 8K EPROM card for 2708 or 2716 circuits On board regulation of all re
335. ypt 25 EPYX Crush Crumble 24 Morloc s Tower 16 Undead Crypt 24 Rescue at Rigel 24 Curse of Ra 316 Ricochet 16 Datestones 16 Star Warrior 29 Invasion Orion 19 Temple Apshai 29 16 APX Text Formatter 18 50 Holy Grail 524 Family Budget 18 50 18 50 Eastern Front 24 Keyboard Piano 18 50 Family Cash 1850 Number Blast 13 Jukebox 13 Frogmaster 18 50 Downhill 518 50 747 LandSimul 18 50 Outlaw 18 50 Word Processor 40 P O BOX 6668 STATELINE 884498 INTERNATIONAL OROEROS AI shipments outside continental United States must be pre paid by certified check only Include 3 minimun 3 00 shipping and handling ROUCATIONAL O ISCOUNTS Additional discounts are available from both Computer Mail Order locations to qualified HOME COMPUTERS ATARI 48K 499 New low price effective January 1 1983 Microtek 16K Ram e 7495 Ramdisk 128K 5429 95 Intec 48K Board 159 00 Intek 32K Board e SCR AE tug 7400 One Year Extended Warranty 70 00 CX481 Entertainer Package 69 00 CX482 Educator 130 00 CX 483 Programmer Package 54 00 CX 484 Communicator Package 344 00 VISICORP For Apple IBM amp Frankiin Visidex x Visifile 189 00 Visiplot 15

VIC Hi-Res Graphics APPLE Pascal Math Editor 68000

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents